diff options
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 4 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/54707-0.txt | 4962 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/54707-0.zip | bin | 95260 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/54707-h.zip | bin | 352047 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/54707-h/54707-h.htm | 6765 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/54707-h/images/cover.jpg | bin | 55302 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/54707-h/images/diagram1.jpg | bin | 13596 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/54707-h/images/diagram2.jpg | bin | 16476 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/54707-h/images/diagram3.jpg | bin | 4499 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/54707-h/images/diagram4.jpg | bin | 13104 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/54707-h/images/diagram5.jpg | bin | 13138 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/54707-h/images/diagram6.jpg | bin | 3168 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/54707-h/images/diagram7.jpg | bin | 4570 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/54707-h/images/end-paper.jpg | bin | 100685 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/54707-h/images/frontispiece.jpg | bin | 38990 -> 0 bytes |
17 files changed, 17 insertions, 11727 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d7b82bc --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +*.txt text eol=lf +*.htm text eol=lf +*.html text eol=lf +*.md text eol=lf diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6801dcb --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #54707 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/54707) diff --git a/old/54707-0.txt b/old/54707-0.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 365e801..0000000 --- a/old/54707-0.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4962 +0,0 @@ -The Project Gutenberg EBook of Going Afoot, by Bayard Henderson Christy - -This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most -other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions -whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of -the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at -www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you'll have -to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this ebook. - -Title: Going Afoot - A book on walking. - -Author: Bayard Henderson Christy - -Release Date: May 11, 2017 [EBook #54707] - -Language: English - -Character set encoding: UTF-8 - -*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK GOING AFOOT *** - - - - -Produced by Chris Curnow and the Online Distributed -Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This file was -produced from images generously made available by The -Internet Archive) - - - - - - - - - - -GOING AFOOT - - - - -[Illustration: EMBLEM OF THE LEAGUE OF WALKERS] - - - - - GOING AFOOT - - A Book on Walking - - BAYARD H. CHRISTY - - Published for - the League of Walkers - - BY - - ASSOCIATION PRESS - NEW YORK: 347 MADISON AVENUE - 1920 - - - - -ACKNOWLEDGMENTS - - -Special acknowledgment is gladly made to the respective publishers for -permission to use the following copyrighted material: - -Quotations from the Journals of Henry D. Thoreau, copyright by Houghton, -Mifflin & Company; “Trees,” by Joyce Kilmer, copyright by George H. -Doran Company; “Uphill,” from “Poems,” by Christina Rossetti, copyright -by Little, Brown & Company, Publishers, Boston; “Overflow,” by John -Banister Tabb, copyright by Small, Maynard & Company; “The Lake Isle of -Innisfree,” by William Butler Yeats, copyright by The Macmillan Company. - -None of the above material should be reprinted without securing -permission. - - COPYRIGHT, 1920, BY - THE INTERNATIONAL COMMITTEE OF - YOUNG MEN’S CHRISTIAN ASSOCIATIONS - - To - GEORGE J. FISHER - AT WHOSE INSTANCE, AND WITH WHOSE - KINDLY AID, THESE PAGES WERE WRITTEN - - - - -CONTENTS - - - I. HOW TO WALK 1 - - Posture--Wearing Apparel--Equipment--Care of - Body and Equipment--Companions. - - II. WHEN TO WALK 39 - - At What Season--The Hours of the Day--Speed - and Distance--Stunt Walking--Championship - Walking--Competitive Walking. - - III. WHERE TO WALK 63 - - Choice of Surroundings--Nature of Country--The - Goal and the Road--Maps--Walking by Compass. - - IV. WALKING CLUBS IN AMERICA 79 - - The Appalachian Mountain Club--The Green Mountain - Club--Wanderlust of Philadelphia--Walking Clubs - of New York--Some Western Clubs--Association of - Mountaineering Clubs. - - V. ORGANIZATION AND CONDUCT OF WALKING CLUBS 103 - - The Activities of a Walking Club--Rules - for Hiking--A Club Constitution--Juvenile - Clubs--League of Walkers. - - BIBLIOGRAPHY 141 - - - - -HOW TO WALK - - -I have met with but one or two persons in the course of my life who -understood the art of Walking, that is, of taking walks,--who had a -genius, so to speak, for sauntering, which word is beautifully derived -“from idle people who roved about the country, in the Middle Ages, and -asked charity, under pretense of going _à la Sainte Terre_,” to the -Holy Land, till the children exclaimed, “There goes a Sainte-Terrer,” a -Saunterer, a Holy-Lander. They who never go to the Holy Land in their -walks, as they pretend, are indeed mere idlers and vagabonds; but they -who do go there are saunterers in the good sense, such as I mean. -Some, however, would derive the word from _sans terre_, without land -or a home, which, therefore, in the good sense, will mean, having no -particular home, but equally at home everywhere. For this is the secret -of successful sauntering. He who sits still in a house all the time may -be the greatest vagrant of all; but the saunterer, in the good sense, -is no more vagrant than the meandering river, which is all the while -sedulously seeking the shortest course to the sea. But I prefer the -first, which, indeed, is the most probable derivation. For every walk is -a sort of crusade, preached by some Peter the Hermit in us, to go forth -and reconquer this Holy Land from the hands of the Infidels. - - --Henry D. Thoreau, “Walking.” - - - - -I - -HOW TO WALK - - -Observe the vigorous man as he walks: the stride is long and free; the -feet come surely and firmly to the ground, without twist or jar, toes -pointed straight ahead; the pelvis, swaying easily, carries an erect -body; the arms swing in alternate rhythm with the legs; the head is borne -free over all; breathing is deep and long; the blood courses strongly. -Every member shares in the activity. - - -WEARING APPAREL - -It must be the pedestrian’s ideal, when he comes to consider the matters -of clothing and burden, in the least possible degree to interfere with -these full natural bodily motions: Clothing, while serving its purposes -of protection, must not bind nor rub; it may help to maintain, but it -may not disturb normal circulation. Burdens must be so imposed as to be -sustained with least effort, and to leave the limbs unincumbered. - -_Footgear_ is of first importance. If one is to walk comfortably, -pleasurably, effectively, the muscles of the feet must have free play; -there may be no cramping, straining, nor rubbing; no unnatural position. -In Japan the elegant people toddle along in rainy weather upon blocks of -wood which raise their dainty slippers above the mud; but your rickshaw -runner splashes through the street on soles as pliant as gloves. Shoes -and stockings serve but one purpose--that of protection. If roads were -smooth and clean, people who live in temperate climates would go -barefoot. - -When one walks long and hard, the blood-vessels are distended and the -feet increase appreciably in size. More than that, in the act of walking, -the forward part of the foot is constantly changing in shape: the toes -alternately spread and contract, bend and straighten. The whole supple -member is full of muscular activity. - -The pedestrian accordingly will not advisedly clothe his feet in cotton -stockings and close-fitting shoes, however well made. The consequences -of so doing would be rubbing and blisters, impaired circulation and -lameness. Nor will he put on canvas shoes, nor heelless shoes, nor -rubber-soled shoes, nor shoes with cleats across their soles, such as -football players wear. - -The best material for _stockings_ is wool, and for shoes, leather. The -preference for woolen stockings is not primarily because of warmth--even -in hottest weather they are preferable. It is because the material -is elastic and agreeable to the skin. In winter, warmth is an added -advantage; and, when one’s footgear is soaked through with water, there -is far less danger of taking cold in woolen stockings than in cotton. - -Stockings should be bulky and shoes roomy. The layer of knit wool between -foot and shoe leather is elastic; it gives the exercising foot free -play, cushions the weight of the body, and, by filling all the space, -prevents rubbing. The rough bulky stockings known as lumbermen’s socks -are excellent. If their coarseness is harsh to the skin, finer socks -(of cotton, if preferred) may be worn beneath. If the woolen stockings -available are light, wear two pairs together. Never wear a stocking so -small or so badly shrunken as to draw or constrain the toes. - -_Shoes_ should be roomy. They should when put on over heavy stockings -make snug fit about the heel and beneath the arch of the foot, but -the forward part should be soft and wide, to give the toes full play. -The “sporting” shoes of shops are to be let alone. The army shoes are -excellent, both of the Munson and of the Hermann lasts; they have been -carefully designed for just such service as the pedestrian requires, -and they are most successful. It has just been said that shoes should -be large; they should be considerably larger than the wearer’s ordinary -city shoes, both in length and in width. It is not sufficient to find a -shoe which is comfortable in the shop; the shoe may be wide enough, but -unless there be some allowance in length, one’s toes will, after ten -miles of hard walking, be squeezed till they are tender and blistered. -A man who ordinarily wears a 9 B, for example, should buy a 9½ D. There -should be as much allowance as that, at the least. A roomy shoe, its -looseness well filled (though not packed tight) with bulky, springy, -coarse wool, coarsely knit, is the very best foot covering. An additional -advantage should be mentioned: a tight shoe, retarding circulation, may -in extreme wintry weather increase unduly the danger of frosted feet. -Heavy stockings and roomy shoes are free of that defect. - -There are no water-tight shoes, except in shop windows; and, if -there were, they would at the end of a long walk, have become very -uncomfortable. - -A pair of army shoes should, with proper care, last, without resoling, -for 200 to 300 miles of walking--depending on the roughness of the way, -and whether one is “hard on his shoes.” If one is planning a longer -tour than this, he should provide two pairs of shoes, and wear them on -alternate days--a plan which, but for the added weight, would in any case -be preferable. - -Some men prefer to walk in knickerbockers, others in long trousers (see -below). Most of those who prefer long trousers wear shoes with _high -tops_, reaching to the middle of the calves, and covering and confining -the ends of the trouser legs. Again, bad conditions of footing--such as -deep snow, for instance, or bog land, or low dense growth--may render -high shoetops advantageous. Low shoes are not advisable under any -conditions. For the open road, shoes of ordinary height are best. They -should be laced, not buttoned. - -For certain kinds of service, shoes should be specially adapted. _Rubber -heels_ are excellent on macadam roads, but it should be borne in mind -that on hard wet surfaces rubber slips. The value of rubber heels is -greatest when walking through level, well-settled regions. When they are -worn, it is well to carry an extra pair. - -_Hobnails_ are to be used only when necessary. Any attachment to, -and particularly any excrescence from, the sole of the shoe, is -disadvantageous. Iron hobs add appreciably to the weight; and they -tend to localize a pressure which should be evenly distributed over -the whole sole. For walking in level or in moderately hilly regions, -for such simpler mountaineering as consists in traversing highways and -mounting wooded slopes, one does not require hobnails; the soles of his -shoes should be of plain leather. One should let alone the rubber hobs -and inlays, the small scattered spikes, such as he sees attractively -displayed as part of the golfer’s outfit. To the pedestrian these things -are not worth the fancy prices asked; indeed, they are worth nothing to -him. Hobnails, then, must justify themselves in advantages which outweigh -their disadvantages; this they do in difficult mountaineering. Worse -than useless on the level, they become in the high mountains practically -a necessity. For climbing steep slopes, the rock faces and the dense -short turf of mountain tops, for scaling precipices of “rotten” rock, -for traversing snowfields and icy ledges, one needs to be “rough shod.” -In the Alps the soles of the mountaineers’ shoes are studded all about -their rims with _flügelnägel_--great square-headed hobs of iron, with -“wings” overlying the edges of the soles. Soft iron proves to be the very -best material to give purchase on rock surfaces, whether wet or dry, and -on ice and snow, too, it is best. These _flügelnägel_, known as “edging -nails,” and round hobs for the middle of the sole, called “Swedish -hobnails,” may be had in this country from dealers in sportsmen’s goods. - -For mounting icy slopes, steel spikes in leather carriers, called -_crampons_, are secured to the feet over one’s shoes. These, it is -believed, are not now procurable in this country. - -For snowshoeing a soft-soled shoe is preferable. Deerskin moccasins are -not serviceable for, unless protected by some outer covering, they soon -become water-soaked, and then they are worse than useless. Shoepacks -are good, and “Barker” shoes better. Barker shoes are made with vamp of -rubber and upper of leather. On this subject, see “The Snowshoe Manual,” -compiled by the Snowshoe Section of the Appalachian Mountain Club. - -Special footwear is provided for other particular pursuits: The duck -hunter on the tide-water procures hip-boots of rubber; the ski-runner -wears shoes of special design, and so does the skater. But here we are in -realms of sports other than walking. - -Footgear, then, must be comfortable, durable, adequate. - -Sufferers from weak or falling arches will wisely modify these -suggestions, according to the advice of a reliable orthopedist. Indeed -it is well for any one who goes seriously about walking to have his feet -examined by a competent adviser, that he may guard against latent defects -and prevent difficulty. - -_Clothing_ should afford necessary protection; should be light in -weight, should be loose, and should be so planned that, as one grows -warm in walking, the superfluous may be taken off. It is best that the -temperature of the body be kept as nearly even as possible, and there -is danger of chill, if one stands in cold wind--as on a mountain top, -for instance--while his underclothing is saturated with perspiration. -Ordinarily one’s clothing will (besides shoes and stockings) include -underwear, shirt, trousers, coat, and hat. - -In summer, _underwear_ has no value for warmth; it should be of cotton, -sleeveless, and cut short at the knees. If, however, one is walking in -the mountains, or at a cooler season, he will do well to carry with him a -flannel undershirt, to wear at the end of the day, when resting. In cool -weather light woolen underwear covering both arms and legs is best--and -when the thermometer falls low or one is to endure unusual exposure, -the underwear should be heavier. Some pedestrians will leave cotton -underwear out of account altogether, wearing, by preference, light wool, -and, on a very hot day, none. - -The _shirt_ should be of flannel, light or heavy, according to season. In -milder weather, cotton shirts, such as the khaki-colored ones worn in the -army and procurable at army supply stores, are good. On a summer walking -tour it is well to provide one’s self with one cotton shirt and one of -flannel. The collarband should be large; collar and cuffs should be of -one piece with the shirt. - -In the matter of _trousers_, one man will prefer long ones; another, -short. - -_Knickerbockers_, for summer wear, should be of khaki (or of one of the -various close-woven cotton fabrics which pass under that name; a material -called “cold stream duck” is good), or of jean; for winter, they may be -of corduroy or of woolen goods. The army breeches, narrowed at the knee, -and laced close to the calf of the leg, are riding breeches, really; -and, while fairly good, they are not of best design for walking, since -they restrain somewhat free movement of the knee. Knickerbockers should -be full at the knee, and should end in a band to buckle about the leg -immediately below the knee joint. Such walking breeches may be had of -dealers in sportsmen’s goods. - -_Leggings._ If knickerbockers are worn, the calf of the leg should be -properly covered. In spite of such disadvantages as those incident to -travel on dusty roads and over burr-grown land, long stockings secured -at the knee are best for summer wear, without more. Spiral puttees are -good in cool weather; in summer they are uncomfortably hot, and even -when carefully put on, are somewhat confining. They have one notable -advantage: when used in deep snow they prevent, as no other leggings -can, melting snow from running down the legs and into the shoes. -For ordinary service the canvas puttees worn in the army are better -than the spirals--indeed these canvas puttees are on the whole more -satisfactory to the pedestrian than any other covering applied over -shoes and stockings. Leather puttees are unnecessarily heavy, and their -imperviousness is an actual disadvantage. It is only when traveling -through dense undergrowth and briars that leather puttees are really -serviceable--and that sort of wear is very hard on the puttees. High -shoetops, too, become under such conditions useful, as has already been -noted. - -In wearing breeches laced about the calf, and in wearing spiral puttees, -care should be taken that they do not bind. Many of our soldiers in the -recent war suffered from varicose veins, and this was attributed in part -to the emergency, that many men unused to physical labor had to carry -heavy knapsacks. But it was attributed in part, too, to binding too -tightly the muscles of the legs. - -For one special service heavy leg covering is desired: To the hunter -traversing the swamps and palmetto-grown plains of Florida, there is -some danger of snake bites. Ordinarily, apprehensions about snakes are -to be laughed at. The feet, ankles, and legs to a point two or three -inches above the knees, should be protected. This protection may be -effective either by being impenetrable, or by being bulky and thick, -or by virtue of both these characteristics. One expedient, now on the -market, consists of leggings having an interlining of wire gauze. Another -may be improvised: a bulky wrapping of quilted material, incased in tough -leggings of leather or canvas. Care must be taken to protect the ankles -below the reach of an ordinary pair of puttees. Any covering such as here -suggested must in the nature of the case be heavy and uncomfortable, -and will not be worn unnecessarily. One can only say for it, that it is -better than a snake bite. - -_Long trousers_ should be of smooth close-woven material, not easily torn -by thorns, and, for winter wear particularly, resistant to penetration -by wind. The legs of the trousers should be confined within shoetops or -leggings. Long stockings are not required, only socks. In long trousers, -the knee movement is quite free. This rig is particularly good for rough -work. - -Some men prefer to wear a _belt_; others, _suspenders_. The drag of long -trousers is greater than of knickerbockers, and, generally speaking, the -man who wears knickerbockers will prefer a belt; and the man who wears -long trousers, suspenders. The belt, when worn, should not be drawn very -tight. The best belt is the army belt, of webbing; it should not be -unnecessarily long. - -In summer a _coat_ is needed only when resting, or as protection from -rain. On one summer tour, the writer found himself comfortable without -a coat, but in its place a _sweater_ and a short _rubber shirt_, -fitting close at neck and wrists and with wide skirts, to cover man and -knapsack together. Such a rubber shirt, called in the supply houses a -“fishing shirt,” may be had of willow green color, or white or black. -A sweater is so convenient to carry, and so comfortable, as to be all -but indispensable; but, as protection from rain, the rather expensive, -and for all other purposes useless, fishing shirt is by no means a -necessity; a canvas coat or the coat of an old business suit will -answer well. One does not walk far in a downpour, and the slight wetting -of a passing summer shower will do no harm. In the Tyrol where, before -the War, walking as recreation was developed as nowhere else, many -pedestrians carried neither coat nor sweater, but a long full _cape_ of -heavy, close-woven, woolen material; when not needed, the cape is carried -hanging over the knapsack. Such a cape serves, in some degree, the -purposes of a blanket. - -A convenient mode of carrying a coat is described by Mr. William Morris -Davis, in “Excursions around Aix-les-Bains” (see Bibliography). Mr. Davis -says: - - “Clothing should be easy fitting, so that discomfort shall not - be added to fatigue. Even in warm weather, a coat will often - be wanted on a ridge crest, or mountain top: it can be best - carried as follows:--Sew the middle of a 30- or 35-inch piece - of strong tape inside of the back of the collar; sew the ends - of the tape to the bottom of the arm holes: pass the arms - through the loops of the tape, and let the coat hang loosely on - the back; it will thus be held so that nothing will fall from - the pockets and the arms and hands will be free.” - -For winter wear, one will dispense with any such garment as a fishing -shirt, but will require both coat and sweater. The sweater should be a -warm one, and the coat should be, not heavy nor bulky, but windproof -rather. - -A valuable garment for cold weather is the Alaska “parka,” a shirt-like -frock, light, windproof, and it may be made storm-proof. Made of heavy -denim or of khaki cloth and worn over a sweater, the parka is very -satisfactory. Description in detail will be found in _Appalachia_, Vol. -XI, No. 3, page 287. - -The _hat_ should shield a man’s head from a driving rain, and, if it be a -bald head, from the sun. If the man wears spectacles, the brim of the hat -should shield the glass from rain and from the direct rays of the sun. -The hat should be small enough and soft enough to be rolled up and tucked -away when not needed. An old soft felt hat will do; the crown should be -provided with ventilation holes of generous size; a leather sweatband -is uncomfortable, particularly in hot weather, and may sometimes cause -bothersome infection of a sunburned and abraded brow. The writer has -found a white duck hat, its brim faced with green underneath, very -serviceable in summer. In tropical countries the familiar pith helmet is -an almost necessary protection. - -One who wears eyeglasses should be careful to provide himself with -_spectacles_, preferably metal-rimmed, and on a long tour will advisedly -carry a second pair, and even the prescription. See further regarding -spectacles, under the caption, “Colored glasses,” page 22. - -The choice of _clothing for cold weather_ may be governed by these few -simple rules: (1) The objective is maximum warmth with minimum weight. -(2) The trunk of the body--the spine, particularly--the upper arms, -and the thighs should be most warmly protected. (3) Let the clothing -be soft and bulky within (of wool chiefly), and externally let it be -substantially windproof. The hoods worn by the Eskimos are made of the -skins of water-fowl, worn feathered side in. (4) Have no crowding of -clothing under the arms. (5) Do not wear long coat-skirts; let the coat -be belted at the waist. (6) Protect the ears, when necessary, with -a knitted “helmet,” or with a cap having an ear-flap which, when not -needed, folds across the crown. (7) Woolen gloves or, better still, -mittens should be worn, and, outside of these, if it be very cold, -loosely fitting leather mittens. (8) Except in extremely cold weather, do -not wear leather garments, nor fur. Even a fur cap is intolerable when -one becomes warm in walking. - -The _color_ of clothing is not unimportant. Whether as naturalist or -sportsman one desires to be inconspicuously clad, or as a mere wayfarer -on dusty roads he wishes to conceal, so far as may be, the stains of -travel, he will choose khaki color, or the olive drab made familiar -nowadays in the uniforms of the navy aviators. Gray flannel trousers, a -white sweater, a bright-colored necktie, for wear in the evenings, are -good as part of the equipment. But to that subject the next chapter will -be devoted. - -In planning an extended hike one will ordinarily have to reckon on some -railway traveling. City clothes may be sent by express to the point -where walking ends. Then the return journey may be made comfortably and -inconspicuously. - -The foregoing notes for men will be found sufficient to indicate what -is a suitable _costume for women pedestrians_. With a woman’s needs -particularly in mind, it should be said that skirts should be short, -hanging at least six inches clear of the ground; shoetops may be -accordingly higher; and all garments should be loose. When walking in -remote regions, many women will prefer to wear knickerbockers rather than -skirts, and in mountaineering knickerbockers are requisite. Even bloomers -are objectionable. In such case a woman’s costume more nearly approaches -that of men. - -A girl, writing of a tour upon the Long Trail in Vermont (see page 84), -says: “Khaki riding breeches are best, as they are of light weight and -briars do not catch on them. I can’t picture any one taking the Trail in -a skirt.” - -The Appalachian Mountain Club prescribes a climbing outfit for women in -the New England mountains, as follows: High laced boots with Hungarian -nails; woolen stockings and underwear, light weight; woolen or khaki -waist, skirt, and bloomers; felt hat; leather belt. - -And the Alpine Club of Canada publishes this among other notes upon -women’s costume: “It is the dropping of the waist line down to the hips -that is the secret of a woman’s wearing her knickerbockers gracefully. -The top of the knickerbockers should hang on the point of the hips, with -the belt as loose as possible. This makes discarding corsets, which of -course is absolutely necessary, most comfortable.” - -These notes on costume are intended to cover the subject, and to serve -as reminder and advice to those contemplating walking tours of all -sorts. But the practice of walking as an art and recreation does not by -any means require such elaborate preparations. Otherwise, the devotees -would be few. For an extended tour, or even for a holiday excursion, one -may well give consideration to these many matters; but for a Saturday -afternoon walk, it will suffice to put on proper footgear, leave one’s -overcoat at home, carry a sweater if need be, use forethought about -details, and be ready to betake one’s self from office to highway, with -assurance of comfort and enjoyment. And beyond this, there still remains -to be spoken of the daily round of walking from home to work and back -again, from office to restaurant at noon. This daily regimen of walking -requires no special costume--admits of none, indeed. It may be that as -one is thoughtful to take more steps on the routine path of life, he will -give more careful attention to the shoes he buys and to clothes. But -let no one close his mind to the subject with the too hasty conclusion -that walking requires an impossible amount of special clothing. Any one -who cares to, can make any needed modification of his ordinary business -costume, without making himself conspicuous, and probably with gain in -comfort and consequent well-being. - - -EQUIPMENT - -On a one-day excursion, a man will walk unburdened; and, on exceptional -longer trips, pack-horses may carry the baggage from one camping ground -to another; but, ordinarily, on a tour continuing day after day, one will -carry on his own back all that he requires. Should his route lie through -settled country, where shelter and bed are to be found in farmhouse or -wayside inn, the man will travel with lighter load, and with greater -freedom and enjoyment; if he must carry his blanket, too, walking becomes -harder work. It may be that one will spend his vacation in the woods, -and journey partly afoot, partly by canoe. In that case, a good part of -his walking will be the arduous toting of _impedimenta_ (canoe included) -across portages, from one lake or stream to another. Proportionately as -his burden is heavier, the sojourner in the wilderness will be disposed -so to plan his trip that he may stop for successive nights at favorite -camping places. From these he will make shorter trips, and, unencumbered, -climb mountains, perhaps, or explore other parts of the country about. - -The bulk of what is carried should be borne on the back. Drinking cup -may be hung to the belt; knife, watch, money, and various other small -articles will be carried in pockets; map-case, field glasses, or fishing -rod may be slung by straps from the shoulders or carried swinging in -one’s hand, ready for use; but, for the rest, everything should be -carried in the knapsack. - -In case the pedestrian is traveling in settled country and is not obliged -to carry a blanket (and such is by far the freest, pleasantest way to -go afoot), the best _knapsack_ to be found is of a kind in general use -in the Tyrol. It goes under its native German name, _rucksack_. It is -a large, square-cornered pocket, 20-24 inches wide and 16-18 deep, -made of a light, strong, closely woven, specially treated fabric, of -a greenish-gray color, and all but water-proof. The pocket is open at -the top, slit a few inches down the outer face, is closed by a drawing -string, and a flap buckles down over the gathered mouth. Two straps -of adjustable length are secured, each at one end to the upper rim of -the sack at the middle point, and at the other end to one of the lower -corners. When the filled knapsack is in place, the supporting straps -encircle the shoulders of the wearer, the closed mouth lies between the -shoulder blades, the bottom corners extend just above the hips, while -the weight of the burden, hanging from the shoulders, rests in the curve -of the back. Genuine Tyrolean knapsacks are, since the War, no longer -procurable in this country; good copies of them are, however, to be had -in our sporting-goods shops. The army knapsack is fairly good. - -In case the pedestrian makes his tour in some remote region, where -lodging places are not certainly to be found, he will be obliged to carry -his blanket, and probably some supply of food. In such case, he will -choose a larger knapsack. The sack known as the “Nessmuk” is a good one; -and another, somewhat larger, is the “Gardiner.” These sacks are neither -of them large enough to contain both blanket and the other necessary -articles of camping equipment; the blanket should then be rolled and -the roll arched upon and secured to the knapsack after the latter has -been packed. Grommets sewed to the knapsack afford convenient means -for securing the blanket roll in place. A still larger (and heavier) -knapsack, large enough to contain one’s camp equipment, blanket and all, -is called the “Merriam Back Pack.” It is recommended by an experienced -camper, Mr. Vernon Bailey, chief field naturalist of the U. S. Biological -Survey. - -In hot weather the knapsack becomes uncomfortably wet with perspiration. -_Wicker frames_, sometimes used to hold the sack away from the back to -allow circulation of air beneath, are bothersome and uncomfortable. - -For carrying heavier burdens short distances, as when making portage on -a camping trip, a _pack harness_ is used. Its name sufficiently explains -its nature. An additional device, called a _tump line_, may, if desired, -be bought and used with the pack harness. The tump line is a band which, -encircling the load on one’s back, passes over the forehead. With its use -the muscles of the neck are brought into play, aiding the shoulders and -back in carrying. It is astonishing, what an enormous burden a Canadian -Indian can manage with the aid of harness and tump line. These articles -may be bought at sportsmen’s stores, and at the posts of the Hudson’s Bay -Company, in Canada. - -The equipment for a summer walking tour, on which one is not obliged -to carry a blanket, should weigh from ten to twenty pounds, according -as one carries fewer or more of the unessentials. It is impossible to -draw up lists of what is essential and what merely convenient, and -have unanimity; one man will discard an article which to another is -indispensable; the varying conditions under which journeys are taken will -cause the same man to carry different articles at different times. The -ensuing lists are intended to be suggestive and reasonably inclusive; for -any given walk each individual will reject what he finds dispensable. - -_Requisites carried in one’s pockets_: Watch; knife; money; compass; -matches; handkerchief. - -_Requisites carried in the knapsack_: Change of underclothes, stockings, -and handkerchiefs; toilet articles; mending kit; grease for shoes. - -_Articles which, though not necessary, are altogether to be desired_: -Second outer shirt; second pair of walking shoes, particularly if the -tour be a long one; sweater; pair of flannel trousers, light socks and -shoes (gymnasium slippers are good), and necktie for evening wear; -medicaments; notebook and pencil; postcards or stamped envelopes; a book -to read. - -_Articles which may be requisite or desired, according to season or -circumstance_, to be carried in pocket or knapsack or, some of them, -slung from the shoulders ready for use: Colored glasses; pajamas; head -net, as protection against mosquitoes; woolen underclothing; gloves or -mittens; knitted helmet; naphtha soap, for washing woolens; map case; -canteen; culinary articles; whistle; clothes brush; flashlight. - -An indefinitely long list might be made of articles which a man will -choose, according to taste and inclination. A bird-lover will carry -a pair of binoculars; a collector, his cases; the fisherman, rod and -fly-book. Some member of almost every walking party will carry a camera. - -Notes upon some of the articles thus far enumerated will be useful: - -The _pocketknife_ should be large and strong, with one or two blades; -leave in the showcase the knife bristling with tools of various kinds; -see that the blades are sharp. - -Let the _watch_ be an inexpensive one; leave the fine watch at home; do -not wear a wrist watch, particularly not in warm weather. At the wrists -perspiration accumulates and the circulating blood is cooled. Any surface -covering at that point, and particularly a close-fitting band, is in -hot weather intolerable. But, regardless of season, a wrist watch is in -the way, and is sure soon or late to be damaged. For the pedestrian its -disadvantages greatly outweigh the small convenience it affords. - -The best _moneybag_ is a rubber tobacco pouch; a leather bill-folder and -its contents will soon be saturated with perspiration. - -A _compass_ is a requisite in the wilderness, but not elsewhere. -Regarding compasses, see further pages 75 and 116. - -_Matches_ should be carried in a water-tight case. - -_Toilet articles_ will include, at a minimum, soap, comb, toothbrush and -powder. A sponge or wash-rag is desirable. A man who shaves will, unless -journeying in the wilderness, carry his razor. The soap may be contained -in a box of aluminum or celluloid; the sponge in a sponge bag; the whole -may be packed in a handy bag or rolled in a square of cloth and secured -with strap or string. - -_Towel_ and _pajamas_ are not indispensable; because of weight, they -should be classed as pedestrian luxuries. - -The _mending kit_ will include thread, needles, and buttons, and here -should be set down safety pins, too, an extra pair of shoestrings, -and--if one wears them--an extra pair of rubber heels. A small -carborundum whetstone may be well worth the carrying. - -The best dressing for leather is mutton tallow. Various _boot greases_ -of which tallow is the base are on the market; one, called “Touradef,” -is good. There are lighter animal oils, more easily applied; a good one -is called “B-ver” oil. Mineral oils are not so good; “Viscol,” the most -widely used of these, is sold in cans of convenient size and shape. - -_Medicaments_ should be few; a disinfectant (permanganate of potassium in -crystalline form, or tablets of Darkin’s solution), a cathartic (cascara -is best--it may be had in tabloid form, called “Cascaral Compound”), -iodine, a box of zinc ointment, a roll of adhesive tape, and a small -quantity of absorbent cotton will suffice for casual ailments. If one -is going into the wilderness, he may well take a first-aid kit--with -knowledge, how to use it--and medicine to deal with more violent -sickness; ipecac and calomel. In malaria-infested regions, one should -carry quinine, with directions for administering. Talcum powder and -cocoa butter are, in proper time, soothing. Citronella is a defense -against mosquitoes; another repellent is a mixture of sweet oil or castor -oil, oil of pennyroyal, and tar oil; spirits of ammonia is an antidote to -their poison. - -As to _reading matter_, each will choose for himself. The book carried -may be the Bible, it may be “The Golden Treasury,” it may be “The Three -Musketeers.” Again, it may be a handbook of popular science or a map of -the stars. - -Regarding _map_ and _map case_, see page 75. - -_Colored glasses._ On snowfields, on the seashore, where light is -intense, the eyes should be screened. The best material, carefully worked -out for this purpose, is Crooks glass. Its virtue lies in this: that it -cuts out both the ultra-violet rays and the heat rays at the opposite -end of the spectrum. Crooks glass may be had in two grades: Shade A and -Shade B. Shade A, having the properties just described, is itself almost -colorless; Shade B is colored, and cuts out, in addition, part of the -rays of the normal spectrum. Goggles may be had of plain sheets of Crooks -glass, and these will serve merely as a screen; but, if one wears glasses -anyway, since two pairs worn at once are difficult to manage, it is well -to have one’s prescription filled in Shade A, and (if one is going to -climb snow peaks or walk the seabeach) then a second pair in Shade B. -Ordinary colored glasses will serve a passing need; amethyst tint is best. - -A _canteen_ is requisite in arid regions and when climbing lofty -mountains; elsewhere it is sometimes a justified convenience. - -The writer well recalls the amazement of two Alpine guides some years ago -when, on the top of a snow peak, hot coffee was produced from a thermos -bottle. He hastens to add that the thermos bottle was not his; he regards -such an article as a sure mark of the tenderfoot. - -Even though one be traveling light, the pleasures of a summer holiday may -be widened by providing one meal a day and eating it out of doors. In -order to accomplish this, one needs to carry a few _culinary articles_: A -drinking cup, of course--that is carried in any case, conveniently hung -to the belt. Then one should have plate, knife, fork, spoon, a small -pail, perhaps a small frying pan, canisters of salt and pepper, a box of -tea, a bag of sugar, a receptacle for butter. Most of these articles, -and some toilet articles as well, may be had made of aluminum. Do not -carry glassware, it is heavy and breakable. Don’t carry anything easily -broken or easily put out of order. But even here make exceptions. For -example, a butter _jar_ is better than a butter _box_. The writer, for -one, despises an aluminum drinking cup; when filled with hot coffee it is -unapproachable, when cool enough not to burn the lips the coffee is too -cold to be palatable; he, therefore, in spite of its weight, chooses to -carry an earthenware cup. - -A _whistle_ will have value chiefly for signaling between members of a -party. - -A party of two, three, or four will carry more conveniences than a man -journeying alone. For illustration, in the party, one camera is enough, -one map case, one pail, one butter jar; and these may be distributed, so -that, while carrying only part, each member of the party may enjoy all. -With a camera in the party, a supply of films will be stowed away in a -knapsack; a light, collapsible tripod may be worth the taking, if one -cares to secure pictures under poor conditions of light. - -Two usual items of an amateur equipment, better left at home, are a -_hatchet_ and a _pedometer_. A hatchet is of no value, except in the -wilderness, and not always is it worth carrying even there. Ordinarily a -stout, sharp knife will answer every purpose. When one is on a camping -trip on which he makes long stops, he will care for something better than -a hatchet--a light axe. Regarding the uses of a pedometer see page 116. - -If the contemplated tour lies through the wilderness, and accommodations -for the night are not to be had under roofs along the way, one must carry -his _blanket_. The blanket should be selected with lightness and warmth -in view. The army blankets are fair, but softer, lighter, warmer ones may -be had. Blankets should be of generous dimensions. A large double blanket -should not exceed eight pounds in weight, and single blankets should -weigh half as much. The Hudson’s Bay blankets are justly famous. - -A blanket enveloped in a windproof _blanket cloth_ is very much warmer -than if not so shielded. Herein lies the virtue of a sleeping bag. -Similarly, a tent--particularly a small one, for one or two men--keeps -out wind and retains warm air. With the use of a tent, the weight of -blankets may be less. The blanket cloth serves both to keep the wind from -penetrating the blanket and also to keep the blanket dry. It prevents -penetration of moisture from the ground; and, if one is not otherwise -protected, it shields one from dew and from light rain. The blanket -cloth, too, must be of the least weight consistent with service. Because -of weight, rubber blankets and oiled ponchos are out of the question. -Better light oilcloth, or, better still, the material called “balloon -silk” (really finely woven, long-fiber cotton) filled with water-proofing -substance. “Tanalite” is the trade name for a water-proof material of -this sort of a dark brown color. A tarpaulin seven feet square made of -tanalite is, all things considered, the most serviceable blanket cloth. -With blanket and tarpaulin, one’s pack should not exceed 25-30 pounds in -weight. A mode of rolling blanket and tarpaulin and of securing the roll -to the knapsack is suggested on page 18. - -_Blanket pins_ are worth carrying. By using them one may keep himself -snug, nearly as well as in a sleeping bag. - -A small cotton bag, useful in a pack, may be stuffed with clothing and -serve as a pillow. - -A satisfactory _sleeping bag_ will hardly be found in the shops; those -that are serviceable are too heavy for the pedestrian. And yet the idea -embodied in the sleeping bag, the idea of attaining maximum warmth from -the materials used, jumps precisely with the pedestrian’s needs. - -The difficulty with the sleeping bags on the market is that they are -made for gentlemen campers, and not for those who take up their beds and -walk. For one thing, the gentleman camper has abundance of clothing, with -changes of all kinds. But the pedestrian sleeps in his clothes. Of course -he does. It would be folly for him to carry in his pack the equivalent -of what he wears on his back. His day clothes should be serviceable -as night clothes, too. All he need carry is the additional protection -required when he is resting on the ground in the colder night hours. -And, in addition, he will have a change of the garments which lie next -his skin; but no more. If when sleeping a man is not wearing all that he -carries, then he is carrying more than is necessary. He may, indeed, have -stuffed in his pack woolen underclothes, for night wear only. For another -thing, in making choice between one material and another, the weight of -the material is important in far greater degree to the walker than to -the gentleman camper. With these considerations in mind, the pedestrian -contrives his sleeping bag of the lightest material available to serve -the ends in view. - -Essentially, a sleeping bag is a closed covering of two layers: an inner -layer of heat-insulating material, and an outer layer of water-tight, -wind-tight material. Even the gentleman camper, scornfully referred to -above, chooses the lightest, warmest blankets he can find; the pedestrian -can do no better. However, he does not take so many. But, respecting the -outer covering, the pedestrian refuses the heavy water-proofed duck of -the ordinary sleeping bag, and selects instead water-proofed balloon silk. - -The simplest sleeping bag may be made by folding a six by six wool -blanket within a cover of water-proofed balloon silk and sewing together -the bottom edges, and the side edges, too, from the bottom upward, to -within a foot or so of the top. The bag measures approximately three feet -by six, and should not weigh more than five and one half pounds. - -Instead of the blanket, other material may be used. Men differ in the -amount of covering they require; and then there are the inequalities of -climate and season to be reckoned with. A suitable material, lighter than -wool and affording less warmth, is sateen; a somewhat warmer, somewhat -heavier, substitute for the wool blanket is a down quilt. When still -greater warmth is needed the blanket may be double, or blanket and down -quilt may be combined. - -A rectangular bag, such as that just described, may be criticized in -two particulars: for one thing, it is not long enough for a man of good -stature, and, for another thing, there is waste material in it. It would -be just as warm and just as serviceable if, instead of being three feet -wide at the bottom, it were at that point only two feet wide. - -The specifications of an excellent sleeping bag for pedestrian use -are given in a pamphlet published by the Appalachian Mountain Club, -“Equipment for Mountain Climbing and Camping,” by Allen H. Bent, Ralph -Lawson, and Percival Sayward, and with the courteous assent of the -designers, are here incorporated. - -A bag made on the dimensions given is suitable for a man five feet eleven -inches tall. - -A strip of the material for the inner layer is cut to the pattern -indicated below. It is 87 inches long, and at its widest point 32½ -inches across. The widest point is 45 inches from the foot. At the foot -the strip is 20 inches wide, and at the head, 21 inches. The sides are -outwardly curved. This is the _under_ strip. - -[Illustration] - -A second _upper_ strip is, in over-all dimensions, a duplicate of the -first, but for the fact that it is 9 inches shorter. From the foot up and -for a length of 78 inches it is identical with the first strip, but at -that point it is cut short. A face opening is cut in the upper edge of -the second strip, 10 inches across and 11 inches deep. - -[Illustration] - -These two strips are superposed and their overlying edges are sewed -together. All edges are properly hemmed or bound. - -As the user lies in the bag, his feet just reaching the bottom, his face -is encircled in the face opening. The excess length of the under strip -then becomes a flap, to fold over his head. Buttons and buttonholes may -be provided, as indicated in the drawings, to secure the flap in such -position. - -The material for the outer layer is cut to the same pattern, with -sufficient enlargement of dimensions to allow the outer bag to contain -the inner bag and cover it smoothly. - -The outer material will preferably be water-proofed balloon silk -(“tanalite”); the inner material may be sateen, or blanketing, or down -quilt. The designers suggest still another material: Australian wool -wadding, encased in sateen. They say, “a brown sateen material is the -best covering, as a very finely woven goods is necessary to keep the wool -from working through. The bag does not need to be quilted, but should be -‘tied through’ about every six inches.” - -The balloon silk outer bag should weigh about one and one-quarter pounds; -the bag of sateen should weigh about two and one-quarter pounds. C. -F. Hovey Co., 33 Summer St., Boston, and the Abercrombie & Fitch Co., -Madison Ave. and Forty-fifth St., New York, have made bags to these -specifications. - -It remains only to add a word respecting the outer cover of balloon silk. -Balloon silk, which in reality is a fine-woven cotton, is, relatively -speaking, a delicate material, and furthermore it is not perfectly -water-tight. The great advantage of lightness justifies its use. But the -bag must be carefully handled, and after hard service the cover must be -renewed. - -Dr. Charles W. Townsend, of Boston, an experienced camper, writes: - - “The sleeping bag is a home-made affair, that takes up only - a small part of the room in a rucksack, and weighs four - pounds. It is made of lamb’s wool wadding, lined with sateen, - and covered with flannel. It is about six and one-half feet - long and tapers, so as to be wider at the mouth than at the - foot. With ordinary clothing, I have slept warm in it with a - temperature of forty degrees. I have also a balloon-silk cover, - which can be arranged to guy-ropes, to make a lean-to tent over - my head, and gauze curtains for insects. I think that weighs - two and one-half pounds.” - -A _tent_ will be carried when the route lies through unsettled country. -In a sparsely settled region, one will run the risk of heavy rain for -a night or two, rather than bother with a tent; but in the wilderness, -a tent is a necessity, for even such a tarpaulin as has been described -as a suitable blanket cover, is not perfectly water-tight. One cannot -sleep out in a driving rain storm. At a pinch, of course, one can make -shift, and perhaps under rock ledge or shelter of boughs keep fairly -dry; but after a wet night in the open, one needs assured protection the -second night. The lightest tents are made of balloon silk; they weigh -four pounds and upwards. Two men traveling together will have a tent in -common and will distribute and equalize their burdens. As has been said, -a tent affords warmth (particularly when carefully pitched, with a view -to making it wind-tight) and, accordingly, blankets need not be so heavy. -Though water-proofed balloon silk is not perfectly water-tight, one may -keep perfectly dry in a balloon silk tarpaulin or sleeping bag, within a -balloon silk tent. - -A note on _sleeping out_ is proper. In summer, when there is no rain, -one should sleep under the open sky; he should choose as his sleeping -place an exposed ridge, high and dry. In such a situation he will suffer -least annoyance from mosquitoes, and, if the night be cool, he will be -warmer than in the valley. Seldom in temperate climates is the night too -warm for sleeping out of doors; but even on such a night the air on the -hilltop is fresher. If it be windy, a wind-break may be made of boughs or -of cornstalks (on a cool night in autumn a corn-shock may be made into a -fairly comfortable shelter.) In case the evening threatens rain, one may -well seek a barn for protection; if one is in the wilderness, he will -search out an overhanging rock, or build a lean-to of bark or boughs. -Newspaper is a good heat insulator, and newspapers spread on the ground -where one is to lie make the bed a warmer, drier one. Newspaper will -protect one’s blanket from dew. Be careful when lying down to see that -shoes and clothing are under cover. If the night proves to be colder than -one has anticipated and one’s blanket is insufficient (or if, on another -tour, the days are so hot that walking ceases to be a pleasure--though -they have to be _very_ hot for that), it may be expedient, at a pinch, to -walk by night and rest by day. - -Such _food_ as must be carried will be selected to save weight, so far -as is consistent with nutriment. Rolled oats are excellent; so also -is soup powder (put up in “sausage” form, imitating the famous German -_erbswurst_), and dried fruits and vegetables, powdered eggs, and -powdered milk. The value of pemmican is known. All these articles may be -obtained at groceries and at sportsmen’s stores. Seldom, however, will -one wander so far as to be for many days beyond the possibility of buying -food of more familiar form. Shelled nuts, raisins, dried fruit, malted -milk tablets, and lime juice tablets are good to carry on an all-day -excursion. _Food bags_ of “paraffined” cotton fabric will prove useful. -It is well to bear in mind that food may be distributed along the way, -sent in advance by mail, to await at post offices one’s coming. - -The special equipment of the mountaineer--alpenstock, ice axe, rope, -_crampons_, _scarpetti_, etc.--need only be mentioned. They are not -needed in climbing the mountains of eastern America, but only on giddy -peaks, snowfields, and glaciers. Those interested will consult the works -on mountaineering mentioned in the Bibliography. - -From the pages of a pamphlet of the Appalachian Mountain Club this note -is taken: - - “Equipment does not end with the purchase of proper food, - clothing, climbing and camping outfit. The prospective climber - should give some thought to his physical and mental equipment. - A strong heart, good lungs, and a reasonable amount of physical - development and endurance are among the requisites and so, - too, are courage, caution, patience and good nature. If in - addition he is interested in topography, geology, photography, - animal or plant life, by so much the more is his equipment, and - consequently his enjoyment, increased.” - - -CARE OF BODY AND EQUIPMENT - -As to speed of walking and distance, see below, page 51; as to -preliminary walking, in preparation for a tour, see page 53. - -One hardly needs the admonitions, eat plain food, sleep long, and keep -body and clothing clean. The matter of _food_ becomes complicated when -one has to carry the supply of a day or two or of several days with him. -Be careful to get, so far as possible, a large proportion of vegetable -food--fresh vegetables and fruit. - -When walking, the system requires large amounts of water, and, generally -speaking, one should _drink_ freely. If one stops by a roadside spring -on a hot day, he should rest a few minutes before drinking, and, if the -water be very cold, he should drink sparingly. It is refreshing before -drinking, and sometimes instead of drinking, to rinse mouth and throat -with spring water. In the Alps the guides caution one not to drink snow -water. In settled regions, drink boiled water only, unless assured of the -purity of the source. Beware of wells. It is a matter of safety, when -traveling, to be inoculated against typhoid fever. Practice restraint in -the use of ice cream, soda water, sweets, coffee, and tea. - -The pedestrian should be careful to get as much _sleep_ as normally -he requires at home, and somewhat more. He may not be so regular in -hours, for he will find himself inclined to sleep an hour at midday, -and at times to walk under the starlight, to be abroad in the dawn. And -a walking tour would be a humdrum affair, if he did not yield to such -inclination. - -A _bath_ at the end of the day--a sponge bath, if no better offers--is -an indispensable comfort. While on the march one will come upon inviting -places to bathe. Bathe before eating, not immediately after. If the water -is very cold, it is well to splash and rub one’s body before plunging in. -If much bathing tends to produce lassitude, one should limit himself to -what is necessary. - -Don’t overdo; on the march, when _tired out_, stop at the first -opportunity--don’t keep going merely to make a record. Don’t invite -fatigue. If, in hot weather, free perspiration should fail, stop -immediately and take available measures to restore normal circulation. - -_Lameness_ in muscles is due to the accumulation of waste matter in the -tissues; elimination may be aided and lameness speedily relieved by -drinking hot water freely and by soaking one’s body in a warm bath: the -internal processes are accelerated, in freer blood circulation, while -much is dissolved out through the pores of the skin. At the end of a long -hard walk, the most refreshing thing is a drink--not of ice water, not of -soda water, but a pint or so of hot water. Rubbing oil as a remedy for -lame muscles is hardly worth carrying; alcohol is a mistake. Bruised -muscles should be painted lightly with iodine. - -_Care of feet._ Always wash the feet thoroughly at the end of a tramp, -and dry carefully, particularly between the toes. If the skin cracks and -splits between the toes, wash at night with boric acid and soften with -vaseline. It is better to allow toenails to grow rather long, and in -trimming cut them straight across. - -When resting at noon take off shoes and stockings, and, before putting -them on again, turn the stockings inside out. If the weather be mild, -let the feet remain bare until about to set out again; if there be water -available, bathe the feet immediately on stopping. If, on the march, the -arch of the foot should grow tired, consciously “toe in.” - -If there is rubbing, binding, squeezing, with consequent tenderness at -any point, stop at once, take off shoe and stocking, and consider what is -to be done. It may suffice to protect the tender spot, applying a shred -of absorbent cotton secured with a strip of adhesive tape; perhaps the -thickness of the stocking may be changed, or the lacing of the shoe be -eased or tightened. By _tighter_ lacing sometimes the play of the foot -within the shoe may be diminished and undesirable rubbing or squeezing -overcome. Talcum powder sprinkled on the foot will help to relieve -rubbing, and soap rubbed on the stocking outside, above the tender place, -is efficacious. - -Sometimes, in spite of forethought, one may find one’s self walking in -ill-fitting shoes; for example, the shoes though broad enough may be too -short, and one’s toes in consequence may be cramped and squeezed in the -toe of the shoe--particularly on down grades--until they become tender -and even blistered. If then other expedients fail, one has to examine -his shoe carefully, determine precisely where the line of binding strain -lies, and then--remembering that the shoe as it is, is worthless to -him--slit leather and lining through, in a line transverse to the line of -strain. - -Should a blister, in spite of care, develop, let it alone, if possible. -Don’t interfere with nature’s remedial processes. But, if one must go on -walking with the expectation that the blister unless attended to will -tear open, then one should drain it--not by pricking it through, however. -Take a bright needle, sterilize it in the flame of a match, and run it -under the skin from a point to one side, and so tap the blister. Then -cover the area with adhesive tape. If there is abrasion, paint the spot -with iodine, or apply a few crystals of permanganate of potassium and a -drop or two of water, then cover with absorbent cotton and adhesive tape. - -Be careful, on setting out in the morning, that any soreness or lameness -of the preceding day has been met by the measures described. - -Corns are caused by wearing tight or ill-fitting shoes. If one has a -corn, he should get rid of it before attempting distance walking, and -should thereafter wear shoes such as to assure him immunity. - -For _sunburn_, use talcum powder or cocoa butter. Do not expose large -areas of the body to sunburn. - -A _cramp_ in the side may easily be relieved by drawing and retaining a -deep breath, and bending over. - -The _bowels_ should be kept open, and will be, if one orders his food -aright. Constipation is to be carefully guarded against. One may, in -spite of himself, after hard walking in hot weather, find difficulty. A -harmless emergency relief is an enema of a few ounces of the colorless -inert oil now sold under such names as “Russian” oil and “Nujol” (the -Standard Oil Company’s preparation). - -_Medicines_ are to be used only in emergency: cascara for constipation, -or, in case of a sudden violent onset of illness, calomel; capsicum -plaster for internal inflammation. But hot water within and without -will generally relieve distress, and is the best remedy. But _do not -experiment_; if a physician is available, call him. - -Ammonia is an antidote for insect stings. - -Snake-bites are, newspaper reports to the contrary, very, very rare. The -bite of a poisonous serpent (rattlesnake or copperhead) requires heroic -treatment. Suck the wound, cut it out immediately with a sharp knife, -fill the incision with permanganate of potassium crystals and drop water -upon the permanganate. - -_Care of clothing._ Underclothes and stockings worn today may be washed -tomorrow at the noon hour. Shirt, trousers--and underclothing too--should -go to the tub every few days, as opportunity offers. - -Shoes should be cleaned each day, washed in cold water and greased. -If wet they should be carefully dried in gentle heat. Leather is -easily ruined by scorching; never dry a shoe in heat unendurable to -the hand. Shoes packed in newspaper overnight will be measurably dried -by absorption. Keep the leather pliant with grease or oil, but not -saturated. If one is going to walk through bogs, or in shallow water, -then his shoes should be copiously oiled, but ordinarily one should oil -his shoes with sparing hand. - - -COMPANIONS - -Dr. Finley, President of the University of the State of New York, and -Commissioner of Education, finely says:[1] “It is figurative language, -of course, to speak of God’s ‘walking’ with man. But I do not know where -to find a better expression for the companionship which one enjoys when -walking alone on the earth. I should not speak of this if I thought it -was an experience for the patriarchs alone or for the few. A man does not -know one of the greatest satisfactions of life if he has not had such -walks.” - -The prophets of the cult--Hazlitt and Stevenson--are quite eloquent on -the point, that the first joys of walking are reserved for those who -walk alone; even Emerson cynically observes that a dog may on occasion -be better company than a man. But the solitary Thoreau admits that he -sometimes has a companion, while sociable Lawrence Sterne prettily says, -“Let me have a companion of my way, were it but to remark how the shadows -lengthen as the sun declines.” - -Ordinarily, we prefer--most of us--to walk in company; if the tour is -an extended one, continuing through many days, we certainly do. And -nothing is more important than the choice of companions. A mistake here -may be a kill-joy. Daily, hourly intercourse rubs individuality upon -individuality, till every oddity, every sensitive point, is worn to the -quick. Be forewarned, then, and be sure of one’s companions. Conversely, -let a man be sure of himself, resolutely refusing to find offense, or to -lose kindliness, good humor, and good will. “’Tis the best of humanity,” -says Emerson, “that goes out to walk.” - -A common interest in things seen, stimulated perhaps by reading matter -carried along, may be the selective process in making up a party; but -friendship underlies all. - -A proved company of two, three, or four is best. With greater numbers, -the party loses intimacy and coherence; furthermore, if dependent on -hospitality by the way, difficulties arise. A housewife who willingly -provides for two, may hesitate to entertain six. - -If there be one in the party who has an aptitude for it, let him keep -a _journal_ (in the form of letters home, perhaps). Such a record, -illustrated by photographs, is a souvenir to afford long-continued -delight. - -When walking in out-of-the-way places it is the part of prudence always -to have a companion; for, otherwise, in case of mishap, a man might be in -sorry plight, or even in actual danger. - - - - -WHEN TO WALK - - -THE VAGABOND[2] - - Give me the life I love, - Let the lave go by me, - Give the jolly heaven above - And the byway nigh me. - Bed in the bush with stars to see, - Bread I dip in the river-- - There’s the life for a man like me, - There’s the life for ever. - - Let the blow fall soon or late, - Let what will be o’er me; - Give the face of earth around - And the road before me. - Wealth I seek not, hope nor love, - Nor a friend to know me; - All I seek the heaven above - And the road below me. - - Or let autumn fall on me - Where afield I linger, - Silencing the bird on tree, - Biting the blue finger. - White as meal the frosty field-- - Warm the fireside haven-- - Not to autumn will I yield, - Not to winter even! - - Let the blow fall soon or late, - Let what will be o’er me; - Give the face of earth around - And the road before me. - Wealth I ask not, hope nor love, - Nor a friend to know me. - All I ask the heaven above - And the road below me. - - Robert Louis Stevenson. - - - - -II - -WHEN TO WALK - - -Any day--every day, if that were possible. Says Thoreau, “I think that I -cannot preserve my health and spirits, unless I spend four hours a day at -least [in the open]”; and, again, he says of himself that he cannot stay -in his chamber for a single day “without acquiring some rust.” - -Recall Thoreau’s Journals. Their perennial charm lies largely in this, -that he is abroad winter and summer, at seedtime and at harvest, in sun -and rain, making his shrewd observations, finding that upon which his -poetic fancy may play, finding the point of departure for his Excursions -in Philosophy. - - -AT WHAT SEASON - - “The first care of a man settling in the country should be to - open the face of the earth to himself by a little knowledge of - Nature, or a great deal, if he can; of birds, plants, rocks, - astronomy; in short, the art of taking a walk. This will draw - the sting out of frost, dreariness out of November and March, - and the drowsiness out of August.” - - --Ralph Waldo Emerson, “Resources.” - -_The Daily Walk._ Walking is to be commended, not as a holiday pastime, -merely, but as part of the routine of life, in season and out. -Particularly to city-dwellers, to men whose occupations are sedentary, -is walking to be commended as recreation. Will a man assert himself too -busy?--his neighbor plays a game of golf a week; he himself, perhaps, if -he will admit it, is giving half a day a week to some pastime--may be a -less wholesome one. - -It is worth a man’s while to reckon on his walking every day in the week. -It may well be to his advantage, in health and happiness, to extend -his daily routine afoot--perhaps by dispensing with the services of a -“jitney” from the suburban station to his residence, perhaps by leaving -the train or street car a station farther from home, perhaps by walking -down town to his office each morning. - -_The Weekly Walk._ The environs of one’s home can scarcely be -too forbidding. A range of ten miles out from Concord village -satisfied Thoreau throughout life. Grant the surroundings of Concord -exceptional--Thoreau’s demands were exceptional. Those who will turn -these pages will be for the most part city folk; the resident of any -of our cities may, with the aid of trolley, railway, and steamboat, -discover for himself a dozen ten-mile walks in its environs--many of -them converging to his home, some macadam paved and so available even in -the muddy season, and any one of them possible on a Saturday or a Sunday -afternoon. - -What could a pedestrian ask more? A three-hour walk of a Saturday -afternoon--exploring, perhaps, some region of humble historic interest, -studying outcroppings of coal or limestone, making new acquaintance with -birds, bees, and flowers, and enjoying always the wide sky, the sweep of -the river, the blue horizon. No other recreation is comparable to this. - -It is pleasurable to walk in fair, mild weather; but there is pleasure -on gray, cold, rainy days, too. To exert the body, to pit one’s strength -against the wind’s, to cause the sluggish blood to stream warm against -a nipping cold, to feel the sting of sleet on one’s face--to bring all -one’s being to hearty, healthful activity--by such means one comes to the -end, bringing to his refreshment gusto, to his repose contentment. - -The consistent pedestrian will score to his credit, every week throughout -the year, ten miles of vigorous, sustained tramping. Five hundred miles -a year makes an impressive showing, and is efficacious: it goes far to -“slam the door in the doctor’s nose.” - -_The Walking Tour._ Apart from, or, better, in addition to the perennial -weekly walking about one’s home, there is the occasional walking tour: a -two or three-day hike, over Labor Day, perhaps, or Washington’s Birthday; -and then there is the longer vacation tour of two or three weeks’ -duration. - -With important exceptions, we, in our northern latitudes, arrange our -walking tours in summer time. And, so far as concerns the exceptions, it -will here suffice to remind ourselves of mountain climbing on snowshoes -in winter, of ski-running and skating, and of the winter carnivals of -sport held in the Adirondacks, in the Alps, and in the Rocky Mountains. -In our southern states, however, no disadvantage attaches to winter; to -the contrary, over a great part of that region, winter is the pleasanter -season for the pedestrian. But summer is the season of vacations, and is, -generally speaking, the time of good roads, fair skies, and gentle air. -Then one can walk with greatest ease and freedom. - -The choice of the particular fortnight for the “big hike” may be governed -by all sorts of considerations; if the expedition be ornithological, -and there is free choice, it will be taken in May or June, or perhaps -in September; if to climb Mt. Ktaadn, it will preferably be in August. -Again, one’s employer may, for his own reasons, fix the time. It is well, -therefore, to formulate general statements, helpful in making choice of -place, when once the season has been fixed. - -In early summer, from the time the snow melts till mid July, the north -woods are infested with buzzing, stinging, torturing mosquitoes; to -induce one to brave these pests, large countervailing inducements must -needs appear. Mountaineering in temperate latitudes is less advisable -in the early summer than later; there is more rain then, and nights -are cold, and, in the high mountains, soft snow is often an impedance. -Throughout much of our country, June is a rainy month. In May and June, -accordingly, and early July, one should by preference plan his walk in -open settled country, in the foothills of mountain ranges, or across such -pleasant regions as central New York or Wisconsin. - -Late July, August and September are, for the most part, hot and dusty. At -that season, accordingly, the great river basins and wide plains should -be avoided; one should choose rather the north woods, the mountains, or -the New England coast. - -For the pedestrian September in the mountains and October everywhere are -the crown of the year; the fires of summer are then burning low, storms -are infrequent, the nip in the air stirs one to eagerness for the wide -sky and the open road. - - “The world has nothing to offer more rich and entertaining - than the days which October always brings us, when after the - first frosts, a steady shower of gold falls in the strong south - wind from the chestnuts, maples and hickories: all the trees - are wind-harps, filling the air with music; and all men become - poets, and walk to the measure of rhymes they make or remember.” - - --Ralph Waldo Emerson, “Country Life.” - -If one is so fortunate as to have his holiday abroad, he will find the -Italian hills or the Riviera delightful either in early spring or in -late autumn; he will find the Alps at their best in midsummer; and, at -intermediate seasons, there remain the Black Forest and the regions of -the Seine, the Rhine, and the Elbe. As for Scotland and Ireland, no one -has ventured to say when the rains are fewest. - - -THE HOURS OF THE DAY - - “Can you hear what the morning says to you, and believe _that_? - Can you bring home the summits of Wachusett, Greylock, and the - New Hampshire hills?” - - --Ralph Waldo Emerson, “Country Life.” - -It is well, and altogether pleasantest, on the hike, to be under way -early in the morning; and sometimes--particularly if the day’s march -be short--to finish all, without prolonged stop. Ordinarily, it is -preferable to walk till eleven or twelve o’clock, then to rest, wash -clothing, have lunch, read, sleep, and, setting out again in the middle -of the afternoon, to complete the day’s stage by five or six o’clock. -Afterward come bath, clean clothes, the evening meal, rest, and an early -bed. - -But one’s schedule should not be inflexible; one should have acquaintance -with the dawn, he should know the voices of the night. One forgets how -many stars there are, till he finds himself abroad at night in clear -mountain air. An all-night walk is a wonderful experience, particularly -under a full moon; and, in intensely hot weather, a plan to walk by night -may be a very grateful arrangement. - -Dr. John H. Finley, of the University of the State of New York, writes in -the _Outlook_[3] reminiscently of walking by night: - - “But the walks which I most enjoy, in retrospect at any rate, - are those taken at night. Then one makes one’s own landscape - with only the help of the moon or stars or the distant lights - of a city, or with one’s unaided imagination if the sky is - filled with cloud. - - “The next better thing to the democracy of a road by day is the - monarchy of a road by night, when one has one’s own terrestrial - way under guidance of a Providence that is nearer. It was in - the ‘cool of the day’ that the Almighty is pictured as walking - in the garden, but I have most often met him on the road by - night. - - “Several times I have walked down Staten Island and across - New Jersey to Princeton ‘after dark,’ the destination being - a particularly attractive feature of this walk. But I enjoy - also the journeys that are made in strange places where one - knows neither the way nor the destination, except from a map - or the advice of signboard or kilometer posts (which one reads - by the flame of a match, or, where that is wanting, sometimes - by following the letters and figures on a post with one’s - fingers), or the information, usually inaccurate, of some other - wayfarer. Most of these journeys have been made of a necessity - that has prevented my making them by day, but I have in every - case been grateful afterward for the necessity. In this - country they have been usually among the mountains--the Green - Mountains or the White Mountains or the Catskills. But of all - my night faring, a night on the moors of Scotland is the most - impressive and memorable, though without incident. No mountain - landscape is to me more awesome than the moorlands by night, or - more alluring than the moorlands by day when the heather is in - bloom. Perhaps this is only the ancestors speaking again. - - “But something besides ancestry must account for the others. - Indeed, in spite of it, I was drawn one night to Assisi, where - St. Francis had lived. Late in the evening I started on to - Foligno in order to take a train in to Rome for Easter morning. - I followed a white road that wound around the hills, through - silent clusters of cottages tightly shut up with only a slit of - light visible now and then, meeting not a human being along the - way save three somber figures accompanying an ox cart, a man at - the head of the oxen and a man and a woman at the tail of the - cart--a theme for Millet. (I asked in broken Italian how far - it was to Foligno, and the answer was, ‘_Una hora_’--distance - in time and not in miles.) Off in the night I could see the - lights of Perugia, and some time after midnight I began to see - the lights of Foligno--of Perugia and Foligno, where Raphael - had wandered and painted. The adventure of it all was that when - I reached Foligno I found that it was a walled town, that the - gate was shut, and that I had neither passport nor intelligible - speech. There is an interesting walking sequel to this journey. - I carried that night a wooden water-bottle, such as the Italian - soldiers used to carry, filling it from the fountain at the - gate of Assisi before starting. Just a month later, under the - same full moon, I was walking between midnight and morning in - New Hampshire. I had the same water-bottle and stopped at a - spring to fill it. When I turned the bottle upside down, a few - drops of water from the fountain of Assisi fell into the New - England spring, which for me, at any rate, has been forever - sweetened by this association. - - “All my long night walks seem to me now as but preparation for - one which I was obliged to make at the outbreak of the war - in Europe. I had crossed the Channel from England to France, - on the day that war was declared by England, to get a boy of - ten years out of the war zone. I got as far by rail as a town - between Arras and Amiens, where I expected to take a train on - a branch road toward Dieppe; but late in the afternoon I was - informed that the scheduled train had been canceled and that - there might not be another for twenty-four hours, if then. - Automobiles were not to be had even if I had been able to pay - for one. So I set out at dusk on foot toward Dieppe, which was - forty miles or more distant. The experiences of that night - would in themselves make one willing to practice walking for - years in order to be able to walk through such a night in whose - dawn all Europe waked to war. There was the quiet, serious - gathering of the soldiers at the place of rendezvous; there - were the all-night preparations of the peasants along the way - to meet the new conditions; there was the pelting storm from - which I sought shelter in the niches for statues in the walls - of an abandoned château; there was the clatter of the hurrying - feet of soldiers or gendarmes who properly arrested the - wanderer, searched him, took him to a guard-house, and detained - him until certain that he was an American citizen and a friend - of France, when he was let go on his way with a ‘_Bon voyage_’; - there was the never-to-be-forgotten dawn upon the harvest - fields in which only old men, women, and children were at work; - there was the gathering of the peasants with commandeered - horses and carts in the beautiful park on the water-front at - Dieppe; and there was much besides; but they were experiences - for the most part which only one on foot could have had.” - -In answer to a request for a contribution to this handbook, Dr. Finley -replies generously, and to the point: - - “I have never till now, so far as I can recall, tried to set - down in order my reasons for walking by night. Nor am I aware - of having given specific reasons even to myself. It has been - sufficient that I have enjoyed this sort of vagrancy. But since - it has been asked, I will try to analyze the enjoyment. - - “1. The roads are generally freer for pedestrians by night. - One is not so often pushed off into the ditch or into the - weeds at the roadside. There is not so much of dust thrown - into one’s face or of smells into one’s nostrils. More than - this (a psychological and not a physical reason) one is not - made conscious by night of the contempt or disdain of the - automobilist, which really contributes much to the discomfort - of a sensitive traveler on foot by day. I have ridden enough - in an automobile to know what the general automobile attitude - toward a pedestrian is. - - “2. Many landscapes are more beautiful and alluring by - moonlight or by starlight than by sunlight. The old Crusader’s - song intimates this: ‘Fair is the sunlight; fairer still the - moonlight and all the twinkling starry host.’ And nowhere in - the world have I appreciated this more fully than out in Asia - Minor, Syria, and Palestine, where the Crusaders and Pilgrims - walked by night as well as by day. But I have particularly - agreeable memories, too, of the night landscapes in the Green - Mountains. - - “3. By night one is free to have for companions of the way whom - one will out of any age or clime, while by day one is usually - compelled, even when one walks alone, to choose only from the - living and the visible. In Palestine, for example, I was free - to walk with prophet, priest, and king by night, while by day - the roads were filled with Anzacs and Gurkhas and Sikhs, and - the like. Spirits walk by day, but it takes more effort of - the imagination to find them and detach them. One of my most - delightful night memories is of a journey on foot over a road - from Assisi that St. Francis must have often trod. - - “4. There is always the possibility of adventure by night. - Nothing can be long or definitely expected, and so the - unexpected is always happening. I have been ‘apprehended’--I do - not like to say ‘arrested’--several times when walking alone - at night. Once, in France, I was seized in the street of a - village through which I was passing with no ill intent, taken - to a guard-house and searched. But that was the night of the - day that war was declared. Once, and this was before the war, I - was held up in Rahway, toward midnight, when I was walking to - Princeton. I was under suspicion simply because I was walking, - and walking soberly, in the middle of the road. - - “5. By day one must be conscious of the physical earth - about one, even if there is no living humanity. By night, - particularly if one is walking in strange places, one may take - a universe view of things. Especially is this true if the stars - are ahead of one and over one. - - “6. Then it is worth while occasionally to see the whole circle - of a twenty-four hour day, and especially to walk into a dawn - and see ‘the eye-lids of the day.’ I had the rare fortune to be - on the road in France when the dawn came that woke all Europe - to war. And I was again on the road one dawn when the war was - coming to its end out in the East. - - “7. There are as many good reasons for walking by night as by - day. But no better reason than that one who loves to walk by - night can never fear the shadow of death. - - “You will ask if I have any directions to give. I regret to - say that I have not. I seldom walk with else than a stick, a - canteen of water, and a little dried fruit in my pocket--and a - box of matches, for sometimes it is convenient to be able to - read signboards and kilometer posts even by night.” - - -SPEED AND DISTANCE - -Stevenson speaks contemptuously of “the championship walker in purple -stockings,” and indeed it is well to heed moderate counsel, lest, in -enthusiasm for _walking_, one misses after all the supreme joys of a -_walk_. At the same time, there is danger of too little as well as of -too much. To loiter and dilly-dally (to borrow again Stevenson’s phrase) -changes a walk into something else--something more like a picnic. - -Really to walk one should travel with swinging stride and at a good round -pace. Ten or twenty miles covered vigorously are not half so wearying to -body nor to mind as when dawdled through. One need not be “a champion -walker in purple stockings” covering five miles an hour and fifty miles a -day. - -If one is traveling without burden, he should do three and a half to -four miles an hour; if he carries twenty pounds, his pace should be not -more than three and a half; and if he carries thirty, it should be three -miles an hour, at most. When traveling under a load, one has no mind to -run; on an afternoon’s ramble, one may run down gentle grades “for the -fun of it,” but on the hike it is best always to keep one foot on the -ground. The perennial, weekly, conditioning walk should require about -three hours; and the distance covered should be at least ten miles. On -a tour, continued day after day, one should ordinarily walk for five, -six, or seven hours a day, and cover, on the average, fifteen to twenty -miles. With three weeks to spare, one has, say, ten to fifteen walking -days--rain may interfere, there are things to be seen, one does not want -to walk every day. At the average rate of twenty miles a day--which one -can easily do under a fifteen-pound pack--the distance covered should be -200 to 250 miles. If one carries thirty pounds, he travels more slowly, -and makes side trips, and covers a stretch of say a hundred miles of -country. - -The figures given are applicable to walking in comparatively level -regions; in mountain climbing, of course, they do not hold. To ascend -three thousand feet in elevation, at any gradient, is at the least a -half-day’s work; it may be much more. Furthermore, in mountaineering at -great and unaccustomed altitudes--8,000 feet and upwards--great care must -be taken against over exertion. One who has had experience in ascending -Alpine peaks will remember that, under the leadership of his guides, he -was required to stop and rest for fifteen minutes in each hour, to eat an -Albert biscuit, and to drink a swallow of tea mixed with red wine. - -Professor William Morris Davis, in “Excursions around Aix-les-Bains,” -gives the following notes upon speed in mountain-climbing: - - “While walking up hill, adopt a moderate pace that can be - steadily maintained, and keep going. Inexperienced climbers are - apt to walk too fast at first and, on feeling the strain of a - long ascent, to become discouraged and “give it up”; or if - they persist to the top, they may be tempted to accept bodily - fatigue as an excuse for the indolent contemplation of a view, - the full enjoyment of which calls for active observation. Let - these beginners remember that many others have shared their - feelings, but have learned to regard temporary fatigue as - a misleading adviser. There is no harm done if one becomes - somewhat tired; exhaustion is prevented by reducing the pace - when moderate fatigue begins. Let the mind rest on agreeable - thoughts while the body is working steadily during a climb; - when the summit is reached, let the body rest as comfortably - as possible while the mind works actively in a conscious - examination of the view. Avoid the error of neglecting the view - after making a great effort in attaining the view point. - - “An ascent of 400 or 475 m. [1300-1550 feet] an hour may - ordinarily be made on a mountain path; where paths are wanting, - ascent is much slower; where rock climbing is necessary, slower - still. Descent is usually much shortened by cutoffs at zigzags - in the path of ascent: the time of descent may be only a half - or a third of that required for ascent.” - -One should not set out on any tour, whether in the mountains or -elsewhere, and, without preparation, undertake to do twenty miles a day. -During the weeks preceding departure, one should be careful not to miss -his ten-mile weekly hike; and he should, if possible, get out twice a -week, and lengthen the walks. - -In planning his itinerary, he will not fix the average distance and walk -up to it each day. Let him go about the matter gradually--fifteen miles -the first day, twenty the second; on the third day let him lie by and -rest, and on the fourth do twenty again. With the fourth day he will find -his troubles ended. The second day is, usually, the hardest--ankles -tired, feet tender, shoulders lame from the burden of the knapsack; but, -by sticking at it bravely through the afternoon, the crest of difficulty -will be overpassed. - -In this matter of speed and distance, figures are to be accepted with -freedom. Individuals vary greatly in capacity. The attempt has been made -to give fair estimates--a rate and range attainable by a fairly vigorous, -active man, with clear gain. The caution should be subscribed, “Do not -try to do too much.” - - -STUNT WALKING - -These are tests of endurance in speed, in distance, or in both; the play -of the habitual pedestrian. Discussion of the matters of _speed_ and -_distance_ gives opportunity for the introduction, somewhat illogically, -of this and the following sections. - -There is, in the environs of a certain city, a walk of ten miles or -better, a favorite course with a little company of pedestrians. No month -passes that they do not traverse it. Normally, they spend two hours and -a half on the way; if some slower-footed friend be of the party, it -requires an hour more; their record, made by one of their number, walking -alone, is two hours and twelve minutes. - -Fired by the example of a distinguished pedestrian, who in the newspapers -was reported to have walked seventy-five miles on his seventy-fifth -birthday, one of the company just mentioned essayed to do the like--a -humbler matter in his own case. He is, however, so far advanced into -middle age that he won with a good margin the trophy of the League of -Walkers, given to every member who covers thirty miles afoot in a single -day. - - -CHAMPIONSHIP WALKING--WORLD’S RECORDS - - EVENT TIME HOLDER NATION DATE - - 1 mile--6m. 25 4-5s. G. H. Goulding Canada June 4, 1901 - 2 miles--13m. 11 2-5s. G. E. Larner England July 13, 1904 - 3 miles--20m. 25 4-5s. G. E. Larner England Aug. 19, 1905 - 4 miles--27m. 14s. G. E. Larner England Aug. 19, 1905 - 5 miles--36m. 1-5s. G. E. Larner England Sept. 30, 1905 - 6 miles--43m. 26 1-5s. G. E. Larner England Sept. 30, 1905 - 7 miles--50m. 50 4-5s. G. E. Larner England Sept. 30, 1905 - 8 miles--58m. 18 2-5s. G. E. Larner England Sept. 30, 1905 - 9 miles--1h. 7m. 37 4-5s. G. E. Larner England July 17, 1908 - 10 miles--1h. 15m. 57 2-5s. G. E. Larner England July 17, 1908 - 15 miles--1h. 59m. 12 3-5s. H. V. Ross England May 20, 1911 - 20 miles--2h. 47m. 52s. T. Griffith England Dec. 30, 1870 - 25 miles--3h. 37m. 6 4-5s. S. C. A. Schofield England May 20, 1911 - 1 hr.--8 miles 438 yards. G. E. Larner England Sept. 20, 1905 - 2 hrs.--15 miles 128 yards. H. V. L. Ross England May 20, 1911 - - -COMPETITIVE WALKING - -Mr. George Goulding, the Canadian world’s champion, has generously -contributed the following paragraphs on Competitive Walking. The -definition of a “fair gate,” taken by Mr. Goulding for granted, is, “one -in which one foot touches the ground before the other leaves it, only one -leg being bent in stepping, namely, that which is being put forward.” - - “In the present mad scramble of the business world, men forget - the need of exercise; they are intent on rapid transit, but - give little thought to walking. Walking is the natural mode of - travel, it is one of the best forms of exercise, and should be - engaged in by everyone, and by most people in larger degree. - - “If ordinary walking for health and recreation has fallen - into disuse, so has speed walking in competition. There are, - however, still a few of the old school left, in Weston, - O’Leary, Ward, and others, who remind us of the time when the - art of fast walking was more highly esteemed in the athletic - world. - - “You have asked me to give my ideas on fair heel and toe - walking for competition, or speed walking, and in replying I - ask you at the outset to take Webster’s Dictionary from your - shelf and see what the definition of _walk_ is: ‘To proceed - [at a slower or faster rate] without running or lifting one - foot entirely before the other is set down.’ Based on that - definition, a set of rules has been drawn up to govern the - sport, differentiating a fast walk from a running trot. The - chief thing for the novice just starting is to get thoroughly - acquainted with the rules and stick to them, never violating - them in the slightest. - - “I cannot here make minute comment upon all the rules of - championship walking, but I will do my best to bring out in - a brief way the essentials. To simplify and make vivid what - I have in mind to say, let the reader accompany me to some - athletic track and see with me a bunch of walkers in action. - - “It is a principle of walking which I have set before myself, - to economize effort, to attain maximum speed with minimum - expenditure of strength; but you do not see that principle - carried out by all the walkers before you on the track. One - fellow over there is twisting his body on the back stretch - in an awful contortion, showing he is not a natural walker. - Another, just behind him, is jumping in a jerky way all the - time, owing to the fact that he is not using his hips to - advantage. But look at this young chap just taking the turn, - how smoothly he works! What freedom of action he has! Look at - his hop motion! In order to get a better view, let us step - out upon the track. Now see how his hip is brought well round - at each stride, the right being stretched out a little to the - left, and the left in the next stride to the right, in order - that he can bring his feet, one directly in front of the other. - Notice that he walks in a perfectly straight line. That is to - say, if a direct line were drawn around the track, he would - place each foot alternately upon it. Bear in mind that the - shortest distance between any two points is a straight line. By - this time the walker has passed us, and we get a view of him - from the field. In contrast with the other contestants, he does - not seem to have any hip action. That is because his stride - is perfectly straight, no overlapping; his stride shoots out - right from the waist; he gets into it every possible inch, and - yet there is no disturbance of the smoothness of his action. - And with his perfect stride note how he works his feet to - advantage: the right foot comes to the ground heel first, and - as the left leg is swung in front of the right, the ball of the - right comes down; then, as the right foot rises to the toe - position, the heel of the left strikes the ground and in turn - takes the weight of the body. Notice how one foot is on the - ground all the time; there is no possibility of a lift. A good - test, to judge whether a walker is ‘lifting’ or not, is to note - whether his head moves in a straight line; for, when one lifts, - the head moves up and down. - - “Now notice the difference in the way the different men ‘lock’ - their knees. The knee should be perfectly straight or ‘locked’ - as the foremost foot reaches the ground, and should continue - so through the beginning of the stride. It is easier to reach - forward with a straight knee than with a bent one. As the heel - comes to contact with the ground, the weight of the body is - shifted from the rearward to the forward foot, and the leg - that has just swung forward now begins to propel the body. - The straightened knee is at this instant locked. The ‘lock’ - should be decided and complete. Remember this clearly, that - the knee should be first straight and then locked. A knee bent - throughout the stride is not to be approved. The rules call for - a fair heel and toe walk, with a stiff knee, and we have got to - live up to them. - - “With our walkers still in view as they go around the track, - let us study their arm motion. Notice how that fellow is - slashing away across his chest. That is not necessary. Neither - is the action of the man just ahead of him, who is throwing his - arms away out laterally from the hips. Now look at the fellow - with the freedom of action we have already noted. His arms are - fairly low, they do not rise higher than the breast. On the - forward swing of his arm the elbow does not pass the hip, and - on the backward swing the hand does not pass the hip. The man - does not carry corks. (The less concentration of mind upon the - action of muscles the better.) - - “I think I have illustrated the chief points involved in - walking according to the rules laid down. Perhaps a summary of - the rules for fair heel and toe walk will be useful: - - “_Hip motion_: Just enough twist or curve given to bring the - feet alternately in one straight line. - - “_Leg action_: Below the waist shoot the leg out in a straight - clean drive to its full, natural limit: hip locked, knee - locked, and free play given the foot. - - “_Foot action_: The heel of the right foot strikes the ground - first. As the left leg is swung in front of the right, the foot - of the right comes down flat, then, as it is raised to toe - position, the heel of the left strikes the ground and in turn - takes the weight of the body. - - “_Carriage of the body_: To be perfectly upright, with the - center of gravity on the heels, the head all the time traveling - in a straight line. - - “_Knee action_: Knee to be straight at first and afterwards - locked. - - “_Arm action_: Arms act with the shoulders to give good - balance. Keep them fairly low, not ascending any higher than - the nipples; good even swing; hand and elbow alternately - reaching the hips. - - “_Hands_: Recommended to be kept loose, corks not necessary. - - “Having pointed out to you wherein individuals differ, and - having indicated what constitutes a fair heel and toe walk, a - few hints on training may be helpful. My first advice to any - athletic aspirant is to undergo a medical examination, in order - to find out if he is strong enough constitutionally to risk - strenuous track work without injury to his health. I would - further suggest that such an examination be an annual affair. - - “What is the purpose of training? We train to gain efficiency - in whatever branch of sport we enter. To train properly one - must concentrate attention upon whatever pertains to his - particular sport. Through such attention one strengthens - the muscles and nerves, gains knowledge of the strength he - possesses, so that he can use it in the right way and at the - right time, to attain the maximum amount of speed with the - minimum amount of effort. Training increases strength of mind, - self-confidence, strong nerves, patience, thinking power, and - character. - - “The amount of track work needed to prepare for a walking-match - will depend upon the individual, but remember that staying in - bed and reading a set of rules will not do. There is a lot of - hard work ahead. To start with, I would never think of entering - a race without at least three months’ preparation, be it daily - or three times per week. A long and careful training is far - better than a short and severe one, and so I would recommend - easy work for the first month, with a gradual increase of speed - as one goes along. Do not bother with a stop watch until the - second month at the earliest. - - “Let me also suggest that one do a little morning calisthenics. - These exercises should focus on developing alertness and - endurance; consequently, light, rapid movements that give the - muscles tone and firmness are the qualities to seek in such - individual exercise. - - “I have always found deep breathing a great help when training - for a contest. I always practice deep breathing when out for a - street walk, inhaling through about eight steps, exhaling for a - like period. - - “One of the things I learned early in my career was the value - of sun baths. The blood needs light, and one needs pure blood - to win a race. The direct rays of the sun on one’s body will - give it. Of course one should use discretion in taking a sun - bath. - - “One should not forget that he needs a lot of sleep--eight - full hours of it. Sleep is necessary for resting not the body - only; it should also be a rest for the mind and the nervous - system. Remember that sleep is not mere rest in the sense of - inaction; sleep is a vital process in repairing and rebuilding - used-up nerve and brain cells, so you see it is essential that - the brain be at rest in order to gain full recuperation. - - “As one becomes more advanced in the sport he will realize how - large a part the mind plays in a race. Mental action has a - great deal to do with winning. A man should not be bluffed; let - him make up his mind he is going to win, and that he must not - get rattled; let him have his thoughts well collected, and he - will be all right.” - - - - -WHERE TO WALK - - -TREES - - I think that I shall never see - A poem lovely as a tree. - - A tree whose hungry mouth is prest - Against the earth’s sweet flowing breast; - - A tree that looks at God all day - And lifts her leafy arms to pray; - - A tree that may in Summer wear - A nest of robins in her hair; - - Upon whose bosom snow has lain; - Who intimately lives with rain. - - Poems are made by fools like me, - But only God can make a tree. - - Joyce Kilmer. - - - - -III - -WHERE TO WALK - - -Anywhere. Surely the pedestrian may claim for his recreation this -advantage: it may be enjoyed when one will and wherever one may be. But -this does not mean that there is no choice, no preference. Says Thoreau -again, “If you would get exercise, go in search of the springs of life. -Think of a man’s swinging dumb-bells for his health, when those springs -are bubbling up in far-off pastures unsought by him!” And Emerson has -this fresh, breezy comment: - - “The true naturalist can go wherever woods or waters go; almost - where a squirrel or a bee can go, he can; and no man is asked - for leave. Sometimes the farmer withstands him in crossing his - lots, but ’tis to no purpose; the farmer could as well hope to - prevent the sparrows or tortoises. It was their land before it - was his, and their title was precedent.” - -Stevenson would make the surroundings a matter of small import; the -landscape, he says, is “quite accessory,” and yet, within a page after, -he rallies Hazlitt, and playfully calls him an epicure, because he -postulates “a _winding_ road, and three hours to dinner.” - - -CHOICE OF SURROUNDINGS - -There is the region about home, the region one knows best. For -muddy weather, macadam; but, when they are at all negotiable, then -always country roads by preference. The macadam road is all that is -unpleasant--hard, dry, glaring, straight, monotonous; overrun with -noisy, dusty, evil-smelling machines, with their curious and often -unpleasant occupants. It is bordered, not with trees, as a road should -be, but with telephone poles; a fine coating of lime dust lies like a -death pallor on what hardy vegetation struggles to live along its margin; -it is commercial, business-like, uncompromising, and unlovely. But the -country road belongs to another world--a world apart--and is traveled -by a different people. It, too, has its aim and destination, but it is -deliberate in its course; it neither cuts through the hills nor fills the -valleys, but accommodates itself to the windings of streams and to the -steepness of slopes. It is soft underfoot, shaded by trees; it finds and -follows the mountain brooks; rabbits play upon it, grouse dust themselves -in it, birds sing about it, and berries hang from its banks black and -sweet. The people who live in the country travel upon it; it is instinct -with the life of a hundred years. - -If the day be clear, seek the hilltops; if not, the wooded valleys. The -pedestrian learns the by-paths, too, and the short cuts across lots. He -can find the arbutus in its season, the blackberries and the mushrooms -in theirs. Here is a suggestive page from Thoreau’s Journal (August 27, -1854): - - “Would it not be well to describe some of those rough all-day - walks across lots?--as that of the 15th, picking our way over - quaking meadows and swamps and occasionally slipping into - the muddy batter midleg deep; jumping or fording ditches - and brooks; forcing our way through dense blueberry swamps, - where there is water beneath and bushes above; then brushing - through extensive birch forests all covered with green lice, - which cover our clothes and face; then, relieved, under larger - wood, more open beneath, steering for some more conspicuous - trunk; now along a rocky hillside where the sweet-fern grows - for a mile, then over a recent cutting, finding our uncertain - footing on the cracking tops and trimmings of trees left by - the choppers; now taking a step or two of smooth walking - across a highway; now through a dense pine wood, descending - into a rank, dry swamp, where the cinnamon fern rises above - your head, with isles of poison-dogwood; now up a scraggy hill - covered with scrub oak, stooping and winding one’s way for - half a mile, tearing one’s clothes in many places and putting - out one’s eyes, and find[ing] at last that it has no bare - brow, but another slope of the same character; now through - a corn-field diagonally with the rows; now coming upon the - hidden melon-patch; seeing the back side of familiar hills - and not knowing them,--the nearest house to home, which you - do not know, seeming further off than the farthest which you - do know;--in the spring defiled with froth on various bushes, - etc., etc., etc.; now reaching on higher land some open - pigeon-place, a breathing-place for us.” - -Another page, too, is worth quoting (July 12, 1852): - - “Now for another fluvial walk. There is always a current of air - above the water, blowing up or down the course of the river, - so that this is the coolest highway. Divesting yourself of all - clothing but your shirt and hat, which are to protect your - exposed parts from the sun, you are prepared for the fluvial - excursion. You choose what depths you like, tucking your toga - higher or lower, as you take the deep middle of the road or - the shallow sidewalks. Here is a road where no dust was ever - known, no intolerable drouth. Now your feet expand on a smooth - sandy bottom, now contract timidly on pebbles, now slump in - genial fatty mud--greasy, saponaceous--amid the pads. You scare - out whole schools of small breams and perch, and sometimes a - pickerel, which have taken shelter from the sun under the pads. - This river is so clear compared with the South Branch, or main - stream, that all their secrets are betrayed to you. Or you meet - with and interrupt a turtle taking a more leisurely walk up the - stream. Ever and anon you cross some furrow in the sand, made - by a muskrat, leading off to right or left to their galleries - in the bank, and you thrust your foot into the entrance, which - is just below the surface of the water and is strewn with - grass and rushes, of which they make their nests. In shallow - water near the shore, your feet at once detect the presence of - springs in the bank emptying in, by the sudden coldness of the - water, and there, if you are thirsty, you dig a little well in - the sand with your hands, and when you return, after it has - settled and clarified itself, get a draught of pure cold water - there.… - - “I wonder if any Roman emperor ever indulged in such luxury as - this,--of walking up and down a river in torrid weather with - only a hat to shade the head. What were the baths of Caracalla - to this?” - -It might seem that all the joys of walking are rural; but it is not so; -the city dweller knows as well as his country cousin how to make his -surroundings serve his need. Doctor Finley, veteran pedestrian though he -be, delighting to walk to the ends of the earth, has no word of disdain -for the streets of the city of his home. The following passage is taken -from a paper of his which appeared in the _Outlook_ and from which -quotation has already been made: - - “My traveling afoot, for many years, has been chiefly in busy - city streets or in the country roads into which they run--not - far from the day’s work or from the thoroughfares of the - world’s concerns. - - “Of such journeys on foot which I recall with greatest pleasure - are some that I have made in the encircling of cities. More - than once I have walked around Manhattan Island (an afternoon’s - or a day’s adventure within the reach of thousands), keeping - as close as possible to the water’s edge all the way round. - One not only passes through physical conditions illustrating - the various stages of municipal development from the wild - forest at one end of the island to the most thickly populated - spots of the earth at the other, but one also passes through - diverse cities and civilizations. Another journey of this - sort was one that I made around Paris, taking the line of the - old fortifications, which are still maintained, with a zone - following the fortifications most of the way just outside, - inhabited only by squatters, some of whose houses were on - wheels ready for ‘mobilization’ at an hour’s notice. (It was - near the end of that circumvallating journey, about sunset, - on the last day of an old year, that I saw my first airplane - rising like a great golden bird in the aviation field, and a - few minutes later my first elongated dirigible--precursors of - the air armies.)… - - “About every city lies an environing charm, even if it have no - trees, as, for example, Cheyenne, Wyoming, where, stopping for - a few hours not long ago, I spent most of the time walking out - to the encircling mesas that give view of both mountains and - city. I have never found a city without its walkers’ rewards. - New York has its Palisade paths, its Westchester hills and - hollows, its ‘south shore’ and ‘north shore,’ and its Staten - Island (which I have often thought of as Atlantis, for once - on a holiday I took Plato with me to spend an afternoon on - its littoral, away from the noise of the city, and on my way - home found that my Plato had stayed behind, and he never - reappeared, though I searched car and boat). Chicago has its - miles of lake shore walks; Albany its Helderbergs; and San - Francisco, its Golden Gate Road. And I recall with a pleasure - which the war cannot take away a number of suburban European - walks. One was across the Campagna from Frascati to Rome, when - I saw an Easter week sun go down behind the Eternal City. - Another was out to Fiesole from Florence and back again; - another, out and up from where the Saone joins the Rhone - at Lyons; another, from Montesquieu’s château to Bordeaux; - another, from Edinburgh out to Arthur’s Seat and beyond; - another from Lausanne to Geneva, past Paderewski’s villa, - along the glistening lake with its background of Alps; and - still another, from Eton (where I spent the night in a cubicle - looking out on Windsor Castle) to London, starting at dawn. One - cannot know the intimate charm of the urban penumbra who makes - only shuttle journeys by motor or street cars.” - - -NATURE OF COUNTRY - -When it comes to the matter of choosing the region for a walking -tour, all sorts of considerations enter in. This has been indicated -already; your naturalist will fix upon some happy hunting ground where -flowers or birds are abundant, or fossil trilobites or dinosaurs are -to be discovered; the fisherman will seek out the mountain brooks; the -antiquarian, some remote rural region, perhaps, or scene of battle; the -genealogist will visit the graves of his ancestors. But, leaving for the -moment such special and individual considerations out of account, what -should influence the average pedestrian in his choice of locality? - -The choice of locality with relation to season has already been -considered, page 43 above. - -The choice will not fall upon a flat, undiversified region, particularly -if the season be hot and the roads much traveled and dusty. Emerson, in a -passage extolling the pedestrian advantages of his native Massachusetts, -observes: - - “For walking, you must have a broken country. In Illinois, - everybody rides. There is no good walk in that state. The - reason is, a square yard of it is as good as a hundred miles. - You can distinguish from the cows a horse feeding, at the - distance of five miles, with the naked eye. Hence, you have the - monotony of Holland, and when you step out of the door can see - all that you will have seen when you come home.” - -Having said so much, Emerson adds, in order to put the Illinoian in good -humor again: - - “We may well enumerate what compensating advantages we have - over that country, for ’tis a commonplace, which I have - frequently heard spoken in Illinois, that it was a manifest - leading of the Divine Providence that the New England states - should have been first settled, before the Western country was - known, or they would never have been settled at all.” - -In Oklahoma, they say, one can look farther and see less than anywhere -else in the world. - -The pedestrian seeks wide horizons, but he seeks more than that. The only -classical walk which the writer now recalls, taken in a level region, -was Thoreau’s tour along the beaches of Cape Cod; but there was the -sea--itself an unending delight and stimulus to imagination--and the sand -dunes, with all the beauties of mountain form in miniature. - -There are, of course, the great recreation grounds of the world: the -Swiss Alps, the Tyrol, and in our own country the Glacier National Park, -the Yellowstone, and the Yosemite. Such a place is the pedestrian’s -paradise. But such a place is, for most of us, far away; ordinarily, the -requirement is of something humbler. - -Let the choice then be broken country. There is all of New England, the -Adirondacks, the Appalachian region, the Ozarks, and the great mountain -lands of the West. Some fringe of one or another of these regions is -accessible to almost any holiday seeker. In addition to the mountainous -areas, there are the drumlins and lakes of our glaciated northern -states--New York, Michigan, Wisconsin; and, excepting only the prairies, -there is diversity of rolling hills and winding streams everywhere. - - -THE GOAL AND THE ROAD - -It is well to have an objective in a walk, a focus of interest, a climax -of effort: a historical objective--the grave of Washington, perhaps, or -the battlefield of Israel Putnam; or a natural objective--the summit of -Mt. Marcy, or Lake Tahoe, or the Mammoth Cave. - -Do not, however, set out from the point of chief interest; let there be -a gradual approach; if possible, let the hardest work come near the end; -let the highest mountain be the last. - -Search out objects of interest within five hundred miles of home, -choose one of them as the goal--be it mountain, trout stream, or Indian -mound--and let the way lead to it. - -On long tours, seek variety--variety of woods, rivers, mountains. Do not, -by choice, go and return over the same road, nor even through the same -region. Better walk one way and go by train the other. - -In crossing mountain ranges, ascend the gradual slope and descend the -steep. (On precipices, however, there is less danger in climbing up than -down.) - -Walk from south to north, by preference; it is always best to have the -sun at one’s back. - -Avoid macadam roads--except when country roads are muddy, or on a night -walk. By night smooth footing is especially advantageous. Macadam is -wearing to both body and mind--and sole leather; immediately after rain -it is tolerable. Avoid highways, seek byways. Leave even the byways at -times, and travel across country. - - -MAPS - -On map making, see page 111. - -A map is useful, and, on an extended tour, almost necessary. Topographic -maps, showing towns and roads also, of a large part of the United States -are published by the United States Geological Survey. Better maps could -not be desired. Different regions are mapped to different scale, but, for -the greater part, each map or “quadrangle” covers an area measuring 15′ -in extent each way; the scale is 1:62,500, or about a mile to an inch. -Each quadrangle measures approximately 12¾ × 17½ inches and displays an -area of 210-225 square miles, the area varying with the latitude. To -traverse one quadrangle from south to north means, if the country be -hilly and the roads winding, to walk twenty miles or more. - -On these maps water is printed in blue, contour lines in brown, and -cultural features--roads, towns, county lines--in black. A contour line -is a line which follows the surface at a fixed altitude; one who follows -a contour line will go neither uphill nor down, but on the level. The -contour interval, that is, the difference in elevation between adjacent -contour lines, is stated at the bottom of each quadrangle. It is not -uniform for all the areas mapped, and is greater in mountains and less in -level regions. Every fourth or fifth contour line is made heavier than -the others. - -A little experience will teach one to read a contour map at a glance; the -shape of the hills is indicated, and their steepness. In addition, these -maps bear in figures (and in feet) actual elevations above sea level. - -Besides the quadrangles on the unit of area mentioned, the Survey -publishes maps to larger scale, of regions of exceptional importance: -Boston and vicinity, for instance; Washington and vicinity; the -Gettysburg battlefield; the Niagara gorge; Glacier National Park; -industrial regions such as Franklin Furnace, N. J., and vicinity. - -Application may be made to The Director, United States Geological Survey, -Washington, D. C., for an index map of any particular region in which one -is interested; the index map is marked off into quadrangles, and each -quadrangle bears its distinctive name. Information regarding larger maps -is also given. So that, on consulting the index map, one may order by -name the particular quadrangles or larger maps he may desire. The price -of the quadrangles is ten cents each, or six cents each for fifty or -more. The larger maps units are of varying price. - -For remoter regions, not yet mapped by Government, ruder maps may -ordinarily be had. - -Such foreign regions as the Alps are, of course, perfectly mapped. The -maps in Baedeker’s guidebooks are good, and better still may be had, if -one desires. - -It is a good plan to have the maps of one’s home region mounted on linen -and shellaced. - -_Map case._ Maps of small size and constantly in use may be put in form -for carrying by cutting them into sections and mounting them on linen, -with spaces for folding left between the edges of adjacent sections. -A map so mounted may be folded and carried in an oiled silk envelope. -Leather is not a satisfactory material for such a case, for, when carried -in one’s clothing, it becomes wet through with perspiration. - -For a walk on which one has occasion to use a number of maps, it is -preferable to provide oneself with a cylindrical case of sheet tin, -in which the rolled maps may be contained. A suitable case for the -Geological Survey quadrangles measures eighteen inches in length and -two in diameter. A close-fitting lid slips over the open end, and there -are runners soldered to one side, through which a supporting strap may -pass. A small hole in the bottom facilitates the putting on and removal -of the lid. Any tinsmith can make such a case in a short time. It should -be painted outside. It may be suspended by a strap from the shoulders, -and so be easily accessible, or it may, if preferred, be secured to or -carried within the knapsack. - - -WALKING BY COMPASS - -Where roads are many and villages frequent, one may easily find his way, -map in hand. But in the wilderness the map must be supplemented by the -compass. The beginner should go gradually about this matter of traveling -by compass; he should gain experience in small undertakings. For one -acquainted with the art, there is in its practice an alluring element of -novelty and adventure. Most of all, one needs to teach himself to rely on -his compass _implicitly_. - -A few suggestions about walking by compass may be useful. _First_, study -the map, and note the objective points; _second_, on setting out, have -always a definite point in mind and know its exact bearing; refer to the -compass repeatedly, directing one’s course to a tree, rock shoulder, -or other landmark, and on reaching it, appeal to the compass again, to -define a new mark; _third_, in making detours, around bogs or cliffs, use -the wits, and make proper compensation; _finally_, and as has once been -said, but cannot be too often said, trust the compass. - -From a mountain top, if the destination can be seen, one may study the -contour of the land between and, engraving it surely in mind, direct his -course accordingly. But ability to do this is gained only through long -experience. For a novice to attempt it were foolhardy, and might lead to -serious consequences. - -In making mental note of landmarks, one should, so far as possible, get -_two aligned points_ on the course ahead, for by keeping the alignment -deviation may be corrected. - -On a clear day, having laid one’s course, one may follow it by the -guidance of one’s shadow. But here again, some experience is needed, -before trusting one’s ability too far. - -One’s watch may serve as a rude compass, remembering that at sunrise -(approximately in the east and approximately at six o’clock) _the watch -being set to sun time_, if the watch be so placed that the hour hand -points to the sun, the north and south line will lie across the dial, -from the three o’clock index number to nine. And at any succeeding time -of the day, if the hour hand be pointed to the sun, south will lie midway -between the point where the hour hand lies and the index number twelve. -Manifestly, this improvised compass can be exactly right only at equinox, -and only when the watch is set to meridian time. - - - - -WALKING CLUBS IN AMERICA - - -UPHILL - - Does the road wind uphill all the way? - Yes, to the very end. - - Will the day’s journey take the whole long day? - From morn to night, my friend. - - But is there for the night a resting-place? - A roof for when the slow, dark hours begin. - - May not the darkness hide it from my face? - You cannot miss that inn. - - Shall I meet other wayfarers at night? - Those who have gone before. - - Then must I knock, or call when just in sight? - They will not keep you waiting at that door. - - Shall I find comfort, travel-sore and weak? - Of labor you shall find the sum. - - Will there be beds for me and all who seek? - Yea, beds for all who come. - - Christina G. Rossetti. - - - - -IV - -WALKING CLUBS IN AMERICA - - -The walking clubs of Europe have had a long and useful history. The -favored regions, particularly the Alps, the Bavarian highlands, and the -Black Forest, have, time out of mind, been the holiday land for all the -European peoples. Walking there is in vogue as nowhere else in the world, -unless it be among the English lakes. Before the war it was interesting -to an American visitor in the Tyrol to observe how many people spent -their holidays afoot--and how many sorts of people: men, women, old, -young. Sometimes one met whole families walking together. It was not a -surprising thing to encounter a fresh-cheeked schoolgirl on the peak of -the Wildspitze; and pedestrian bridal tours seemed to be, in some strata -of society at least, quite the thing. But the impressive fact was that -there were hundreds of people--men, women, and children--tramping the -mountains together, and finding the inseparable desiderata, health and -happiness. - -This enthusiasm for walking has expressed itself in walking clubs; they -are part of the “Movement”: The Alpine Club, _Le Club Alpin Français_, -_Il Club Alpino Italiano_, _Die Deutsche und Oesterreiche Alpenverein_, -_Der Schweize Alpenclub_, etc. These clubs lay trails and blaze them, -through chasms, across passes, and to summits. (It is the pedestrian -alone to whom the mountains reveal their extremest beauties.) The clubs -maintain, at comfortable intervals, mountain huts, where one may find -simple food and a clean bed; and they prepare and publish maps and -guidebooks. - -We are followers of the Europeans, and we have this advantage of -followers, that we may see and profit by all that they have done. - -Already there are many walking clubs in America; their memberships -are greatest, as might be expected, in New England and on the Pacific -Coast. Some of these organizations are concerned chiefly with feats of -mountaineering; others with the needs of the greater number of ordinary -people. It is of the clubs of this latter class that some account will -here be given. But at the outset a word of apology is needed. The -data from which this chapter is prepared are in the necessity of the -case casually collected; it cannot be otherwise than that they are -fragmentary; and the result must be faulty and ill proportioned. The -chapter is offered as a provisional one. Organizations not mentioned, but -which might have had place with those which are, are requested to furnish -data respecting themselves; all interested are invited to note mistakes -and give advice of corrections, to the end that a more useful and more -nearly satisfactory chapter may ultimately appear. Communications may be -addressed to the League of Walkers, 347 Madison Avenue, New York. - - -THE APPALACHIAN MOUNTAIN CLUB - -One of the oldest and the most distinguished of the walking clubs of -America, is the Appalachian Mountain Club, of Boston, with its two -outlying “chapters,” in New York, and in Worcester, Mass. Following is -the official statement of the Club’s objects and activities. - - “The Appalachian Mountain Club was organized in Boston in - January, 1876, to ‘explore the mountains of New England - and the adjacent regions, both for scientific and artistic - purposes.’ Its activities are directed not only toward - the preservation of the natural beauty of our mountain - resorts,--and in particular their forests,--but also toward - making them still more accessible and enjoyable through - the building of paths and camps, the publishing of maps - and guidebooks, the collecting of scientific data, and the - conducting of numerous field excursions. - - “In the fulfilment of its main purpose it has built and - maintained over two hundred miles of trails, three stone huts - and nine open log shelters, all in the White Mountains, and - a clubhouse on Three Mile Island in Lake Winnepesaukee. It - has also acquired sixteen reservations, held purely in trust - for the benefit of the public, in New Hampshire, Maine, and - Massachusetts. It annually conducts four long excursions: one - in February for snowshoeing, one in July, one in August, for - those who prefer camp life, and one in early autumn, besides - the same number of shorter trips in February, May, early - September, and at Christmas. These are mainly in New England - and New York. In addition there are Saturday afternoon walks - to various points of interest in the country around Boston - and New York City, the latter under the New York Chapter. - Occasionally there are special walks for those interested in - natural history. Those wishing to go farther afield can obtain - privileges in connection with the annual outings of the western - mountaineering clubs. - - “From October to May monthly meetings are held in Boston and - to these members may invite friends. In connection with these - meetings illustrated lectures are given upon mountain regions - and other outdoor subjects of interest. - - “Clubrooms are maintained in the Tremont Building [in Boston], - where committee meetings and small informal gatherings are - held, and where the fine library, many maps, and a large - collection of photographs are kept.… - - “Members are kept informed of the activities of the Club by - a monthly Bulletin, and at least once a year an illustrated - magazine, entitled _Appalachia_, is published.… In addition the - Club has published a ‘Guide to Paths in the White Mountains - and Adjacent Regions’ ($2.00), a ‘Bibliography of the White - Mountains’ ($1.00), ‘Walks and Rides about Boston’ ($1.25), a - booklet ‘Equipment for Climbing and Camping’ (10 cents), and a - ‘Snowshoe Manual’ (10 cents). - - “In January, 1919, there were about 2300 members (the New - York Chapter numbers 145). Membership in the Club costs eight - dollars for the first year and four dollars a year thereafter. - No climbing qualification is necessary, but candidates must - be nominated by two club members, to whom they are personally - known, and approved by the Committee on Membership. Application - blanks and further information may be had by addressing the - Corresponding Secretary, 1050 Tremont Building, Boston.” - - -THE GREEN MOUNTAIN CLUB - -The Green Mountain Club, of Vermont, was organized March 11, 1910, with -the object of making the remotest and wildest regions of the Green -Mountains accessible to pedestrians. As rapidly as its income permits, -it is building the Long Trail, which when completed will be a “skyline” -trail for walkers, following the mountain ridges and ascending the -peaks, throughout a course of about 250 miles, from the Canadian line to -Massachusetts. - -Two portions of the trail have already been built and are in use: one, -a stretch of thirty miles, extending north and south near Rutland; -the other, a continuous section of sixty-seven miles, extending from -Middlebury Gap, fourteen miles east of Middlebury, northward, to -Smugglers’ Notch, on the east side of Mount Mansfield. It requires eight -days to cover this section of the Trail. There is a cabin of the Club, or -a clubhouse, farmhouse, or hotel available at the end of each day’s hike. -It is better to carry food and blankets, though blankets may be hired and -food sent in under arrangements made in advance. There is good prospect -that by the end of the summer (of 1919) new trails will be built, -connecting the two portions mentioned, and extending the northern stretch -some miles further, to Johnson. The Club will then have built and brought -under its care 130 miles of continuous trail. - -Some account of walking the Long Trail may be found in “Vacation Tramps -in New England Highlands,” by Allen Chamberlain. - -The dues of the Club are $1.00 a year; the membership exceeds 600. -There are several sections or branches, each of which has charge of the -construction and maintenance of a section of the Long Trail. - -The Burlington Section in the course of the year holds a number of -outings in the vicinity of Burlington, and conducts two or three trips -into the mountains. On Washington’s Birthday, each year it makes a trip, -either to Mount Mansfield or to the Couching Lion. - -The New York Section, organized in 1916, has 212 members. It conducts -many half-day, full-day, and week-end outings in the vicinity of New York -City, and an occasional excursion to the Green Mountains. During the year -1918-1919, in addition to the activities indicated, it gave three social -reunions with camp fire suppers, four illustrated lectures, conducted a -pilgrimage to the home of John Burroughs, and held a membership dinner at -a New York hotel. - -For information regarding the Long Trail, advice about shelters, for -maps, and for suggestions regarding particular hikes, write to the -Corresponding Secretary, 6 Masonic Temple, Burlington, Vt. - - -THE AMERICAN ALPINE CLUB - -The American Alpine Club requires the highest qualifications for -membership of any walking club. Its one hundred members come from all -parts of the country. An annual dinner is given in Boston, New York, or -Philadelphia. The address of the secretary is 2029 Q St., Washington, D. -C. - - -WALKING CLUBS OF NEW YORK - -Mr. Albert Handy is the historian of the walking clubs of New York, and -his account of them is, with his generous permission, here given. It -appeared first in the New York _Evening Post Saturday Magazine_, for May -6, 1916, and has been revised for the purposes of this handbook. - - “The first walking club in America of which any record is found - was the little Alpine Club organized by some of the professors - at Williamstown, Mass., which came into being about 1863 and - went out of being a few years later. But before its demise Mr. - and Mrs. Henry E. Buermeyer and William B. (better known as - ‘Father Bill’) Curtiss had formed the habit of exploring the - wilds of Staten Island or the highlands of the Hudson--there - were no developments then, and it was a wilderness--on Sundays. - ‘Father Bill’ Curtis was the premier athlete of America and the - founder of the New York Athletic Club. Mrs. Buermeyer was one - of the first women to ride a bicycle in this country, and Mr. - Buermeyer was a noted swimmer. - - “This little group constituted the beginnings of the Fresh Air - Club, which is today the oldest walking club in New York, and - which can alone contest the claim of the Appalachian Mountain - Club to the premiership of the United States. Shortly after its - foundation the winged-foot organization sent a score of its - members on these walks and Mrs. Buermeyer dropped out. Later - some members of the old American Athletic Club, in conjunction - with others from the Manhattan Athletic Club, developed a - walking cult, and for a time pedestrianism seemed destined to - become a popular pastime. In this group was E. Berry Wall, - whose name is associated with dancing rather than athletics in - the minds of the majority of New Yorkers. - - “Then interest diminished gradually until each organization - furnished but a negligible number of walkers. Followed - something in the nature of a renaissance, the two groups - consolidated, and the present Fresh Air Club came into being. - - “In the early eighties interest in athletics increased, there - were organized baseball clubs, tennis clubs, cricket clubs, but - for a long period the Fresh Air Club was the only organization - devoted to walking, with the exception of the Westchester - Walking Club, otherwise known as the Westchester Hare and - Hounds (whose members were recruited from the then prosperous - but long since defunct Harlem Athletic Club), which rose, - flourished, and decayed, leaving its spirit and traditions to - be carried by the Fresh Air Club, which in February, 1890, was - incorporated. - - “What the Appalachian Mountain Club did for New Hampshire the - Fresh Air Club did for the country within a fifty-mile radius - of New York; there is not a section of northern New Jersey, or - of Rockland, Westchester, or Orange County, which has not been - explored by some of its members. On Friday of each week during - the tramping season ‘Father Bill’ who was official pathfinder, - would go over the route of the walk projected for the following - Sunday, when necessary blazing a trail, so that the party might - proceed without any delay or casting about for the right road, - until finally the paths up Storm King, Bear Mountain--there - wasn’t any Interstate Park then--Anthony’s Nose, and the - highlands of the Hudson became as familiar to him as the path - to his own door.… - - “Today the Club has about seventy-five members, of whom some - forty are active. Its walking season extends from October to - December and from March to June, and walks are scheduled for - all Sundays and holidays, to a few of which women friends - of members are invited. During the winter months skating - excursions, when weather conditions are favorable, are - substituted for walking. The Fresh Air Club does not seek an - increase in membership; in fact, a member remarked to the - writer that it did not desire publicity or even a considerable - amount of inquiry from would-be candidates for membership. Its - bulletin states: - - “‘That its constitution, by-laws, and rules have not been, and - will not be, published; that it accepts no members who are not - good cross-country walkers, and that membership can be obtained - only after personal acquaintance and such participation in the - excursions of the Club as is needed to prove the candidate’s - fitness and ability.… Participation by non-members in the - excursions of the Club is by invitation only.’ - - “As a veracious chronicler it becomes incumbent upon me - to here set down that during its long existence of nearly - half a century it has exercised practically no influence - and has never attained a place in the sun as a constructive - factor in the encouragement of general walking, although its - object, according to its certificate of incorporation, is the - ‘encouragement and promotion of outdoor sport for health and - pleasure.’ - - “The year 1911 was momentous in the history of walking. - Outdoor life was enjoying a popular boom; for this condition - the motor car and the country club were in large measure - responsible. The open-air enthusiast found a ready hearing, - his preachments falling upon fertile ground. In this year a - little group of about ten walkers organized the Walkers’ Club - of America, and almost simultaneously Charles G. Bullard, of - the Appalachian Mountain Club, established a New York branch - of that organization, the membership being drawn principally - from the members of the Boston Club residing in or near this - city. Prominent among the organizers of the Walkers’ Club was - James H. Hocking, one of the most enthusiastic pedestrians in - this country, and one who believes that walking will cure most - of the ills to which mind and body are heir. This organization - was opposed to hiding its light under a bushel; its conception - of its functions was thoroughly democratic; its primary purpose - was to induce the largest number of people possible to use - their legs in the way that God intended that they should. - - “Now, while walking could scarcely be said to be attaining - widespread popularity, there was in the ensuing year or two - a steady growth in interest. A walking organization was - formed by some of the members of the Crescent Athletic Club - in conjunction with the Union League Club, also of the ‘city - of homes and churches,’ and a programme of Sunday walks was - prepared. But it was in 1913 that the actual recrudescence - in walking occurred, when the _Evening Post_ and the _Times_ - gave considerable space to articles on walking. In the late - winter of that year, too, there began to appear inconspicuous - paragraphs on the sporting pages of the Monday morning papers - to the effect that on the previous day members of the Walkers’ - Club had hiked from City Hall to Coney Island, or perhaps from - St. George to New Dorp or from Columbus Circle to Hastings. - - “The schedule time of the Coney Island walk, for the novice - squad, to be completed before noon, was about two hours and a - half. And the average New Yorker, who regards a long sleep and - a good breakfast on Sunday mornings as his inalienable rights, - gazed gloomily at these items, and then turned to an account - of a murder or a break in the stockmarket, anything in fact - radiating a more cheerful influence. Even the enthusiastic - golfer sighed to himself as he thanked God that he was not as - some other man. - - “It was in 1913, too, that the Ladies’ Walking Club, affiliated - with the Walkers’ Club of America, was organized, but it - has never had many members or attained any marked degree of - popularity. Prior, however, to its formation, the Alumnæ - Committee on Athletics of Barnard College prepared a programme - of intercollegiate outings for Saturdays, Sundays, and - holidays, which included several pleasant hikes; and these - attracted a much greater number of participants than did the - events of the Ladies’ Walking Club. - - “Under the impetus derived from the Walkers’ Club several of - the evening high schools formed pedestrian organizations which - turned out with the parent body. One of the morning newspapers - offered century medals, which seems to have materially - stimulated interest, and by the beginning of 1915 there were - six or eight schools that sent out their squads of hikers every - Sunday. - - “It was early in 1915 that the Walkers’ Club, with a membership - of over two hundred, was incorporated. Shortly thereafter a - schism arose in its ranks, which resulted in the birth of the - American Walkers’ Association. At a meeting of the Walkers’ - Club, held in June, seven members withdrew. Within a week - twelve men had formed the Walkers’ Association, which was - almost immediately incorporated. Of the split it may be said - that it was deplorable, and beyond that its history must occupy - a blank page in the annals of American walking. - - “The Walkers’ Association immediately began an aggressive - campaign to secure members. It adopted a small emblem which the - majority of the one hundred and twenty men on its rolls wear. - It also adopted the walking associations of most of the evening - high schools, as well as all promising material which it could - discover. Finally it organized a women’s branch with a schedule - of walks of its own. It points with pride to a membership of - over 135, a record of 17,856 miles covered by members on its - hikes, so that if a message had been relayed it might have - crossed the continent five times; to one hike on which 107 men - turned out, and to another--not the same hike--when fifty miles - was covered in a day. - - “The walks of the Walkers’ Club and the Walkers’ Association - invariably start from New York, and up to the present time have - invariably been along the high roads which the pedestrian must - share, in unequal distribution, with the motorcar and other - vehicles. A speed of four to six miles an hour is maintained - and the walks vary from ten to fifty miles in length. The - walkers are divided into squads, graded according to speed - and the distance to be covered. The hikes of the Fresh Air - Club, on the other hand, start from some point reached by - train, twenty to forty miles from New York, and the trail leads - through the woods and over the hills, through streams and bogs - and over rocks and fallen trees, with an occasional stretch of - road as an incident to the walk. - - “Like the Walkers’ Club it has a schedule, and where the going - is good a speed of four miles or better is maintained. The - walks terminate at a railway station which must be reached - before train time. The Appalachians, however, saunter, they - rarely exceed ten miles on their local tramps, they proceed - leisurely cross country, if they see a hill that appeals - to them they climb it and enjoy the view, or they linger - on the shores of some lake. The Club walks are all held on - Saturday afternoons and holidays, Sunday walking being mildly - disapproved. - - “As a purely constructive factor in the development of - pedestrianism in the eastern United States, the Walkers’ Club - and Walkers’ Association probably lead. Other clubs have - conceived theories--ideals, perhaps--these organizations have - created pedestrians. Their walking season extends from the 21st - of June to the 22nd of December, and from the 22nd of December - to the 21st of June. Both clubs have trained people to walk. An - officer of one of them once remarked to the writer that fifty - per cent of the members did not know how to use their legs. - - “The Walkers’ Club has to its credit an extended list of - activities. It fathered the evening high schools’ walking - movement; it inaugurated a campaign of publicity; it has - through Pathfinder Hocking planned walks of from one day to - one week for individuals and groups; it has done much to raise - pedestrianism from its low estate to an equality with other - sports and the end is not yet. ‘Hocking,’ said a member of a - rival organization, ‘has done more for walking than any other - man in America, but--’ and the rest of the sentence I have - transferred to that unpublished page in the annals of walking - on which the recording secretary spilled his ink. - - “A few years ago the Walkers’ Association mapped out a most - elaborate program. With the consummation of its plans, however, - the war materially interfered. It was intended to create a - large number of walking squads. There was to be a squad for the - ‘tired business man’--that variety of the genus homo of whom we - read much and whom we never see; a cross-country squad, which - would take tramps similar to the hikes of the Fresh Air Club; - an afternoon squad for the man who desired to spend his Sunday - mornings in dreams; and any other kind of squad that anyone - might desire to suggest. - - “It planned the establishment of affiliated clubs in other - cities, and ultimately an organization which would in some - respects resemble the _Wandervogel_, the great national - pedestrian body of Germany. At the present time it has a - prosperous branch at Cleveland with a membership in excess of - five hundred. - - “In the meantime, before a consummation of their more ambitious - plans can be hoped for, much less realized, it were well if a - federation of all the walking clubs in New York was perfected, - with a common headquarters, where maps and data of much value - might be made available to all hikers, and where frequent - gatherings might be held for the interchange of ideas and - experiences. And to the attainment of this object the Walkers’ - Association may well address itself.” - - -WANDERLUST - -“Wanderlust” is the appellative under which Saturday afternoon walks in -the vicinity of Philadelphia are organized. They have been conducted for -now ten years. Schedules of walks are published quarterly in advance, and -the leaflets bear this advertisement: - - “These walks are arranged for the general public. There are no - fees, dues nor other requirements. Everyone is welcome, on one - walk or all. All that is necessary is to be at the starting - place at the time appointed. The only cost is that of carfare. - The walks are all about five miles, and often include some - points of interest, although no special effort is made by the - leaders toward that aim. No fast walking is done, as new people - come each week, and might not be able to keep up. The whole - aim of the walks is to get people out into the open, to learn - how even a simple exercise like walking can mean strength and - health for those who seek it, and pleasure for all.… Copies - [of this announcement] will be mailed only to those who send - a stamped, addressed envelope to any active member of the - Committee, or to the Secretary.” - -The secretary (address 351 East Chelton Avenue, Germantown, Pa.) writes -(June 13, 1919): - - “The Wanderlust goes on about the same as it has done since - 1910, though our numbers have been much smaller during and - since the war. So many of our followers were engaged in war - work, or working overtime, that we noticed their absence very - much. For many years our average was about fifty, but for the - past two years it has been around thirty. - - “We have two classes of walkers, the regulars, many of whom - have been along from the start, and the irregulars, who come - from one to a dozen times, and seem to drop away for no reason - we can learn. Many people come once and never again, probably - disappointed to find the walkers a happy lot, who apparently - need little to satisfy them. That conclusion we arrived at - after hearing their remarks on many occasions. But the critics - were not ‘hikers’ and did not have the spirit. - - “About the permanence of such an undertaking, I can only - say that I feel sure we have lasted so long because we - avoided any form or attempt at organization, and kept it a - free-for-all-come-once-or-always outing party. - - “We profited by the mistakes of some other cities, where they - organized, with the usual factional rivalry, and breaking-up - of the club, and in another case, the growth of an exclusive - club, shutting out many who could not afford to continue. So - we have fought all attempts (on the part of a few) to organize - in any way. Of course that means that someone must head the - committee and volunteer to be the secretary or chairman. Being - an assistant to the Director of Physical Education, I was - asked to take charge of the Wanderlust about eight years ago - and am still a willing secretary, and believe that by keeping - the hike under the Department we are keeping it from breaking - up or changing into a less desirable form. Our aim is to give - an opportunity to grown people to get some of the physical - training and efficiency that the school children get in our - schools, and at the same time to encourage outdoor ‘play’ for - young and old. - - “Unfortunately this year our Board felt unable to bear the - small expense necessary, so we are charging a small sum for the - announcements and so far have been able to be self-supporting. - But it is not in keeping with our ‘free’ policy, and we hope - soon to do away with the charges, small as they are.” - - -THE PITTSBURGH HEALTH CLUB - -This organization, now fifteen years old, conducts weekly walks. The -secretary’s address is 249 Martsolf Ave., Pittsburgh, Pa. - - -THE PRAIRIE CLUB - -The Prairie Club, of Chicago, was organized in 1908 by a committee of the -Playground Association of Chicago as “Saturday Afternoon Walks.” It was -incorporated in 1911 as “The Prairie Club.” The objects of the club are: -“The promotion of outdoor recreation in the form of walks and outings, -camping, and canoeing; the encouragement of the love of nature and the -dissemination of knowledge of the attractions of the country adjacent -to the city of Chicago and of the Central West; and the preservation of -those regions in which such outdoor recreation may be pursued.” There -are three kinds of memberships: active, associate, and honorary. The -initiation fee for active membership is $2.00, and the annual dues are -$2.00. The club maintains a Beach House and Camp, situated in the heart -of the Indiana dunes, on the south shore of Lake Michigan, 47 miles from -Chicago, the privileges of which are available to active members of the -club and their guests. The club also publishes an attractive monthly -bulletin. During the year 1918 the club conducted 42 Saturday afternoon -walks, 8 all-day walks, 4 week-end outings, and 1 extended outing. Up to -March, 1919, the club reported 645 active members. - - -THE SIERRA CLUB - -The Sierra Club, of San Francisco, California, is the largest of American -pedestrian clubs, with a membership of more than 2,000. It was founded in -1892, and was further distinguished in having as its president, until his -death (in 1914), John Muir. Its purposes are defined in these words: - -“To explore, enjoy, and render accessible the mountain regions of the -Pacific Coast; to publish authentic information concerning them; to -enlist the support and cooperation of the people and the Government in -preserving the forests and other natural features of the Sierra Nevada.” - -The annual dues of the Club are $3 (for the first year, $5). The club -headquarters are at 402 Mills Building, San Francisco. A Southern -California Section of the Club exists, and advice concerning it may be -had of its chairman, address 315 West Third Street, Los Angeles. - - -THE MOUNTAINEERS - -The following note has been furnished by the secretary of the -organization: - - “To explore and study the mountains, forests, and water courses - of the Northwest; to gather into permanent form the history - and traditions of this region; to preserve, by protective - legislation or otherwise, the natural beauty of north-western - America; to make expeditions into these regions in fulfilment - of the above purposes; to encourage a spirit of good-fellowship - among all lovers of outdoor life--these were the avowed - purposes for which a group of nature lovers met in Seattle in - January, 1907, and organized The Mountaineers. Since then, the - membership has expanded to over half a thousand, and knows no - geographical bounds. Nearly a hundred men and women contributed - themselves in the recent war, while those at home rendered - active service in collecting sphagnum moss, making surgical - dressings, and otherwise trying to do their part. Branches have - been organized, property acquired, permanent funds established, - and the Club has now become one of the worthwhile organizations - of the Pacific Northwest. - - “Summer outings and the snowshoe trip to Mt. Rainier with which - the Club welcomes in each new year are the most striking - of its activities. For three weeks each summer a hobnailed, - khaki-clad party of from fifty to one hundred men and women - enjoy a well planned hike into some mountainous region, and - usually climb some famous peak. Mt. Rainier, Mt. Adams, Mt. - Olympus, Glacier Peak, Mt. Stewart, Mt. St. Helens, and many - others have been climbed once or more. Glacier National Park, - as well as our own Monte Cristo region, has also been visited. - - “With pack trains, hired packers, and professional cooks along, - little of the unpleasant work of camping falls on the members, - yet, with each individual’s dunnage limited to thirty-five - pounds, and with frequent shifting of camps and plenty of snow - and rock work, genuine outing experience is afforded. The - leadership is wholly by members, and every precaution is taken - for the safety of the party. - - “The snowshoe trip to Mt. Rainier in midwinter must be taken to - be comprehended. Paradise Valley in summer is brilliant with - its mountain flowers, but in winter it is enchantingly somber - with its deep-laid snow, through which emerge the conical - trees with their symmetry of drooping branches peculiar to - the snow-laden conifers. Snowshoeing, skiing, tobogganing, - and climbing afford ample exercise, while the hotel (usually - approached through a snow tunnel) with its comfortable beds and - provisions brought up in summer time, relieves the party of the - usual hardships of winter trips. In the evenings, before the - big fireplaces, vaudeville performances, circuses, and other - entertainments rival similar affairs held in the evenings of - the summer outings. - - “Winter and summer trips are taken to Snoqualmie Lodge, a - large log structure built by the Club near the backbone of - the Cascade Range, but easily accessible both to railroad and - highway, as well as to rugged mountains like Chair Peak and - Silver Tip. - - “A wholly different region may be enjoyed at the Club’s - Rhododendron Park, a large area across Puget Sound, brilliant - each May with a profusion of the white and pink of the state - flower. The Club is planning the construction of a cabin in the - mountains near Everett, and also one near Tacoma. - - “Lecturers are procured for monthly meetings, a collection of - slides maintained of the mountains visited by the Club, botany - and other sciences pursued, and the results of each year’s - activities summarized in an annual publication. A bulletin is - also published forecasting each month’s activities. - - “Beneficial as the foregoing may be, the greatest service to - the greatest number is afforded by what are prosaically known - as ‘local walks.’ On each of two or three Sundays of the month - a committee in charge has carefully planned a hike of from - eight to twenty miles by road, trail, or beach. As many as two - hundred persons have sometimes gone on one of these trips. - Stenographers, teachers, clerks, professors, nurses, lawyers, - doctors, men and women, are taken from the cramped atmosphere - of offices, schoolrooms, and hospitals out into the freedom of - the wild, to breathe the fresh sea air, and to acquire that - physical health and hearty mien which are such stimulants to - the growth of character.” - -The secretary’s address is 402 Burke Building, Seattle, Washington. - -Other western mountaineering clubs are the Mazamas, of Oregon, -headquarters, Suite 213-214 Northwestern Bank Building, Portland; and the -Colorado Mountain Club. - - -ASSOCIATED MOUNTAINEERING CLUBS OF NORTH AMERICA - -The Associated Mountaineering Clubs of North America, an organization -effected in 1916, characterizes itself as a _Bureau_. It has brought -into association thirty-one clubs and societies, having an aggregate -membership of 62,000. A list of these follows: - - American Alpine Club, Philadelphia and New York. - - American Forestry Association, Washington. - - American Game Protective Association, New York. - - American Museum of Natural History, New York. - - Adirondack Camp and Trail Club, Lake Placid Club, N. Y. - - Appalachian Mountain Club, Boston and New York. - - Boone and Crockett Club, New York. - - British Columbia Mountaineering Club, Vancouver. - - Colorado Mountain Club, Denver. - - Dominion Parks Branch, Department of the Interior, Ottawa. - - Field and Forest Club, Boston. - - Forest Service, U. S. Dept. Agriculture, Washington. - - Fresh Air Club, New York. - - Geographic Society of Chicago. - - Geographical Society of Philadelphia. - - Green Mountain Club, Rutland, Vermont. - - Hawaiian Trail and Mountain Club, Honolulu. - - Klahhane Club, Port Angeles, Washington. - - Mazamas, Portland, Oregon. - - Mountaineers, Seattle and Tacoma. - - National Association of Audubon Societies, New York. - - National Parks Association, Washington. - - National Park Service, U. S. Dept. Interior, Washington, D. C. - - New York Zoological Society, New York. - - Prairie Club, Chicago. - - Rocky Mountain Climbers Club, Boulder, Colorado. - - Sagebrush and Pine Club, Yakima, Washington. - - Sierra Club, San Francisco and Los Angeles. - - Tramp and Trail Club, New York. - - Travel Club of America, New York. - - Wild Flower Preservation Society of America, New York. - -The Bulletin of the Bureau, published in May, 1919, states: - - “Associated by common aims these clubs and societies are - standing for the protection and development of scenic regions, - and for the preservation of tree, flower, bird, and animal - life. We encourage the creation, development, and protection of - National Parks, Monuments, and Forest Reserves, and our members - are being educated by literature and lectures to a deeper - appreciation of our natural wonders and resources. - - “During the past year the Bureau has continued to send to its - members many books on mountaineering and outdoor subjects. The - collection of mountain literature and photographs in the New - York Public Library, 476 Fifth Avenue, has been increased. The - Library has published a selected Bibliography of Mountaineering - Literature, which was compiled by the librarian of the American - Alpine Club, and expects to issue a similar list of the - literature of Wild-life Protection.… The secretary has written - and has published a series of articles on little-known scenic - regions of North America, and he is lecturing before leading - clubs and societies on The National Wonders of the United - States and Canada.… - - “Lantern slides may be borrowed by members of the Association - on application.” - -Note is made in the Bulletin of the International Congress of Alpinists, -which is to be held at Monaco, May 10 to 16, 1920. Relationships -with the several organizations which have to do with the care of and -development of the national parks are explained. A directory of the -constituent organizations is given. - -The secretary is Mr. LeRoy Jeffers, 476 Fifth Avenue, New York City. - - - - -ORGANIZATION AND CONDUCT OF WALKING CLUBS - - -OVERFLOW - - Hush! - With sudden gush - As from a fountain, sings in yonder bush - The Hermit Thrush. - - Hark! - Did ever Lark - With swifter scintillations fling the spark - That fires the dark? - - Again, - Like April rain - Of mist and sunshine mingled, moves the strain - O’er hill and plain. - - Strong - As love, O Song, - In flame or torrent sweep through Life along, - O’er grief and wrong. - - John Banister Tabb. - - - - -V - -ORGANIZATION AND CONDUCT OF WALKING CLUBS - - -Those who live reasonably near the home or field of existing clubs are -urged to relate themselves to them. Don’t organize hastily. Be sure, -first, of two things: that a fair-sized continuing membership is to -be expected, to be advantaged by a club; and, second, that, in the -multiplicity of already existing societies, there is place for another. -Remember that the persons who will be interested and whose interest and -support are desired, will in large part be persons already giving much -time to altruistic activity. Think this matter through, taking advice of -persons of experience and judgment. It may be better, in a given case, to -widen the activities of some existing organization--canoe club, perhaps, -or Audubon Society--than to form a new one. Pedestrianism may well have -place in the program of school, Y. M. C. A., or Boy Scout Troop. But of -this something will be said in the sequel. In a city, however, a walking -club may well stand on its own feet; and, in such a favored region as the -Green Mountains, for example, to organize a walking club comes near to -being a public duty. - - -THE ACTIVITIES OF A WALKING CLUB - -Before opening a discussion of the formalities of organization, it will -be well to consider what the normal activities of a walking club are; -for to the end in view the machinery of organization, simple or complex, -should be adapted. The activities of a club may be regarded as of two -sorts, and, in lieu of better terms, may be designated as primary and -secondary. Primary activities concern the actual business of walking: -development of the pedestrian resources of some particular region, trail -making, map making, publishing of data, maintaining a bureau, conducting -hikes, affording instruction, and contributing seriously to the growing -literature of pedestrianism. Secondary activities consist in conducting -dinners and other social entertainment, in providing illustrated lectures -on travel, popular science, and kindred subjects. There is need of care, -to keep such activities in their proper secondary place. The primary -activities require further consideration. - - -_Development of the Pedestrian Resources of Some Particular Region_ - -This should be an aim of every walking club. The region to be developed -will in many--in most cases, indeed--be the region about home. Clubs in -large cities, however, and clubs situated in regions not suitable for -walking, may well turn attention, wholly or in part, to regions far from -home. The mountainous parts of a continent are the natural recreation -grounds for the whole people, and those who live far away may still -have their proper share in making these parts more readily available. -In the Alps, the pedestrian is pleased to find the lodges where he -stops at night called by the names of distant cities, whose citizens -maintain them--_Breslauerhütte_, for example, or _Dusseldorferhütte_. -In this country, too, the Green Mountain Club (see page 84) has its New -York Section; and to the New York Section it has allotted a certain -portion of the Long Trail (a length of fifty miles). The New York club, -accordingly, while not neglectful of pedestrianism at home, opens, -develops, and maintains its part of the route in Vermont, and conducts -annually a hike in that region. - -The development of a region involves observation and putting into -communicable form the results of observation, and it may and ordinarily -does involve further a greater or less amount of physical preparation. -First of all, the region must be traversed, and that again and again, -under varying conditions of season and climate, and thus thoroughly -known. Maps, if available, must be carefully studied, and particular -attention must be given to distances, steepness of roads, and to the -nature of the footing--whether the way be rough or smooth, hard or -soft, wet or dry. Note should be made of obstructions, such as briars, -fallen trees, and unbridged streams. The possibility of using railways -and trolley lines to widen the available area should not be forgotten. -Hotels should be noted, and restaurants, and farmhouses, where rest and -refreshment may be had; and, in the wilderness, camp sites should be -selected. - -Observation should next be directed to such natural resources as may -engage the attention and interest of the pedestrian: scenery, of course, -hilltops, waterfalls, and such matters; then to plant and animal life, -and that with the interests of sportsmen and lovers of natural science -particularly in mind. Attention should be given to geology and to -mineral deposits. Then the history of the region should be studied, -its traditions learned, and its monuments considered--distinctive and -characteristic matters touching the life of the people, industries, -factories, public works, and buildings. - -All of these matters should be taken into account, with a view to making -the results of observation and study generally available. - - -_Trail Making_ - -“Of trail making there are three stages. There is dreaming the trail, -there is prospecting the trail, there is making the trail. Of the first -one can say nothing--dreams are fragile, intangible. Prospecting the -trail--there lies perhaps the greatest of the joys of trail work. It has -a suggestion of the thrill of exploration. No one of us but loves still -to play explorer. And here there is just a bit of the real thing to keep -the play going. Picking the trail route over forested ridges calls for -every bit of the skill gained in our years of tramping. There is never -time to go it slow, to explore every possibility. Usually there is one -hasty day to lay out the line for a week’s work. For a basis there is the -look of the region, from some distant point, from a summit climbed last -year, perhaps. For a help, there is the compass, but in our hill country -we use it little. Partly we go by imperfect glimpses from trees climbed, -from blow-down edges, from small cliffs--but chiefly we feel the run of -the land, its lift and slope and direction. The string from the grocer’s -cone unwinds behind--an easy way of marking and readily obliterated when -we go wrong. We pay little heed to small difficulties, those are for the -trail makers to solve. Only a wide blow-down, a bad ledge, a mistake in -general direction, cause us to double back a bit and start afresh.… - -“Making trail is the more plodding work; yet has reliefs and pleasures -of its own. Each day, as the gang works along the string line, problems -of detail arise. Ours is no gang of uninterested hirelings. If the line -makes a suspicious bend, the prospectors have to explain or correct.… -Decision made, the gang scatters along the line, each to a rod or two, -for we find working together is not efficient.[4]” - -As has already been said, a club ordinarily will find occasion to do -some work of physical preparation of its pedestrian routes. Highways are -ordinarily beyond control, but byways are not. The opening of trails, -cutting away of briars and windfalls, making the footing sure for a man -under a pack, the building of footways and handrails in dangerous places, -the cleaning of springs and providing water basins and troughs, the -marking of trails--all these matters are such as manifestly should engage -a club’s energies. - -Trail making is by no means a simple matter. The successful trail-maker -(and trails should be successfully made) must be expert in woodcraft; -he must understand topography--the “lay of the land”; he must know from -what side to approach a summit, how best to pass a valley--whether to go -around or through it. With knowledge of these matters, his occupation -is a most interesting one. Irresponsible and unauthorized trail making -should be discouraged. - -A word of caution is, “Do, but don’t overdo.” Particularly is this word -of caution to be carried in mind in the matter of blazing trails. Let -the marks be sufficient, and no more; let them be as inconspicuous as is -consistent with their purpose. In marking trails, don’t blaze trees, nor -deface objects of interest and beauty. The best trail mark is a colored -arrow, affixed to tree trunk or fence post, or painted on a rock face. -Such an arrow may, by color, position, and legends displayed upon it, -afford as much information as may be desired, about route, distance, -elevation, detours, springs, and other matters. - -Resting places may be built; pavilions, perhaps, in the woods, where -walkers may have lunch under protection from rain. Or, when conditions -justify, houses may be built and equipped, to afford food and lodging. In -this connection, the _alpenhütten_ elsewhere mentioned (page 106) will -come to mind. In other places, tents may be erected for the summer, and -caretakers employed. - -In case a club has under its care a wide extent of wilderness--as has -the New York Section of the Green Mountain Club, for example--a ranger -will be employed, and his duties will include the care of trails, -prevention of fires, and protection of property. He may, if expedient, be -constituted game warden also. - - “Some of us have been blessed of the Gods, permitted to make - trail in the timberline country of the Mt. Washington range. - Everyone who has tried it is unhappy till he is doing it again. - That is why there are so many trails there. I came rather late; - my experience in that fascinating country has been little more - than that of the common or idiotic tramper, scuttling from - hut to hut on schedule. Always, summer or winter, I am glad - to be starting for timberline, and content when there. When, - after the long climb, I suddenly realize that the trees are - lowering fast, that underbrush has vanished, that a sensation - of altitude and space is pressing for conscious recognition, I - feel a lift and urge--timberline again! - - “And what is timberline? It is the level at which the mean - annual temperature--yes, but it is the sweep of vast spaces, - the drift of cloud-shadows, the infinite gradations of distant - color. It is the hiss of wind in the firs, the strain against - bitter gusts, the keen concentration to hold the trail through - dense and drifting fog. It is the plod and lift under the pack, - the crunch of creepers, the slow struggle through tangled - scrubs.”[5] - - -_Map Making_ - -Maps of unmapped regions should be prepared. - -Study a good map--a quadrangle of the U. S. Geological Survey, for -instance. Note what things are represented, and how representation is -made: study the map, until it is thoroughly understood. - -There are three factors with which the map-maker deals: direction, -distance, and elevation. With the first, he must always reckon, and -usually with the second and the third as well. - -Direction is fundamental. Suppose there are three dominant points in the -area to be mapped, relatively situated as here indicated. - -[Illustration] - -The first problem is, to get those points set down on paper accurately, -in proper relative positions. - -The map-maker begins, say, at _B_. He has provided himself with a -_sketching board_, having a sheet of paper tacked upon it, and with a -ruler and a _pencil_. He sets his board up and carefully levels it. He -then marks upon the paper a point _b_ which in the completed map is to -indicate this station _B_ of first observation--the point where he now -stands. Knowing in a general way the area which he wishes to map, and -observing from his station the directions in which the distant objects -_A_ and _C_ lie, he so places point _b_ that his paper will afford space -for the intended map. - -The map-maker then lays his ruler upon the paper, brings its edge close -to point _b_, and sighting from point _b_ on the paper to the distant -object _A_, turns the ruler until its edge coincides with the line of -sight. Then he draws upon the paper a line or “ray” from point _b_ toward -object _A_. In like manner he sets his ruler again and draws a second -ray, from _b_ toward the distant object _C_, thus: - -[Illustration] - -Having fixed point _b_ and drawn the two rays _b-A_ and _b-C_, the -map-maker leaves station _B_ and goes to either of the other points: to -point _C_, say. He there sets his board up again, and levels it carefully -as before. He turns the board until, sighting along the previously drawn -ray _C-b_, the now distant station _B_ is exactly covered. Then he lays -the ruler again upon the paper, and turns it until, sighting along its -edge, distant object _A_ is exactly covered. He then draws a ray along -the edge of the ruler thus: - -[Illustration] - -The points _a_ and _c_, where this ray intersects the two previously -drawn rays, are the presentment of the points _A_ and _C_ in the area -under observation, and a map of the area is begun. - -These three points may be mountain summits, trees, telegraph poles, -chimneys, or any other conspicuous features of the landscape, and they -may be distant one from another 50 miles or 500 yards; they are set down -on paper in their true relative positions; they are _mapped_. - -In the making of the map thus far, one and only one of the three factors -mentioned above has been taken into the reckoning: the factor of -_direction_, namely; and the resulting map is drawn to an unknown scale. -It is drawn to _some_ scale, of course; there is _some_ ratio between its -distances and the distances at which the objects stand apart, but the -ratio is unknown. It may be determined: the distance from _B_ to _C_ may -be measured, and the distance _b-c_ on the map may be measured, and the -ratio of the two distances ascertained. That ratio is the scale to which -the map is drawn. Thus the second factor, that of _distance_, enters in. -It may be reckoned with from the beginning. - -Suppose the two points _B_ and _C_, above mentioned, to be signal towers -on a straight stretch of railway, and the point _A_ to be the chimney of -a house standing by the side of a wagon road which crosses the railroad -at _C_. The map-maker, having at _B_ set down the data described above, -in proceeding to _C_, paces the distance from _B_ to _C_, and finds it to -be, _e.g._, 3,500 feet. He has previously determined what the scale of -his map is to be: say, 1 inch to 1000 feet. He then carefully lays off on -ray _b-C_ 3½ inches from the point _b_, and thus he fixes point _c_. He -then sets up his drawing-board at _C_; but, instead of shifting the ruler -freely upon the paper, he sights from point _c_ to distant object _A_ and -brings the edge of the ruler into coincidence with the line of sight. He -draws along the edge of the ruler the ray _c-A_, which, intersecting the -previously drawn ray _b-A_, gives him the point _a_. - -The railroad from _b_ to _c_ may be indicated thus, - -[Illustration] - -and the highroad from _c_ to _a_ represented by two closely spaced -parallel lines. (The conventional signs for various features of -topography may be found on the back of a U. S. Geological Survey -quadrangle.) On the way from _B_ to _C_ there may be a bridge, crossing -a stream. The map-maker, pacing the distance, will, without stopping or -interrupting the swing of his stride, note the number of paces from _B_ -to the bridge, as well as from _B_ to _C_. He will then have the figures, -and can accurately place the bridge upon his map. - -He now has a map of a length of railroad and of a length of intersecting -highway, drawn to the known scale of 1″ = 1000′. - -And, be it noted, this has been accomplished without visiting the point -_A_ at all. - -Suppose now there be a haystack _D_, and a tree on a hilltop _E_, -situated with respect to the points already considered thus: - -[Illustration] - -They may be mapped in like manner. The map-maker goes successively to -any two of the three points _A_, _B_, and _C_ from which the object to -be plotted (_D_ or _E_) is visible; he sets his board at each place, -levels it, and turns it until the ray on the map from the point where -he stands to another point lies directly in the line of sight to that -other point in the landscape. Having so oriented his board, he draws at -his successive stations rays in the direction of the object to be mapped -(_D_ or _E_.) The point _d_ or _e_ where those rays intersect will be the -mapped location of the object. - -Proceeding thus, the outstanding features of the area may be mapped, one -after another. The intervening details may be filled in, freehand. - -It will have been remarked that only very simple apparatus is required -for map making: the _sketching board_ may conveniently be mounted on -a tripod, with provision for turning it evenly and surely. Boards so -mounted and intended for the very purpose may be had of dealers in -draftsmen’s and surveyors’ supplies. A _level_ should be provided, for -use in setting the board up. The _ruler_ will be graduated to inches and -fractions of inches, if the map is to be drawn to predetermined scale. In -pacing, one must carefully count his strides. A _pedometer_ may be used, -but a pedometer is a sort of toy; it requires to be carefully adjusted to -the stride of the user, and is hardly worth while for any purpose. It may -be convenient in pacing to use a _tally register_, and so relieve one’s -self of the necessity of keeping count. - -The value of a map is vitally dependent on the accuracy with which it -is made. Measurement and observation should be repeated, and errors -eliminated by averaging variant readings. - -Nothing has yet been said about a _compass_, and a compass, though not -necessary, is so serviceable as to be almost indispensable. With a -compass one can not only do, and do more expeditiously, what has thus far -been described; he can do some things which could not otherwise be done. - -A sketching board is ordinarily provided with a compass, set near its -upper margin, and bears also an orientation line passing through the -compass. The board is set up and leveled and then turned until the -orientation line coincides with the line on which the needle points. At -each station the board is oriented, not by sighting along penciled rays, -but always in the manner described, by bringing it to a truly north and -south position. In other respects, the plotting is performed in the -manner already described. - -Orientation by compass is advantageous in this respect: given two points, -as _a_ and _b_, on the map, the map-maker may plot a third point, as -_D_ for example, while standing at _D_, and without being obliged to -go either to _A_ or to _B_. He sets up his board at _D_, levels it, -and orients it; he sights and draws rays through points _a_ and _b_ -in line with the objects _A_ and _B_ as they appear from his point of -observation, _D_. The point _d_ of intersection of the rays will be the -station _D_ plotted. - -A north and south line may be drawn upon the map, and then the user, -wherever he may be in the area, if only he has in view two known points -and can identify them on the map, can “find” himself. He orients the map -by compass, fixes upon the map and in the manner indicated his point of -observation, and may then observe the distance and direction of any other -point in the area, whether visible or not. - -The measurement of distance by _pacing_ has been noted. Practice is -requisite, before one can so measure distance accurately. When the -greatest precision is desired, a bicycle wheel equipped with a cyclometer -may be rolled over the course, or a surveyor’s chain may be used, or even -a tape line. - -The measured line _B-C_ of the map begun as above described is the base -line of the map. It should be carefully chosen, carefully measured, -and carefully plotted; for all the rest of the map will, in accuracy, -be conditioned on the accuracy with which this base line is drawn. In -location it is preferably (though not necessarily) situated near the -center of the area to be mapped; in length, it is best that it be about -one third of the distance across the area. Its terminal points should be -conspicuously marked, and widely visible throughout the area; and, for -ease and accuracy of measurement, it should lie across level ground. A -reach of railroad is an ideal base. - -It will often be the case--generally in mountainous regions--that an -adequate level base cannot be found; the terminals _B_ and _C_ may -be eminences unequal in height, and between may lie mountain slope -or valley. Now the third of the factors mentioned at the outset, -_elevation_, has to be taken into account. It is not the surface distance -between the two points _B_ and _C_ which is to be ascertained, nor -even the distance from one point to the other on an air line, but the -distance projected upon a horizontal plane--for that is what the map is -intended to afford, the _horizontal_ distance from point to point. In -order to determine this distance, if the ground between be other than -substantially level, the distance along the surface must be measured -(keeping a straight course by compass if necessary) and the _slope_ from -point to point must be measured. To determine the angle of slope one -may either use a _slope board_ or a _clinometer_ (an instrument built -on the principle of the sextant). Having measured distance and angle of -slope, one may betake himself to schoolboy trigonometry and a table of -logarithms, to determine the corresponding distance in horizontal plane. - -_Contour lines_ (see page 119) pass through points of equal elevation, -and are spaced apart according to a predetermined plan, to indicate -intervals in elevation of five, ten, or twenty feet, as may be desired. -This predetermined contour interval has no necessary relation to the -scale to which the map is drawn. Two otherwise identical maps of the same -area may be provided with contour lines, one at the interval of five -feet, the other at the interval of twenty-five. - -A skilled map-maker, observing a slope, is able to sketch contour lines, -freehand, with an accuracy sufficient for most purposes. But such skill -is the result of much careful measured work. - -In plotting contour lines it is best to work, not from line to -line--errors of observation then accumulate--but to measure the altitude -and the mean inclination of the whole mountain side, and go from the -over-all measurements to the minutiae. - -In drawing the contour of a mountain, rays may be laid by compass from -the summit along ridges and through valleys, and then minute observations -may be made along those several lines. The sweep of the contour lines -between the points plotted along the rays may be filled in freehand, with -the mountain side spread in view. - -The data necessary for contour lines may be got by the use of the slope -board alone; for, manifestly, at any certain angle, a contour interval -of ten feet means a certain distance between successive contour lines. -But in plotting contour lines, an _aneroid_ is invaluable; with it -one measures directly differences in elevation, and measuring thus -the altitude of a slope, from bottom to top, the _number_ of contour -lines requisite may immediately be known; it remains to determine their -_distribution_. Here observation, calculation, and experience combine to -afford the result. - -An aneroid should be used only under settled conditions of weather; and, -even so, correction should be made, when possible, by taking the average -of many readings of the same range. - -It is not necessary to go afield with sketching board and its -accessories. A map-maker who has taught himself a well-regulated -stride may, when equipped with compass and notebook (and, if conditions -require it, with an aneroid), collect all the necessary data; and then, -subsequently, at home he may draw his map. It should here be said that, -if one is going to gather data for map making after the manner just -suggested, his compass should be one having a delicately mounted needle. -It may advantageously be equipped with sights, and the scale should be -reasonably large and the graduation minute. It should, in short, be a -surveyor’s compass. - -For more explicit instruction, the reader is referred to the manuals on -Military Map Making. One by Major C. O. Sherrill, published by George -Banta Publishing Company of Menasha, Wisconsin, is excellent. It should, -however, be remembered that the ideal military map is one for particular -needs, of maximum accuracy, based on a minimum amount of observation; -timesaving is an important factor. Making proper allowance, the military -manual affords all needed instruction and advice. - - -_Publishing of data_ - -Descriptions of routes should be prepared, illustrated with maps, if -necessary, and should be made available to those who wish to use them, -whether members of the club, visitors from a distance, or the general -public. For a club, rightly conceived, is, within its sphere, a public -benefactor, and its policy should be always to enlarge its usefulness. - -A proper description of a route should give, (1) distances from start to -finish, as well as from point to point along the way; (2) approximate -time requisite to walk each stage. (Here it may be noted that Baedeker’s -famous guidebooks err on the safe side, and give very liberal time -allowance in describing walking tours.) The description should further -give (3) elevations, where range in elevation is appreciable, with -note of steep ascents and descents; (4) the nature of the surface; (5) -stopping places for rest and refreshment and springs; (6) such matters -of caution as the particular route may require, in regard to dangerous -places, heavy roads, obstructions, and the like; (7) objectives and -points of particular interest. Recommendations should be made on such -matters as preferred season, special equipment, need for guides, and -incidental expenses. Descriptions should be concise, easily intelligible, -and should be at once accurate and inviting. - -A handbook of routes of the region may well be prepared, and in such -a handbook descriptions of particular walks may be prefaced by such -general statements regarding topography, science, history, and sport, as -are applicable to the whole region. Such general matters may, however, -be published in leaflet form, and separate leaflets be prepared and -published for the several pedestrian routes in the region. - -An excellent specimen handbook is “Excursions Around Aix-les-Bains,” -mentioned in the Bibliography (page 148). - -It has just been said that the descriptions of routes should be published -and distributed. They may be printed under the imprint of the club, or, -more economically, they may be published in the local newspaper, and -extra copies, separately printed for distribution by the club, may be -procured by arrangement with the printing office. If the club be a small -one and young, and the cost of printing too great, at least typewritten -copies of descriptive matter and blue prints of maps should be available. - -In addition to such descriptions of its own region, a club should -similarly prepare and make available other routes traversed by its -members in other and undeveloped regions. - - -_Maintaining a bureau_ - -A club should have a place where its data are filed, available to those -who wish to consult them. This place should be a distributing point for -the club’s publications. If the region has already been mapped by the -Geological Survey, the club should lay in a supply of the quadrangles -covering the region, sufficient to meet the needs of applicants. - -A _library_ should be maintained, or a _bibliography_ at least, to which -the members of the club may have access, to acquaint themselves with all -that concerns the art of walking, the choice of route, and the sources of -enjoyment along the route chosen. Cooperation in this regard will readily -be accorded by any local public library or museum of natural history. - -In such manner a walking club becomes a source of information for -visiting pedestrians. Out of the wider relationships so established -will come increased membership and livelier interest. Incidentally, -it will have become apparent to one who reads these pages that -the organization--though, by recommendation, kept as simple as -possible--will, in an early stage of development, include an office with -a secretary in charge. The library may be conducted, perhaps in the -secretary’s office, perhaps in the rooms of a general public library. -Club rooms or a club house will be maintained only under exceptional -circumstances. - - -_Conducting hikes._ - -Hikes will be of two or three sorts: first, afternoon hikes, on Saturdays -or Sundays, perhaps weekly throughout the greater part of the year, -perhaps at less frequent intervals, or during spring and fall only--such -matters depend on locality and circumstances. Second, there will be less -frequent overnight hikes--perhaps two or three in the spring and as many -more in the autumn. And, third, there will be the annual tour of two or -three weeks’ duration, in a chosen region. Some observations applicable -to all these are the following: - - -_Rules for hiking_ - -Hikes should be carefully prepared and adequately carried out. - -Don’t walk in a herd; to do so is tiresome; and, when the novelty is -gone, failure is sure to follow. Divide larger companies into groups, -each group numbering preferably not more than six. - -See that strong and feeble walkers are not grouped together. - -Bring together, so far as may be, people of common interests--bird-lovers -in one group, geologists in another, historians or antiquarians in -another. - -Let there be a leader for each group. - -The general outline of the trip, in case the party numbers more than two, -should be determined in advance and adhered to. Otherwise, contradictory -suggestions regarding the route to be followed are likely to arise, and -argument to follow. This is to be avoided. - -The leader should have always in mind the physical endurance of the -weakest member of his party and govern accordingly. One tired and -querulous person may be a kill-joy for all. It is not necessary that -every group traverse the same route, nor that all should walk at equal -speed. - -Don’t allow racing, nor loitering, nor too much picnicking. - -In traversing highways pedestrians will walk two or three abreast; but -when walking single file, as on woodland trails, companions will walk -most comfortably at intervals of two paces. - -Walkers should travel quietly, especially when passing through villages. - -See that property rights are respected; there should be no trespassing on -forbidden land. - -Guard most carefully against fire. Mr. Enos A. Mills says:[6] - -“Since the day of Tike’s Peak or bust,’ fires have swept over more -than half of the primeval forest area of Colorado. Some years ago, -while making special efforts to prevent forest fires from starting, I -endeavored to find out the cause of these fires. I regretfully found -that most of them were the result of carelessness, and I also made a -note to the effect that there are few worse things to be guilty of -than carelessly setting fire to a forest. Most of these forest fires -had their origin from camp-fires which the departing campers had -left unextinguished. There were sixteen fires in one summer, which I -attributed to the following causes: campers, nine; cigar, one; lightning, -one; locomotive, one; stockmen, two; sheep-herders, one; and sawmill, -one.” - -See to it that proper regard is had for public interest and welfare; -lunch boxes, paper, and refuse should be collected and destroyed; -springs should be kept scrupulously clean; the gathering of wild -flowers should be indulged in sparingly; plants and trees should not be -mutilated; nor monuments defaced. The trail should be left unmarred, for -those who follow. - -Do not permit irresponsible trail-blazing. - -Discourage the carrying and use of firearms; they should under no -circumstances be permitted on an organized hike. - -Do not permit the rolling of stones down declivities. - -On the conduct of mountaineering parties, Professor William Morris Davis -writes, in “Excursions around Aix-les-Bains”: - - “Do not make high mountain ascents alone.… Excursions are best - made in small parties of three or five. If a large party sets - out, it should be divided into squads of ten or fewer members. - Those who wish to make the excursion without stopping should - join a separate squad from those who wish to stop frequently - for photographing or sketching. - - “Each squad should, if possible, have an experienced leader; he - should make a list of the members, head the line of march on - narrow paths, and set the proper pace, slow for ascents, faster - for descents; a shrill whistle will aid in summoning his party - together. A marshal should follow in the rear to round up the - stragglers. Before setting out on a long mountain walk, place - the members of each squad in a circle land let each member take - note of his two neighbors, one on his right, one on his left, - for whose presence he is to be responsible whenever the march - begins after a halt: each member will thus be looked for by two - others. Once on the road, keep together; those who wander away - from their squad cause vexatious delays. The marshal’s report, - ‘All present and ready to start,’ is especially important when - a descent begins. If a member wishes to leave his squad after - low ground is reached, he should so report to his leader.” - -Mr. Albert Handy[7] notes another matter, in the following pleasant and -sagacious comment upon walking parties: - - “A writer on walking has suggested that tramping parties - should usually consist of but two or three persons. Having - in mind a much hackneyed quotation concerning the trend of a - young man’s fancy in the spring, and the fact that it seems - to have the same trend in the summer, autumn, and winter, I - can conceive circumstances in which two would be an ideal - number--out of consideration, primarily, not for the two, but - for the remainder of the party. But I set down here another - precept worthy of commendation: ‘twosing’ should be sternly - frowned upon. In the first place, two ‘twosers’ are apt to get - ‘lost’--this in direct proportion to their interest in each - other--that is, separated from the rest of the party; and time - and tempers are likewise lost, permanently, very likely, in - the effort to retrieve the wanderers; while if they happen - to be carrying all the lunch, tragic possibilities present - themselves.” - -_Instruction_ about walking--about posture, gait, clothing, and the -like--may be afforded in talks before groups of pedestrians, or (often -with better effect) individually, by the group leader. Needless criticism -and officiousness will, of course, be avoided; it will suffice to provoke -and then to answer questions. - -_Contributions to the literature of pedestrianism_ will take the form -of description of particular regions in those respects of interest to -pedestrians; it will include descriptions of particular walks, and maps. - -Clubs are invited to relate themselves to the League of Walkers (page -137), which in publishing such material will of necessity give preference -to what is to be commended to widest interest. - - -CLUB POLICY - -With such activities in mind as normal to a pedestrian club, certain -matters of policy may be presented for consideration. - -Two tendencies are sure to manifest themselves in any flourishing club: -the one toward a limited membership of those who qualify by accomplishing -difficult feats; the other toward an indiscriminate membership, including -those who are ready to join anything--providing the rest do. Both -tendencies are bad. The club should on the one hand require of its -members an especial interest in the object of its being, but it should on -the other hand avoid exclusiveness. Emulation may be stimulated in other -and better ways. - -The aim of a club should be to bring home and make available to as -many persons as possible the advantages in health and happiness to be -derived from the pursuit of this recreation. This is a higher and better -aim than to produce phenomenal walkers and mountain climbers--though -such may incidentally be produced. It is a higher and better aim than -a self-adulating company of those who have perched themselves on alps. -Alpine climbing is splendid sport, but the aim mentioned is an ignoble -one. Says one mountaineer,[8] who is incidentally a delightful writer, -with humility: - - “I utterly repudiate the doctrine that Alpine travellers are - or ought to be the heroes of Alpine adventures. The true way - at least to describe all my Alpine ascents is that Michel or - Anderegg or Lauener succeeded in performing a feat requiring - skill, strength, and courage, the difficulty of which was much - increased by the difficulty of taking with him his knapsack and - his employer. If any passages in the succeeding pages convey - the impression that I claim any credit except that of following - better men than myself with decent ability, I disavow them in - advance and do penance for them in my heart.” - -Avoid membership campaigns and such like advertising; a club to be -enduring must rest on interest in the intrinsic thing for which the club -stands. An artificially created interest must be artificially maintained; -genuine natural interest is harmed by artificial interference. - -Dues should not be burdensome, discouraging membership, but should be -adequate to accomplish reasonable ends, and so tend to enlist and to -widen interest. - -Attention should center on the primary activities and upon them chiefly -money should be spent. - -Publications should be sold at cost. - -Adequate charge should be made for the use of property. The Alpine clubs -of Europe fix small membership fees, and give members preference over -non-members in their lodging places. Members enjoy more favorable rates -also for meals and lodging. The ideal of the club here should be a nice -balance of simplicity, comfort, and adequacy; no waste, no extravagance, -no surplus funds. - -Club _emblems_ are often adopted and worn. As in other sports, emulation -may be awakened by the offer of _trophies_. These may be won in -competition, or, as is usually preferred, by walking a certain number of -miles in a day, or by covering a certain distance in a two-weeks’ hike, -or the like. - -In any case, organization should be simple and inconspicuous: the wheels -should turn automatically. - -If acquisition of property is contemplated, incorporation will ordinarily -be desired, and trustees will be chosen. - - -A CLUB CONSTITUTION - -For the benefit of those who may consider organization, a copy of the -by-laws of the Appalachian Mountain Club is, by permission, here inserted. - - -BY-LAWS - - -ARTICLE I - -The Corporation shall be called the APPALACHIAN MOUNTAIN CLUB. - - -ARTICLE II - -The objects of the Club are to explore the mountains of New England and -the adjacent regions, both for scientific and artistic purposes; and, in -general, to cultivate an interest in geographical studies. - - -ARTICLE III - -MEMBERSHIP - -1. There shall be three classes of membership, to be known as active, -corresponding, and honorary. - -2. Active members only, except as hereinafter provided, shall be members -of the Corporation. - -3. Elections to active membership shall be made by the Council, and the -affirmative votes of at least four-fifths of the members present and -voting shall be necessary to election.--Nominations, in the form of a -recommendation, shall be made in writing by at least two members of the -Club and forwarded to the Recording Secretary. Notice of such nominations -shall be sent to all active members, who shall have two weeks from the -date of mailing in which to express to the Council their objections, and -no person shall be admitted to membership against the written protest of -ten members of the Club. - -4. Corresponding members may be elected from among persons distinguished -in the fields of mountaineering, exploration, and geographical science, -or for public spirit in the conservation of natural resources or in other -interests of which the Club is an exponent. Their election shall be in -the manner prescribed for that of active members, except that the names -of candidates shall first be submitted to a special committee.--Honorary -members, not to exceed twenty-five in number, may be elected in the same -manner from among the Corresponding members.--Corresponding and Honorary -members shall not be members of the Corporation, unless they were such -at the time of their election, and shall not be subject to any fees or -liabilities whatever. - -5. The annual dues shall be four dollars, payable January first. Each -candidate elected to active membership shall pay an admission fee of -eight dollars, and on such payment shall be exempt from the annual dues -of the current year.--The admission fee and annual dues of members under -twenty-one years of age shall be half the above rates.--Members elected -later than September of any year shall be exempt from annual dues of -the year following.--Persons elected to active membership shall pay the -admission fee within two months of their election (which payment shall -be considered to be an assent to these By-laws), otherwise the election -shall be void. - -6. Any person elected to active membership may become a life member -at any time upon payment of fifty dollars, and shall thereafter be -subject to no fees or assessments. Such sum shall include payment of -the admission fee or dues for the current year. Active members who have -completed thirty years of membership, or who have completed twenty years -of membership and have reached seventy years of age, shall become life -members upon giving written notice to the Recording Secretary, or by vote -of the Council. - -7. Bills for annual dues shall be sent to all members on or near January -first, and those whose dues are unpaid on April first shall have notice -of the fact sent them by the Treasurer. He shall send, on May first, to -members whose dues are still unpaid, notice referring to this article, -and those in arrears on June first shall thereupon cease to be members, -which fact, in each case, shall be certified in writing by the Treasurer -to the Recording Secretary, who shall enter it of record; but such -membership may be revived by the Council in its discretion upon payment -of past dues. The President and Treasurer are authorized to remit any fee -_sub silentio_, when they deem it advisable. - -8. If the Council by four-fifths vote shall decide that the name of any -member should be dropped from the roll, due notice shall be sent to such -member, who shall within two weeks have the right to demand that the -matter be referred to an investigating committee of five active members -of the Club, two to be appointed by the Council--but not from its own -number--two to be selected by the member, and the fifth to be chosen by -these four. In the absence of such a demand, or if a majority of this -committee shall approve the decision of the Council, the name of the -member shall be dropped, and thereupon the interest of such person in -the Corporation and its property shall cease. - - -ARTICLE IV - -ADMINISTRATION - -1. The officers of the Club shall be a President, two Vice-Presidents, -Recording Secretary, Corresponding Secretary, Treasurer, four -Departmental Councillors, and two Councillors-at-Large, and there may be -an Honorary Secretary. These officers shall form a governing board, to -be termed the Council, and this body shall elect new members, control -all expenditures, make rules for the use of the Club’s property, except -as hereinafter provided, and act for its interests in any way not -inconsistent with these By-laws. Five members of the Council shall form a -quorum. - -2. The President shall preside at the meetings of the Club and of the -Council, and shall appoint (with the advice and consent of the Council) -the several standing committees. One of the Vice-Presidents shall act in -the absence or disability of the President. - -3. The Recording Secretary shall be the Clerk of the Corporation, and -shall have charge of the muniments of title and of the corporate seal. -He shall keep a record of all the proceedings of the Club and Council, -give notice to the members of the time and place of meetings, and prepare -each year a report of the Club and Council to be presented at the annual -meeting. - -4. The Corresponding Secretary shall conduct the correspondence of the -Club with kindred organizations and with Honorary and Corresponding -members, keeping proper files and records of the same, and shall prepare -a report for the previous year to be presented at the annual meeting. - -5. The Treasurer, under the direction of the Council, shall collect, take -charge of, and disburse all funds belonging to the Club, except such as -are in the hands of the Trustees of Special Funds or by legal restriction -are under separate control. He shall keep proper accounts, and at the -annual meeting, and at other times when required by the Club or Council, -present a report of its financial condition. - -6. The four Departmental Councillors shall represent severally the -departments of Natural History, Topography and Exploration, Art, and -Improvements. It shall be their duty to conserve and foster the interests -of their several departments, and they are authorized to call special -meetings of members interested therein, at which they shall act as -chairmen, and to appoint departmental committees, subject to the control -of the Council. They shall present at the annual meeting reports of their -respective departments for the year. - -7. There shall be a Board of Trustees of Real Estate, consisting of a -member of the Council, to be designated by it, and four other members of -the Club, one being elected annually by ballot to serve four years and -until his successor is chosen.--These Trustees shall elect annually from -their own number a chairman and such other officers as may be required, -and may employ such assistance as they shall find necessary. They shall -administer and manage any real estate which may be held by the Club as -a public trust; subject, however, to the general supervision of the -Council.--Any real estate other than public trust reservations to which -the Club holds title shall be managed under the direction of the Council, -but nothing herein shall be construed to mean that the management of -such property may not be delegated to the said Board of Trustees or to -a standing committee created for the purpose.--No real estate shall be -acquired or title to the same accepted except by vote of the Council upon -the recommendation of this Board.--The Trustees of Real Estate shall -make to the Club at the annual meeting a report in writing relative to -the property committed to their care, together with a statement of the -finances connected with their trust. - -8. There shall also be a Board of Trustees of Special Funds, consisting -of three members of the Club, one being chosen by ballot annually to -serve for three years and until his successor is elected. They shall -choose their own chairman. The Treasurer of the Club shall not be -eligible to election upon this Board.--All permanent endowments and funds -of a permanent or special nature (unless otherwise legally restricted), -as well as the Reserve Fund hereinafter provided, shall be entrusted -to these Trustees, and they shall have power to make, change, and sell -investments.--All moneys received for life membership, and such other -sums as may be received or appropriated for this special purpose, shall -be known and invested separately as the Permanent Fund, of which the -income only shall be expended.--There shall also be a Reserve Fund to and -from which appropriations may be made by not less than five affirmative -votes at each of two meetings of the Council, notice of the proposed -action having been given on the call for the second meeting.--At each -annual meeting, and at such other times as the Club or Council may -request, the Trustees of Special Funds shall make a written statement of -the condition of each of the funds in their hands. - -9. The fiscal year of the Club shall end on December 31. The Council -shall at the close of each year employ an expert accountant to audit the -books and accounts of the Treasurer and of the Boards of Trustees, and -shall present at the annual meeting the written report of his findings; -it may also cause to be audited in the same manner the accounts of other -agents and committees of the Club. - -10. The following Standing Committees shall be appointed: on -Publications; on Field Meetings and Excursions; on Legislation; on -Active Membership; and on Honorary and Corresponding Membership. These -Committees shall consist of not less than five members each, and members -of the Council shall be eligible to appointment thereon. They shall be -vested with such powers as the Council sees fit to delegate to them, -and nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting that body from -appointing such other committees as may be required. - - -ARTICLE V - -ELECTION OF OFFICERS - -1. The Officers and Trustees shall be chosen by ballot at the annual -meeting, and may be voted for on one ballot They shall hold their offices -until the next succeeding annual meeting, or until their successors are -chosen in their stead; but any vacancy may be filled by the Council, -subject to confirmation by the Club at its next regular meeting.--The -President and Vice-Presidents shall not be eligible for more than two -consecutive terms of one year each, nor the Councillors for more than -three consecutive years; the Honorary Secretary may be elected for life. - -2. A Nominating Committee of at least five active members shall be -appointed by the President, with the advice and consent of the Council. -No elective officers of the Club shall be eligible to serve on this -committee. The names of said committee and a list of the offices to be -filled shall be announced in the call for the October meeting, with a -request for suggestions for nominations from members of the Club. The -list of candidates nominated by the Committee shall be posted in the Club -Room and published with the notice for the December meeting.--Twenty-five -or more active members desiring to have a candidate or candidates of -their own selection placed upon the official ballot may at any time -prior to December 20 send their nominations, duly signed by them, to -the Recording Secretary, and the names of such candidates, in addition -to those presented by the Nominating Committee, shall be printed on -the call for the annual meeting and upon the ballots. No person shall -be eligible to office unless nominated in accordance with the foregoing -provisions. - - -ARTICLE VI - -MEETINGS - -The Council, or the officers to whom it may delegate this power, shall -call a regular meeting of the Club in Boston in each month except between -June and September inclusive, and special and field meetings at such -times and places as may seem advisable. The January meeting shall be the -annual meeting, and shall be held on the second Wednesday of that month. -Fifty members shall form a quorum. - - -ARTICLE VII - -AMENDMENTS - -These By-laws may be amended by a vote to that effect of at least -three-fourths of the members present and voting at two consecutive -regular meetings of the Club, notice of the proposed change having been -sent to all active members. - - -JUVENILE CLUBS - -What has been said of the conduct of clubs generally will, so far as it -is worth the saying, afford sufficient suggestion to school teachers, -secretaries of young men’s and young women’s Christian associations, -and other welfare workers. Organization is not the important thing. The -important thing is to direct the minds and activities of young people -into wholesome and educative channels. - -In dealing with boys and girls the educational factor in pedestrianism -becomes more important. Lessons in biology, geology, astronomy, and -history are more adequately taught and more thoroughly learned, when -teacher and pupil come face to face with the actual physical objects to -which study is directed. And the way opens wide here, not for natural -and social science, merely, but for seemingly more remote subjects: -surveying, for instance, and cartography; appreciation of architecture -and of other fine arts; sketching and English composition. Incidentally, -powers of observation, memory, thought are quickened, and physical -well-being promoted. - -Even in such minor matters as clothing and shoes, a good deal of folly -among boys and girls may be dissipated, to the substantial benefit of -these same girls and boys when older grown. - -The handbook of the Boy Scouts will be found particularly suggestive and -helpful to those in charge of walking for young people. - -Much wider use is made in Europe than in this country of excursions as a -feature of school life; here as well as over there, excursions afoot may -be encouraged. But teachers must themselves become pedestrians, before -such advantages and enjoyment as walking affords will become available to -school children generally. - - -THE LEAGUE OF WALKERS - -The plans for the League, as thus far developed, are: - -To encourage the organization of walking clubs, and to cooperate with -such organizations, aiding them in making their proposals inviting. - -To maintain a Bureau of Information, where specific advice about -particular walks and particular regions will be preserved and made -available to all applicants. Particular attention will be given to -collecting data concerning scenery, geology, history, and, generally, -matters of interest on particular walks. - -To publish a “blue book” or guidebook for pedestrians. - -To give advice regarding clothing, equipment, training, etc. - -To promote inter-Association and other inter-club walking tours. - -Certificates will be given to walking clubs which enroll in the League. -The cost of enrolment is $1.00, simply to pay for the cost of the -certificate. - -Members of constituent walking clubs may wear bronze buttons or pins -bearing the emblem of the League. These may be procured at a nominal cost -at 347 Madison Avenue, New York. - -A bronze medallion, to be worn as a watch fob, will be awarded to any -one, a member of a constituent walking club, who walks 30 miles in -twenty-four hours, or 150 miles in two weeks, or who makes a mountain -climb of 3,000 feet in a day. An applicant for a medallion will furnish -with his application two letters, in addition to his own, from those best -advised, stating the facts as they know them. The secretary of the club -of which the applicant is a member (it may be of a Y. M. C. A.) should -also write, and his may be one of the two letters required, as just said. -If possible, the letters should be written by persons present, one at the -start and the other at the finish of the feat. The applicants will pay -the cost of the medallion. - -A silver medallion will be awarded, at the expense of the League, one -each year, (1) to the person who sends to the Bureau the best original -essay on walking, based upon actual experience; (2) to the person who -sends to the Bureau the best epitome of a walking tour; and (3) to the -person who sends to the Bureau the best photograph taken on a walk. - -A silver medallion may be awarded to one who performs some notable feat -in walking, or who renders some valuable service in the interest of -walking. - -Special recognition will be given each year to that walking organization -which has rendered the best service to the walking movement. - -The emblem of the League is pictured in the design appearing in the -frontispiece. The design was modeled by Mr. Royal B. Farnum, Specialist -in Industrial Arts in the New York Department of Education, at the -instance of Dr. John H. Finley, President of the University of the State -of New York. - -The desire of the League is to inspire and incite people to get out of -doors, to walk regularly and systematically, to cultivate a love for the -open, and to develop health and vigor and the joy of well-being. - -All organizations interested are requested, for the common good, to -communicate with the New York Bureau all data respecting regions under -cultivation, and respecting particular walks and tours. - -Communications should be addressed to the League of Walkers, 347, Madison -Avenue, New York City. - - - - -BIBLIOGRAPHY - - -THE LAKE ISLE OF INNISFREE - - I will arise and go now, and go to Innisfree, - And a small cabin build there, of clay and wattles made; - Nine bean rows will I have there, a hive for the honeybee, - And live alone in the bee-loud glade. - - And I shall have some peace there, for peace comes dropping slow, - Dropping from the veils of the morning to where the cricket sings; - There midnight’s all a glimmer, and noon a purple glow, - And evening full of the linnet’s wings. - - I will arise and go now, for always night and day - I hear lake water lapping with low sounds by the shore; - While I stand on the roadway, or on the pavements gray, - I hear it in the deep heart’s core. - - William Butler Yeats. - - - - -BIBLIOGRAPHY - - - ON WALKING - - _William Hazlitt_--On Going a Journey. - - _Robert Louis Stevenson_--Walking Tours. - - _Henry David Thoreau_--Walking. Journal for Jan. 7, 1857. - - _Ralph Waldo Emerson_--Country Life. Concord Walks. - - _Bradford Torrey_--An Old Road. - - _John Burroughs_--The Exhilarations of the Road. - --Footpaths. - - _A. H. Sidgwick_--Walking Essays. - - ART OF WALKING - - _C. P. Fordyce_--Touring Afoot. - - _Arnold Haultain_--Of Walks and Walking Tours; an attempt to - find a philosophy and a creed. - - MOUNTAINEERING JOURNALS - - _Alpine Journal_, published by the Alpine Club, of London. - - _Appalachia_, published by the Appalachian Mountain Club, - of Boston. - - _Sierra Club Bulletin_, published by the Sierra Club of San - Francisco. - - _Mazama_, published by the Mazamas, of Portland, Oregon. - - _Canadian Alpine Journal_, published by the Canadian Alpine - Club. - - CAMPING AND WOODCRAFT - - The Boy Scout Handbook. - - _G. W. Sears_--Woodcraft. - - _Charles S. Hanks_--Camp Kits and Camp Life. - - MOUNTAINEERING - - Scribner’s Out-of-Door Library--Mountain Climbing. - - _C. T. Dent_ and others--“Mountaineering” (Badminton Library - of Sports). - - _Frederick H. Chapin_--Mountaineering in Colorado. - - _J. S. C. Russell_--Mountaineering in Alaska. (Bulletins of the - Amer. Geog. Soc.). - - _Hudson Stuck, D.D._--The Ascent of Denali (Mt. McKinley). - - _Belmore Browne_--The Conquest of Mount McKinley. - - _Filippo de Filippi_, Duke of the Abruzzi--The Ascent of Mont St. - Elias (translated by Signora Linda Villari). - - _A. O. Wheeler_ and _Elizabeth A. Parker_--In the Selkirk - Mountains. - - _E. A. Fitz Gerald_--The Highest Andes. - - _Edward Whymper_--Scrambles amongst the Alps. - - _Leslie Stephen_--The Playground of Europe. - - _Professor F. Umlauft_--The Alps. - - _A. F. Mummery_--My Climbs in the Alps and Caucasus. - - _Charles Edward Mathews_--The Annals of Mont Blanc. - - _Guido Rey_--Peaks and Precipices: Scrambles in the Dolomites - and Savoy. - - _Leone Sinigaglia_--Climbing Reminiscences of the Dolomites - (translated by Mary Alice Vials). - - _Harold Spender_--Through the High Pyrenees. - - _Fanny Bullock Workman_ and _William Hunter Workman_--Peaks and - Glaciers of Nun Kun. - - _William Martin Conway_--Climbing and Exploration in the - Karakoram-Himalayas. - - _E. A. Fitz Gerald_--Climbs in the New Zealand Alps. - - ACROSS CONTINENTS - - _Harry A. Franck_--A Vagabond Journey Around the World. - - _Charles F. Lummis_--A Tramp across the Continent (America). - - _John Muir_--A Thousand Mile Walk to the Gulf. - - NEW ENGLAND - - _Henry D. Thoreau_--The Maine Woods. - --Cape Cod. - --Excursions. - - In “A Week on the Concord and Merrimack Rivers,” under _Tuesday_, - is an account of Climbing Saddleback Mountain (Greylock) in - Massachusetts. - - _Frank Bolles_--Land of the Lingering Snow. At the North of - Bearcamp Water. - - _Bradford Torrey_--Footing It in Franconia. - --Nature’s Invitation. - --The Foot-Path Way. - --A Rambler’s Lease. - - _Allen Chamberlain_--Vacation Tramps in New England Highlands. - - _Thomas Bailey Aldrich_--An Old Town by the Sea. - - Guide to Paths and Camps in the White Mountains and Adjacent - Regions (published by the Appalachian Mountain Club). - - Walks and Rides about Boston (published by the Appalachian - Mountain Club). - - NORTH ATLANTIC STATES - - _Joel T. Headley_--The Adirondacks. - - _John Burroughs_--Locusts and Wild Honey (Chap. “A Bed of Boughs”). - - _T. Morris Longstreth_--The Catskills. - --The Adirondacks. - - For walks in the vicinity of New York city, see “Little Trips - Near-by,” by Albert Handy, a series of eight articles which - appeared in the New York _Evening Post_, Saturday Supplement, - for Nov. 15, Dec. 6, 20, 1913, and Jan. 10, April 18, May 30, - July 25, and Aug. 8, 1914. - - _John Burroughs_--Winter Sunshine (Washington, D. C.) - - _E. P. Weston_--The Pedestrian. (Being a correct journal of - incidents on a walk from the State House, Boston, Mass., to - the U. S. Capitol, at Washington, D. C., performed in ten - consecutive days), 1862. - - CAROLINA MOUNTAINS - - _Horace Kephart_--Our Southern Highlanders. - - _Bradford Torrey_--Spring Notes from Tennessee. - --A World of Green Hills. - - _Margaret W. Morley_--The Carolina Mountains. - - FLORIDA - - _Bradford Torrey_--A Florida Sketch-Book. - - COLORADO - - _Enos A. Mills_--The Spell of the Rockies. - --The Rocky Mountain Wonderland. - --Wild Life on the Rockies. - --Your National Parks. - - (See “Mountaineering.”) - - WYOMING - - _John Muir_--Our National Parks. - - _Enos A. Mills_--Your National Parks. - - _Hiram Martin Chittenden_--The Yellowstone National Park. - - MONTANA - - _Mathilde Edith Holtz_ and _Katharine Isabel Bemis_--Glacier - National Park. - - _Enos A. Mills_--Your National Parks. - - _Walter McClintock_--The Old North Trail. - - ARIZONA - - _George Wharton James_--In and around the Grand Canyon. - - _John Muir_--Steep Trails. - - _Bradford Torrey_--Field Days in California (Chap. “A Bird-gazer - at the Canyon”). - - _Enos A. Mills_--Your National Parks. - - WASHINGTON AND OREGON - - _Enos A. Mills_--Your National Parks. - - CALIFORNIA - - _John Muir_--Steep Trails. - --My First Summer in the Sierras. - --The Mountains of California. - --Our National Parks. - --The Yosemite. - - _J. Smeaton Chase_--California Coast Trails. - --Yosemite Trails. - - _Bradford Torrey_--Field Days in California. - - _Dallas Lore Sharp_--Where Rolls the Oregon. - - _Enos A. Mills_--Your National Parks. - - ALASKA - - _John Muir_--Travels in Alaska. - - _Enos A. Mills_--Your National Parks. - - (See “Mountaineering.”) - - CANADA - - _Lawrence J. Burpee_, Among the Canadian Alps. - - _Enos A. Mills_, Your National Parks. - - (See “Mountaineering.”) - - MEXICO - - _Harry A. Franck_--Tramping through Mexico, Guatemala and - Honduras. - - _William T. Hornaday_--Camp Fires on Desert and Lava. - - HAWAII - - _Enos A. Mills_--Your National Parks. - - SOUTH AMERICA - - (See “Mountaineering.”) - - EUROPE - - _Robert Louis Stevenson_--Travels with a Donkey. - - Baedeker’s Guidebooks. - - (See “Mountaineering.”) - - FRANCE - - _H. H. Bashford_--Vagabonds in Perigord. - - _William Morris Davis_--Excursions Around Aix-les-Bains - (published for Y. M. C. A. Natl. War Work Council by - the Appalachian Mountain Club). - - THE ALPS - - _John Tyndall_--Hours of Exercise in the Alps. - - _F. Wolcott Stoddard_--Tramps through Tyrol. - - (See “Mountaineering.”) - - SPAIN - - _Harry A. Franck_--Four Months Afoot in Spain. - - GREECE - - _Denton J. Snider_--A Walk in Hellas. - - RUSSIA - - _Stephen Graham_--A Tramp’s Sketches. - --A Vagabond in the Caucasus. - - ASIA MINOR - - _Stephen Graham_--With the Russian Pilgrims to Jerusalem. - - _W. J. Childs_--Across Asia Minor on Foot. - - TURKESTAN - - _Stephen Graham_--Through Russian Central Asia. - - PALESTINE - - _John Finley_--A Pilgrim in Palestine. - - BURMA, SIAM, COCHIN CHINA - - _Edmund Candler_--A Vagabond in Asia. - - JAPAN - - _Lucian Swift Kirtland_--Samurai Trails. - - NEW ZEALAND - - (See “Mountaineering.”) - - NEW SOUTH WALES - - _H. J. Tompkins_--With Swag and Billy (issued by the Government - Tourist Bureau, Sidney). - -[Illustration] - - - - -FOOTNOTES - - -[1] The _Youth’s Companion_, Aug. 31, 1911. - -[2] From “Poems and Ballads,” by Robert Louis Stevenson; copyright 1895, -1913, by Charles Scribner’s Sons. - -[3] Issue of April 25, 1917. - -[4] Nathaniel L. Goodrich, “The Attractions of Trail Making,” in -_Appalachia_, Vol. XIV, No. 3, page 247. - -[5] Nathaniel L. Goodrich, _ubi supra_. - -[6] “Wild Life on the Rockies,” page 209. - -[7] New York _Evening Post_, July 25, 1914. - -[8] Leslie Stephen, “The Playground of Europe.” - - - - - -End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Going Afoot, by Bayard Henderson Christy - -*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK GOING AFOOT *** - -***** This file should be named 54707-0.txt or 54707-0.zip ***** -This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: - http://www.gutenberg.org/5/4/7/0/54707/ - -Produced by Chris Curnow and the Online Distributed -Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This file was -produced from images generously made available by The -Internet Archive) - -Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will -be renamed. - -Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright -law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, -so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United -States without permission and without paying copyright -royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part -of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm -concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, -and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive -specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this -eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook -for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports, -performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given -away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks -not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the -trademark license, especially commercial redistribution. - -START: FULL LICENSE - -THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE -PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK - -To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free -distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work -(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full -Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at -www.gutenberg.org/license. - -Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works - -1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to -and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property -(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all -the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or -destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your -possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a -Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound -by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the -person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph -1.E.8. - -1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be -used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who -agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few -things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See -paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this -agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below. - -1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the -Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection -of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual -works in the collection are in the public domain in the United -States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the -United States and you are located in the United States, we do not -claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, -displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as -all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope -that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting -free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm -works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the -Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily -comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the -same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when -you share it without charge with others. - -1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern -what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are -in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, -check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this -agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, -distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any -other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no -representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any -country outside the United States. - -1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: - -1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other -immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear -prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work -on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the -phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, -performed, viewed, copied or distributed: - - This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and - most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no - restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it - under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this - eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the - United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you - are located before using this ebook. - -1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is -derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not -contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the -copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in -the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are -redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply -either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or -obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm -trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted -with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution -must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any -additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms -will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works -posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the -beginning of this work. - -1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm -License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this -work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. - -1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this -electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without -prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with -active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project -Gutenberg-tm License. - -1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, -compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including -any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access -to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format -other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official -version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site -(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense -to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means -of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain -Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the -full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. - -1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, -performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works -unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing -access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -provided that - -* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from - the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method - you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed - to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has - agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid - within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are - legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty - payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in - Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg - Literary Archive Foundation." - -* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies - you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he - does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm - License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all - copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue - all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm - works. - -* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of - any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the - electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of - receipt of the work. - -* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free - distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. - -1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than -are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing -from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The -Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm -trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. - -1.F. - -1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable -effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread -works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project -Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may -contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate -or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other -intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or -other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or -cannot be read by your equipment. - -1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right -of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project -Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all -liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal -fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT -LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE -PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE -TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE -LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR -INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH -DAMAGE. - -1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a -defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can -receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a -written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you -received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium -with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you -with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in -lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person -or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second -opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If -the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing -without further opportunities to fix the problem. - -1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth -in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO -OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT -LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. - -1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied -warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of -damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement -violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the -agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or -limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or -unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the -remaining provisions. - -1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the -trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone -providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in -accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the -production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, -including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of -the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this -or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or -additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any -Defect you cause. - -Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm - -Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of -electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of -computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It -exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations -from people in all walks of life. - -Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the -assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's -goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will -remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure -and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future -generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see -Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at -www.gutenberg.org - - - -Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation - -The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit -501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the -state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal -Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification -number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by -U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. - -The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the -mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its -volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous -locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt -Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to -date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and -official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact - -For additional contact information: - - Dr. Gregory B. Newby - Chief Executive and Director - gbnewby@pglaf.org - -Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg -Literary Archive Foundation - -Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide -spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of -increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be -freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest -array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations -($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt -status with the IRS. - -The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating -charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United -States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a -considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up -with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations -where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND -DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular -state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate - -While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we -have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition -against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who -approach us with offers to donate. - -International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make -any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from -outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. - -Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation -methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other -ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To -donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate - -Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. - -Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project -Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be -freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and -distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of -volunteer support. - -Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed -editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in -the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not -necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper -edition. - -Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search -facility: www.gutenberg.org - -This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, -including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to -subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. - diff --git a/old/54707-0.zip b/old/54707-0.zip Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 0740181..0000000 --- a/old/54707-0.zip +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/54707-h.zip b/old/54707-h.zip Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index fafb0f4..0000000 --- a/old/54707-h.zip +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/54707-h/54707-h.htm b/old/54707-h/54707-h.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 1e18e66..0000000 --- a/old/54707-h/54707-h.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,6765 +0,0 @@ -<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" - "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> -<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en"> - <head> - <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8" /> - <meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" /> - <title> - The Project Gutenberg eBook of Going Afoot: A Book on Walking, by Bayard H. Christy. - </title> - - <link rel="coverpage" href="images/cover.jpg" /> - -<style type="text/css"> - -a { - text-decoration: none; -} - -body { - margin-left: 10%; - margin-right: 10%; -} - -h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6 { - text-align: center; - clear: both; -} - -hr { - margin-top: 2em; - margin-bottom: 2em; - clear: both; - width: 65%; - margin-left: 17.5%; - margin-right: 17.5%; -} - -p { - margin-top: 0.5em; - text-align: justify; - margin-bottom: 0.5em; - text-indent: 1em; -} - -.bibliography p { - padding-left: 5em; - text-indent: -2em; -} - -.bibliography p.noindent { - padding-left: 0em; - text-indent: 0em; -} - -.bibliography .book2 { - margin-left: 8em; -} - -table { - margin: 1em auto 1em auto; - max-width: 40em; - border-collapse: collapse; -} - -td { - padding-left: 2.25em; - padding-right: 0.25em; - vertical-align: top; - text-indent: -2em; -} - -.blockquote { - margin-left: 10%; - margin-right: 10%; -} - -.caption { - text-align: center; - margin-bottom: 1em; - font-size: 90%; - text-indent: 0em; -} - -.center { - text-align: center; - text-indent: 0em; -} - -.figcenter { - margin: auto; - text-align: center; -} - -.footnotes { - margin-top: 1em; - border: dashed 1px; -} - -.footnote { - margin-left: 10%; - margin-right: 10%; - font-size: 0.9em; -} - -.footnote .label { - position: absolute; - right: 84%; - text-align: right; -} - -.fnanchor { - vertical-align: super; - font-size: .8em; - text-decoration: none; -} - -.noindent { - text-indent: 0em; -} - -.larger { - font-size: 150%; -} - -.pagenum { - position: absolute; - right: 4%; - font-size: smaller; - text-align: right; - font-style: normal; -} - -.poetry-container { - text-align: center; - margin: 1em; -} - -.poetry { - display: inline-block; - text-align: left; -} - -.poetry .stanza { - margin: 1em 0em 1em 0em; -} - -.poetry .verse { - text-indent: -3em; - padding-left: 3em; -} - -.poetry .indent1 { - text-indent: -2em; -} - -.poetry .indent2 { - text-indent: -1em; -} - -.poetry .indent4 { - text-indent: 0; -} - -.right { - text-align: right; -} - -.smaller { - font-size: 80%; -} - -.smcap { - font-variant: small-caps; - font-style: normal; -} - -.tdsub { - text-align: justify; - padding-left: 2em; - padding-bottom: 0.75em; - font-size: 80%; - text-indent: 0; -} - -.tdr { - text-align: right; -} - -.titlepage { - text-align: center; - margin-top: 3em; - text-indent: 0em; -} - -@media handheld { - -img { - max-width: 100%; - width: auto; - height: auto; -} - -.poetry { - display: block; - margin-left: 1.5em; -} - -.blockquote { - margin-left: 5%; - margin-right: 5%; -} -} - </style> - </head> -<body> - - -<pre> - -The Project Gutenberg EBook of Going Afoot, by Bayard Henderson Christy - -This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most -other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions -whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of -the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at -www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you'll have -to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this ebook. - -Title: Going Afoot - A book on walking. - -Author: Bayard Henderson Christy - -Release Date: May 11, 2017 [EBook #54707] - -Language: English - -Character set encoding: UTF-8 - -*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK GOING AFOOT *** - - - - -Produced by Chris Curnow and the Online Distributed -Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This file was -produced from images generously made available by The -Internet Archive) - - - - - - -</pre> - - -<h1>GOING AFOOT</h1> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 300px;"> -<img src="images/frontispiece.jpg" width="300" height="500" alt="" /> -<p class="caption"><span class="smcap">Emblem of the League of Walkers</span></p> -</div> - -<hr /> - -<p class="titlepage larger">GOING AFOOT</p> - -<p class="center">A Book on Walking</p> - -<p class="titlepage">BAYARD H. CHRISTY</p> - -<p class="titlepage">Published for<br /> -the League of Walkers<br /> -<span class="smaller">BY</span><br /> -ASSOCIATION PRESS<br /> -<span class="smcap">New York: 347 Madison Avenue</span><br /> -1920</p> - -<hr /> - -<h2>ACKNOWLEDGMENTS</h2> - -<p>Special acknowledgment is gladly made to the -respective publishers for permission to use the following -copyrighted material:</p> - -<p>Quotations from the Journals of Henry D. Thoreau, -copyright by Houghton, Mifflin & Company; -“Trees,” by Joyce Kilmer, copyright by George H. -Doran Company; “Uphill,” from “Poems,” by Christina -Rossetti, copyright by Little, Brown & Company, -Publishers, Boston; “Overflow,” by John Banister -Tabb, copyright by Small, Maynard & Company; -“The Lake Isle of Innisfree,” by William -Butler Yeats, copyright by The Macmillan Company.</p> - -<p>None of the above material should be reprinted -without securing permission.</p> - -<p class="titlepage"><span class="smcap">Copyright, 1920, by<br /> -The International Committee of<br /> -Young Men’s Christian Associations</span></p> - -<hr /> - -<p class="titlepage">To<br /> -<br /> -GEORGE J. FISHER<br /> -<br /> -<span class="smcap">at Whose Instance, and With Whose<br /> -Kindly Aid, These Pages Were Written</span></p> - -<hr /> - -<h2>CONTENTS</h2> - -<table summary="Contents"> - <tr> - <td class="tdr">I.</td> - <td><span class="smcap">How to Walk</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#I_HOW_TO_WALK">1</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td></td> - <td class="tdsub">Posture—Wearing Apparel—Equipment—Care - of Body and Equipment—Companions.</td> - <td></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdr">II.</td> - <td><span class="smcap">When to Walk</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#II_WHEN_TO_WALK">39</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td></td> - <td class="tdsub">At What Season—The Hours of the - Day—Speed and Distance—Stunt - Walking—Championship Walking—Competitive - Walking.</td> - <td></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdr">III.</td> - <td><span class="smcap">Where to Walk</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#III_WHERE_TO_WALK">63</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td></td> - <td class="tdsub">Choice of Surroundings—Nature of - Country—The Goal and the Road—Maps—Walking - by Compass.</td> - <td></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdr">IV.</td> - <td><span class="smcap">Walking Clubs in America</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#IV_WALKING_CLUBS">79</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td></td> - <td class="tdsub">The Appalachian Mountain Club—The - Green Mountain Club—Wanderlust - of Philadelphia—Walking - Clubs of New York—Some Western - Clubs—Association of Mountaineering Clubs.</td> - <td></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdr">V.</td> - <td><span class="smcap">Organization and Conduct of Walking Clubs</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#V_ORGANIZATION">103</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td></td> - <td class="tdsub">The Activities of a Walking Club—Rules - for Hiking—A Club Constitution—Juvenile - Clubs—League of - Walkers.</td> - <td></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td></td> - <td><span class="smcap">Bibliography</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#BIBLIOGRAPHY">141</a></td> - </tr> -</table> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_1" id="Page_1">[1]</a></span></p> - -<hr /> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_2" id="Page_2">[2]</a></span></p> - -<h2 id="I_HOW_TO_WALK">HOW TO WALK</h2> - -<p>I have met with but one or two persons in the -course of my life who understood the art of Walking, -that is, of taking walks,—who had a genius, so to -speak, for sauntering, which word is beautifully derived -“from idle people who roved about the country, -in the Middle Ages, and asked charity, under pretense -of going <i lang="fr">à la Sainte Terre</i>,” to the Holy Land, -till the children exclaimed, “There goes a Sainte-Terrer,” -a Saunterer, a Holy-Lander. They who -never go to the Holy Land in their walks, as they -pretend, are indeed mere idlers and vagabonds; but -they who do go there are saunterers in the good -sense, such as I mean. Some, however, would derive -the word from <i lang="fr">sans terre</i>, without land or a -home, which, therefore, in the good sense, will mean, -having no particular home, but equally at home -everywhere. For this is the secret of successful -sauntering. He who sits still in a house all the time -may be the greatest vagrant of all; but the saunterer, -in the good sense, is no more vagrant than the -meandering river, which is all the while sedulously -seeking the shortest course to the sea. But I prefer -the first, which, indeed, is the most probable -derivation. For every walk is a sort of crusade, -preached by some Peter the Hermit in us, to go -forth and reconquer this Holy Land from the hands -of the Infidels.</p> - -<p class="right">—Henry D. Thoreau, “Walking.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_3" id="Page_3">[3]</a></span></p> - -<h3>I<br /> -<span class="smaller">HOW TO WALK</span></h3> - -<p>Observe the vigorous man as he walks: the -stride is long and free; the feet come surely and -firmly to the ground, without twist or jar, toes -pointed straight ahead; the pelvis, swaying easily, -carries an erect body; the arms swing in alternate -rhythm with the legs; the head is borne -free over all; breathing is deep and long; the -blood courses strongly. Every member shares -in the activity.</p> - -<h4><span class="smcap">Wearing Apparel</span></h4> - -<p>It must be the pedestrian’s ideal, when he -comes to consider the matters of clothing and -burden, in the least possible degree to interfere -with these full natural bodily motions: Clothing, -while serving its purposes of protection, must not -bind nor rub; it may help to maintain, but it may -not disturb normal circulation. Burdens must -be so imposed as to be sustained with least effort, -and to leave the limbs unincumbered.</p> - -<p><em>Footgear</em> is of first importance. If one is to -walk comfortably, pleasurably, effectively, the -muscles of the feet must have free play; there -may be no cramping, straining, nor rubbing; no -unnatural position. In Japan the elegant people -toddle along in rainy weather upon blocks of -wood which raise their dainty slippers above -the mud; but your rickshaw runner splashes -through the street on soles as pliant as gloves. -Shoes and stockings serve but one purpose—that -of protection. If roads were smooth and clean,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_4" id="Page_4">[4]</a></span> -people who live in temperate climates would go -barefoot.</p> - -<p>When one walks long and hard, the blood-vessels -are distended and the feet increase appreciably -in size. More than that, in the act -of walking, the forward part of the foot is constantly -changing in shape: the toes alternately -spread and contract, bend and straighten. -The whole supple member is full of muscular activity.</p> - -<p>The pedestrian accordingly will not advisedly -clothe his feet in cotton stockings and close-fitting -shoes, however well made. The consequences -of so doing would be rubbing and blisters, -impaired circulation and lameness. Nor -will he put on canvas shoes, nor heelless shoes, nor -rubber-soled shoes, nor shoes with cleats across -their soles, such as football players wear.</p> - -<p>The best material for <em>stockings</em> is wool, and -for shoes, leather. The preference for woolen -stockings is not primarily because of warmth—even -in hottest weather they are preferable. It -is because the material is elastic and agreeable -to the skin. In winter, warmth is an added advantage; -and, when one’s footgear is soaked -through with water, there is far less danger of -taking cold in woolen stockings than in cotton.</p> - -<p>Stockings should be bulky and shoes roomy. -The layer of knit wool between foot and shoe -leather is elastic; it gives the exercising foot free -play, cushions the weight of the body, and, by filling -all the space, prevents rubbing. The rough -bulky stockings known as lumbermen’s socks are -excellent. If their coarseness is harsh to the -skin, finer socks (of cotton, if preferred) may be -worn beneath. If the woolen stockings available -are light, wear two pairs together. Never wear<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_5" id="Page_5">[5]</a></span> -a stocking so small or so badly shrunken as to -draw or constrain the toes.</p> - -<p><em>Shoes</em> should be roomy. They should when -put on over heavy stockings make snug fit -about the heel and beneath the arch of the foot, -but the forward part should be soft and -wide, to give the toes full play. The “sporting” -shoes of shops are to be let alone. The army -shoes are excellent, both of the Munson and of -the Hermann lasts; they have been carefully designed -for just such service as the pedestrian requires, -and they are most successful. It has just -been said that shoes should be large; they should -be considerably larger than the wearer’s ordinary -city shoes, both in length and in width. It -is not sufficient to find a shoe which is comfortable -in the shop; the shoe may be wide enough, -but unless there be some allowance in length, -one’s toes will, after ten miles of hard walking, -be squeezed till they are tender and blistered. -A man who ordinarily wears a 9 B, for example, -should buy a 9½ D. There should be -as much allowance as that, at the least. A -roomy shoe, its looseness well filled (though -not packed tight) with bulky, springy, coarse -wool, coarsely knit, is the very best foot covering. -An additional advantage should be mentioned: -a tight shoe, retarding circulation, -may in extreme wintry weather increase unduly -the danger of frosted feet. Heavy stockings and -roomy shoes are free of that defect.</p> - -<p>There are no water-tight shoes, except in shop -windows; and, if there were, they would at the -end of a long walk, have become very uncomfortable.</p> - -<p>A pair of army shoes should, with proper care, -last, without resoling, for 200 to 300 miles of<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_6" id="Page_6">[6]</a></span> -walking—depending on the roughness of the -way, and whether one is “hard on his shoes.” -If one is planning a longer tour than this, he -should provide two pairs of shoes, and wear them -on alternate days—a plan which, but for the -added weight, would in any case be preferable.</p> - -<p>Some men prefer to walk in knickerbockers, -others in long trousers (see below). Most of -those who prefer long trousers wear shoes with -<em>high tops</em>, reaching to the middle of the calves, -and covering and confining the ends of the trouser -legs. Again, bad conditions of footing—such as -deep snow, for instance, or bog land, or low dense -growth—may render high shoetops advantageous. -Low shoes are not advisable under any conditions. -For the open road, shoes of ordinary height -are best. They should be laced, not buttoned.</p> - -<p>For certain kinds of service, shoes should be -specially adapted. <em>Rubber heels</em> are excellent on -macadam roads, but it should be borne in mind -that on hard wet surfaces rubber slips. The -value of rubber heels is greatest when walking -through level, well-settled regions. When they -are worn, it is well to carry an extra pair.</p> - -<p><em>Hobnails</em> are to be used only when necessary. -Any attachment to, and particularly any excrescence -from, the sole of the shoe, is disadvantageous. -Iron hobs add appreciably to the -weight; and they tend to localize a pressure -which should be evenly distributed over the whole -sole. For walking in level or in moderately hilly -regions, for such simpler mountaineering as consists -in traversing highways and mounting -wooded slopes, one does not require hobnails; -the soles of his shoes should be of plain leather. -One should let alone the rubber hobs and inlays, -the small scattered spikes, such as he sees attractively<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_7" id="Page_7">[7]</a></span> -displayed as part of the golfer’s outfit. To -the pedestrian these things are not worth the -fancy prices asked; indeed, they are worth nothing -to him. Hobnails, then, must justify themselves -in advantages which outweigh their disadvantages; -this they do in difficult mountaineering. -Worse than useless on the level, they become in -the high mountains practically a necessity. For -climbing steep slopes, the rock faces and the -dense short turf of mountain tops, for scaling -precipices of “rotten” rock, for traversing snowfields -and icy ledges, one needs to be “rough -shod.” In the Alps the soles of the mountaineers’ -shoes are studded all about their rims with <i lang="de">flügelnägel</i>—great -square-headed hobs of iron, with -“wings” overlying the edges of the soles. Soft -iron proves to be the very best material to give -purchase on rock surfaces, whether wet or dry, -and on ice and snow, too, it is best. These <i lang="de">flügelnägel</i>, -known as “edging nails,” and round hobs -for the middle of the sole, called “Swedish hobnails,” -may be had in this country from dealers in -sportsmen’s goods.</p> - -<p>For mounting icy slopes, steel spikes in leather -carriers, called <em>crampons</em>, are secured to the feet -over one’s shoes. These, it is believed, are not -now procurable in this country.</p> - -<p>For snowshoeing a soft-soled shoe is preferable. -Deerskin moccasins are not serviceable for, -unless protected by some outer covering, they -soon become water-soaked, and then they are -worse than useless. Shoepacks are good, and -“Barker” shoes better. Barker shoes are made -with vamp of rubber and upper of leather. On -this subject, see “The Snowshoe Manual,” compiled -by the Snowshoe Section of the Appalachian -Mountain Club.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_8" id="Page_8">[8]</a></span></p> - -<p>Special footwear is provided for other particular -pursuits: The duck hunter on the tide-water -procures hip-boots of rubber; the ski-runner -wears shoes of special design, and so does -the skater. But here we are in realms of sports -other than walking.</p> - -<p>Footgear, then, must be comfortable, durable, -adequate.</p> - -<p>Sufferers from weak or falling arches will -wisely modify these suggestions, according to -the advice of a reliable orthopedist. Indeed it is -well for any one who goes seriously about walking -to have his feet examined by a competent -adviser, that he may guard against latent defects -and prevent difficulty.</p> - -<p><em>Clothing</em> should afford necessary protection; -should be light in weight, should be loose, and -should be so planned that, as one grows warm in -walking, the superfluous may be taken off. It -is best that the temperature of the body be kept -as nearly even as possible, and there is danger of -chill, if one stands in cold wind—as on a mountain -top, for instance—while his underclothing -is saturated with perspiration. Ordinarily one’s -clothing will (besides shoes and stockings) include -underwear, shirt, trousers, coat, and hat.</p> - -<p>In summer, <em>underwear</em> has no value for -warmth; it should be of cotton, sleeveless, and -cut short at the knees. If, however, one is walking -in the mountains, or at a cooler season, he -will do well to carry with him a flannel undershirt, -to wear at the end of the day, when resting. -In cool weather light woolen underwear -covering both arms and legs is best—and when -the thermometer falls low or one is to endure -unusual exposure, the underwear should be heavier. -Some pedestrians will leave cotton underwear<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_9" id="Page_9">[9]</a></span> -out of account altogether, wearing, by preference, -light wool, and, on a very hot day, none.</p> - -<p>The <em>shirt</em> should be of flannel, light or heavy, -according to season. In milder weather, cotton -shirts, such as the khaki-colored ones worn in -the army and procurable at army supply stores, -are good. On a summer walking tour it is well to -provide one’s self with one cotton shirt and one -of flannel. The collarband should be large; collar -and cuffs should be of one piece with the -shirt.</p> - -<p>In the matter of <em>trousers</em>, one man will prefer -long ones; another, short.</p> - -<p><em>Knickerbockers</em>, for summer wear, should be of -khaki (or of one of the various close-woven cotton -fabrics which pass under that name; a material -called “cold stream duck” is good), or of -jean; for winter, they may be of corduroy -or of woolen goods. The army breeches, narrowed -at the knee, and laced close to the -calf of the leg, are riding breeches, really; -and, while fairly good, they are not of best design -for walking, since they restrain somewhat -free movement of the knee. Knickerbockers -should be full at the knee, and should end in a -band to buckle about the leg immediately below -the knee joint. Such walking breeches may be -had of dealers in sportsmen’s goods.</p> - -<p><em>Leggings.</em> If knickerbockers are worn, the -calf of the leg should be properly covered. In -spite of such disadvantages as those incident to -travel on dusty roads and over burr-grown land, -long stockings secured at the knee are best for -summer wear, without more. Spiral puttees are -good in cool weather; in summer they are uncomfortably -hot, and even when carefully put on, -are somewhat confining. They have one notable<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_10" id="Page_10">[10]</a></span> -advantage: when used in deep snow they prevent, -as no other leggings can, melting snow from running -down the legs and into the shoes. For ordinary -service the canvas puttees worn in the army -are better than the spirals—indeed these canvas -puttees are on the whole more satisfactory to the -pedestrian than any other covering applied over -shoes and stockings. Leather puttees are unnecessarily -heavy, and their imperviousness is an actual -disadvantage. It is only when traveling -through dense undergrowth and briars that -leather puttees are really serviceable—and that -sort of wear is very hard on the puttees. High -shoetops, too, become under such conditions useful, -as has already been noted.</p> - -<p>In wearing breeches laced about the calf, and -in wearing spiral puttees, care should be taken -that they do not bind. Many of our soldiers in -the recent war suffered from varicose veins, and -this was attributed in part to the emergency, that -many men unused to physical labor had to carry -heavy knapsacks. But it was attributed in part, -too, to binding too tightly the muscles of the legs.</p> - -<p>For one special service heavy leg covering is -desired: To the hunter traversing the swamps -and palmetto-grown plains of Florida, there is -some danger of snake bites. Ordinarily, apprehensions -about snakes are to be laughed at. The -feet, ankles, and legs to a point two or three -inches above the knees, should be protected. This -protection may be effective either by being impenetrable, -or by being bulky and thick, or by -virtue of both these characteristics. One expedient, -now on the market, consists of leggings -having an interlining of wire gauze. Another -may be improvised: a bulky wrapping of quilted -material, incased in tough leggings of leather or<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_11" id="Page_11">[11]</a></span> -canvas. Care must be taken to protect the ankles -below the reach of an ordinary pair of puttees. -Any covering such as here suggested must in the -nature of the case be heavy and uncomfortable, -and will not be worn unnecessarily. One can -only say for it, that it is better than a snake bite.</p> - -<p><em>Long trousers</em> should be of smooth close-woven -material, not easily torn by thorns, and, for winter -wear particularly, resistant to penetration by -wind. The legs of the trousers should be confined -within shoetops or leggings. Long stockings -are not required, only socks. In long trousers, -the knee movement is quite free. This rig is -particularly good for rough work.</p> - -<p>Some men prefer to wear a <em>belt</em>; others, <em>suspenders</em>. -The drag of long trousers is greater -than of knickerbockers, and, generally speaking, -the man who wears knickerbockers will prefer a -belt; and the man who wears long trousers, suspenders. -The belt, when worn, should not be -drawn very tight. The best belt is the army -belt, of webbing; it should not be unnecessarily -long.</p> - -<p>In summer a <em>coat</em> is needed only when resting, -or as protection from rain. On one summer tour, -the writer found himself comfortable without a -coat, but in its place a <em>sweater</em> and a short <em>rubber -shirt</em>, fitting close at neck and wrists and -with wide skirts, to cover man and knapsack together. -Such a rubber shirt, called in the supply -houses a “fishing shirt,” may be had of willow -green color, or white or black. A sweater is so -convenient to carry, and so comfortable, as to be -all but indispensable; but, as protection from -rain, the rather expensive, and for all other purposes -useless, fishing shirt is by no means a -necessity; a canvas coat or the coat of an old<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_12" id="Page_12">[12]</a></span> -business suit will answer well. One does not -walk far in a downpour, and the slight wetting -of a passing summer shower will do no harm. -In the Tyrol where, before the War, walking as -recreation was developed as nowhere else, many -pedestrians carried neither coat nor sweater, but -a long full <em>cape</em> of heavy, close-woven, woolen material; -when not needed, the cape is carried hanging -over the knapsack. Such a cape serves, in -some degree, the purposes of a blanket.</p> - -<p>A convenient mode of carrying a coat is described -by Mr. William Morris Davis, in “Excursions -around Aix-les-Bains” (see <a href="#BIBLIOGRAPHY">Bibliography</a>). -Mr. Davis says:</p> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p>“Clothing should be easy fitting, so that discomfort -shall not be added to fatigue. Even in -warm weather, a coat will often be wanted on a -ridge crest, or mountain top: it can be best carried -as follows:—Sew the middle of a 30- or 35-inch -piece of strong tape inside of the back of the -collar; sew the ends of the tape to the bottom of -the arm holes: pass the arms through the loops -of the tape, and let the coat hang loosely on the -back; it will thus be held so that nothing will fall -from the pockets and the arms and hands will be -free.”</p> - -</div> - -<p>For winter wear, one will dispense with any -such garment as a fishing shirt, but will require -both coat and sweater. The sweater should be -a warm one, and the coat should be, not heavy -nor bulky, but windproof rather.</p> - -<p>A valuable garment for cold weather is the -Alaska “parka,” a shirt-like frock, light, windproof, -and it may be made storm-proof. Made -of heavy denim or of khaki cloth and worn over -a sweater, the parka is very satisfactory. Description<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_13" id="Page_13">[13]</a></span> -in detail will be found in <cite>Appalachia</cite>, -Vol. XI, No. 3, page 287.</p> - -<p>The <em>hat</em> should shield a man’s head from a -driving rain, and, if it be a bald head, from the -sun. If the man wears spectacles, the brim of -the hat should shield the glass from rain and -from the direct rays of the sun. The hat should -be small enough and soft enough to be rolled up -and tucked away when not needed. An old soft -felt hat will do; the crown should be provided -with ventilation holes of generous size; a leather -sweatband is uncomfortable, particularly in hot -weather, and may sometimes cause bothersome -infection of a sunburned and abraded brow. The -writer has found a white duck hat, its brim faced -with green underneath, very serviceable in summer. -In tropical countries the familiar pith helmet -is an almost necessary protection.</p> - -<p>One who wears eyeglasses should be careful -to provide himself with <em>spectacles</em>, preferably -metal-rimmed, and on a long tour will advisedly -carry a second pair, and even the prescription. -See further regarding spectacles, under the caption, -“Colored glasses,” <a href="#Page_22">page 22</a>.</p> - -<p>The choice of <em>clothing for cold weather</em> may be -governed by these few simple rules: (1) The -objective is maximum warmth with minimum -weight. (2) The trunk of the body—the spine, -particularly—the upper arms, and the thighs -should be most warmly protected. (3) Let the -clothing be soft and bulky within (of wool -chiefly), and externally let it be substantially -windproof. The hoods worn by the Eskimos are -made of the skins of water-fowl, worn feathered -side in. (4) Have no crowding of clothing under -the arms. (5) Do not wear long coat-skirts; let -the coat be belted at the waist. (6) Protect the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_14" id="Page_14">[14]</a></span> -ears, when necessary, with a knitted “helmet,” -or with a cap having an ear-flap which, when -not needed, folds across the crown. (7) Woolen -gloves or, better still, mittens should be worn, -and, outside of these, if it be very cold, loosely -fitting leather mittens. (8) Except in extremely -cold weather, do not wear leather garments, -nor fur. Even a fur cap is intolerable -when one becomes warm in walking.</p> - -<p>The <em>color</em> of clothing is not unimportant. -Whether as naturalist or sportsman one desires -to be inconspicuously clad, or as a mere wayfarer -on dusty roads he wishes to conceal, so far as -may be, the stains of travel, he will choose khaki -color, or the olive drab made familiar nowadays -in the uniforms of the navy aviators. Gray flannel -trousers, a white sweater, a bright-colored -necktie, for wear in the evenings, are good as -part of the equipment. But to that subject the -next chapter will be devoted.</p> - -<p>In planning an extended hike one will ordinarily -have to reckon on some railway traveling. -City clothes may be sent by express to the -point where walking ends. Then the return -journey may be made comfortably and inconspicuously.</p> - -<p>The foregoing notes for men will be found sufficient -to indicate what is a suitable <em>costume for -women pedestrians</em>. With a woman’s needs particularly -in mind, it should be said that skirts -should be short, hanging at least six inches clear -of the ground; shoetops may be accordingly -higher; and all garments should be loose. When -walking in remote regions, many women will prefer -to wear knickerbockers rather than skirts, -and in mountaineering knickerbockers are requisite. -Even bloomers are objectionable. In<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_15" id="Page_15">[15]</a></span> -such case a woman’s costume more nearly approaches -that of men.</p> - -<p>A girl, writing of a tour upon the Long Trail -in Vermont (see <a href="#Page_84">page 84</a>), says: “Khaki riding -breeches are best, as they are of light weight and -briars do not catch on them. I can’t picture any -one taking the Trail in a skirt.”</p> - -<p>The Appalachian Mountain Club prescribes a -climbing outfit for women in the New England -mountains, as follows: High laced boots with -Hungarian nails; woolen stockings and underwear, -light weight; woolen or khaki waist, skirt, -and bloomers; felt hat; leather belt.</p> - -<p>And the Alpine Club of Canada publishes this -among other notes upon women’s costume: “It -is the dropping of the waist line down to the hips -that is the secret of a woman’s wearing her -knickerbockers gracefully. The top of the knickerbockers -should hang on the point of the hips, -with the belt as loose as possible. This makes -discarding corsets, which of course is absolutely -necessary, most comfortable.”</p> - -<p>These notes on costume are intended to cover -the subject, and to serve as reminder and advice -to those contemplating walking tours of all sorts. -But the practice of walking as an art and recreation -does not by any means require such elaborate -preparations. Otherwise, the devotees would be -few. For an extended tour, or even for a holiday -excursion, one may well give consideration to -these many matters; but for a Saturday afternoon -walk, it will suffice to put on proper footgear, -leave one’s overcoat at home, carry a -sweater if need be, use forethought about details, -and be ready to betake one’s self from -office to highway, with assurance of comfort -and enjoyment. And beyond this, there<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_16" id="Page_16">[16]</a></span> -still remains to be spoken of the daily round -of walking from home to work and back -again, from office to restaurant at noon. This -daily regimen of walking requires no special costume—admits -of none, indeed. It may be that -as one is thoughtful to take more steps on the -routine path of life, he will give more careful -attention to the shoes he buys and to clothes. -But let no one close his mind to the subject with -the too hasty conclusion that walking requires -an impossible amount of special clothing. Any -one who cares to, can make any needed modification -of his ordinary business costume, without -making himself conspicuous, and probably with -gain in comfort and consequent well-being.</p> - -<h4><span class="smcap">Equipment</span></h4> - -<p>On a one-day excursion, a man will walk unburdened; -and, on exceptional longer trips, pack-horses -may carry the baggage from one camping -ground to another; but, ordinarily, on a tour -continuing day after day, one will carry on his -own back all that he requires. Should his route -lie through settled country, where shelter and -bed are to be found in farmhouse or wayside inn, -the man will travel with lighter load, and with -greater freedom and enjoyment; if he must carry -his blanket, too, walking becomes harder work. -It may be that one will spend his vacation in the -woods, and journey partly afoot, partly by canoe. -In that case, a good part of his walking will be -the arduous toting of <i lang="la">impedimenta</i> (canoe included) -across portages, from one lake or stream -to another. Proportionately as his burden is -heavier, the sojourner in the wilderness will be -disposed so to plan his trip that he may stop for<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_17" id="Page_17">[17]</a></span> -successive nights at favorite camping places. -From these he will make shorter trips, and, unencumbered, -climb mountains, perhaps, or explore -other parts of the country about.</p> - -<p>The bulk of what is carried should be borne on -the back. Drinking cup may be hung to the belt; -knife, watch, money, and various other small articles -will be carried in pockets; map-case, field -glasses, or fishing rod may be slung by straps -from the shoulders or carried swinging in one’s -hand, ready for use; but, for the rest, everything -should be carried in the knapsack.</p> - -<p>In case the pedestrian is traveling in settled -country and is not obliged to carry a blanket -(and such is by far the freest, pleasantest way -to go afoot), the best <em>knapsack</em> to be found is of -a kind in general use in the Tyrol. It goes under -its native German name, <em>rucksack</em>. It is a -large, square-cornered pocket, 20-24 inches wide -and 16-18 deep, made of a light, strong, closely -woven, specially treated fabric, of a greenish-gray -color, and all but water-proof. The pocket -is open at the top, slit a few inches down the -outer face, is closed by a drawing string, and a -flap buckles down over the gathered mouth. Two -straps of adjustable length are secured, each at -one end to the upper rim of the sack at the middle -point, and at the other end to one of the lower -corners. When the filled knapsack is in place, the -supporting straps encircle the shoulders of the -wearer, the closed mouth lies between the -shoulder blades, the bottom corners extend -just above the hips, while the weight of the burden, -hanging from the shoulders, rests in the -curve of the back. Genuine Tyrolean knapsacks -are, since the War, no longer procurable in this -country; good copies of them are, however, to be<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_18" id="Page_18">[18]</a></span> -had in our sporting-goods shops. The army -knapsack is fairly good.</p> - -<p>In case the pedestrian makes his tour in some -remote region, where lodging places are not certainly -to be found, he will be obliged to carry his -blanket, and probably some supply of food. In -such case, he will choose a larger knapsack. -The sack known as the “Nessmuk” is a -good one; and another, somewhat larger, is -the “Gardiner.” These sacks are neither of -them large enough to contain both blanket -and the other necessary articles of camping -equipment; the blanket should then be rolled -and the roll arched upon and secured to the knapsack -after the latter has been packed. Grommets -sewed to the knapsack afford convenient means -for securing the blanket roll in place. A still -larger (and heavier) knapsack, large enough to -contain one’s camp equipment, blanket and all, -is called the “Merriam Back Pack.” It is recommended -by an experienced camper, Mr. Vernon -Bailey, chief field naturalist of the U. S. Biological -Survey.</p> - -<p>In hot weather the knapsack becomes uncomfortably -wet with perspiration. <em>Wicker -frames</em>, sometimes used to hold the sack away -from the back to allow circulation of air -beneath, are bothersome and uncomfortable.</p> - -<p>For carrying heavier burdens short distances, -as when making portage on a camping trip, a -<em>pack harness</em> is used. Its name sufficiently explains -its nature. An additional device, called a -<em>tump line</em>, may, if desired, be bought and used -with the pack harness. The tump line is a band -which, encircling the load on one’s back, passes -over the forehead. With its use the muscles of -the neck are brought into play, aiding the shoulders<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_19" id="Page_19">[19]</a></span> -and back in carrying. It is astonishing, -what an enormous burden a Canadian Indian can -manage with the aid of harness and tump line. -These articles may be bought at sportsmen’s -stores, and at the posts of the Hudson’s Bay Company, -in Canada.</p> - -<p>The equipment for a summer walking tour, on -which one is not obliged to carry a blanket, -should weigh from ten to twenty pounds, according -as one carries fewer or more of the unessentials. -It is impossible to draw up lists of what -is essential and what merely convenient, and have -unanimity; one man will discard an article which -to another is indispensable; the varying conditions -under which journeys are taken will cause -the same man to carry different articles at different -times. The ensuing lists are intended to -be suggestive and reasonably inclusive; for any -given walk each individual will reject what he -finds dispensable.</p> - -<p><em>Requisites carried in one’s pockets</em>: Watch; -knife; money; compass; matches; handkerchief.</p> - -<p><em>Requisites carried in the knapsack</em>: Change of -underclothes, stockings, and handkerchiefs; toilet -articles; mending kit; grease for shoes.</p> - -<p><em>Articles which, though not necessary, are altogether -to be desired</em>: Second outer shirt; second -pair of walking shoes, particularly if the -tour be a long one; sweater; pair of flannel trousers, -light socks and shoes (gymnasium slippers -are good), and necktie for evening wear; medicaments; -notebook and pencil; postcards or stamped -envelopes; a book to read.</p> - -<p><em>Articles which may be requisite or desired, according -to season or circumstance</em>, to be carried -in pocket or knapsack or, some of them, slung -from the shoulders ready for use: Colored<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_20" id="Page_20">[20]</a></span> -glasses; pajamas; head net, as protection against -mosquitoes; woolen underclothing; gloves or mittens; -knitted helmet; naphtha soap, for washing -woolens; map case; canteen; culinary articles; -whistle; clothes brush; flashlight.</p> - -<p>An indefinitely long list might be made of articles -which a man will choose, according to taste -and inclination. A bird-lover will carry a pair -of binoculars; a collector, his cases; the fisherman, -rod and fly-book. Some member of almost -every walking party will carry a camera.</p> - -<p>Notes upon some of the articles thus far enumerated -will be useful:</p> - -<p>The <em>pocketknife</em> should be large and strong, -with one or two blades; leave in the showcase the -knife bristling with tools of various kinds; see -that the blades are sharp.</p> - -<p>Let the <em>watch</em> be an inexpensive one; leave the -fine watch at home; do not wear a wrist watch, -particularly not in warm weather. At the wrists -perspiration accumulates and the circulating -blood is cooled. Any surface covering at that -point, and particularly a close-fitting band, is in -hot weather intolerable. But, regardless of season, -a wrist watch is in the way, and is sure -soon or late to be damaged. For the pedestrian -its disadvantages greatly outweigh the -small convenience it affords.</p> - -<p>The best <em>moneybag</em> is a rubber tobacco pouch; -a leather bill-folder and its contents will soon be -saturated with perspiration.</p> - -<p>A <em>compass</em> is a requisite in the wilderness, but -not elsewhere. Regarding compasses, see further -pages <a href="#Page_75">75</a> and <a href="#Page_116">116</a>.</p> - -<p><em>Matches</em> should be carried in a water-tight -case.</p> - -<p><em>Toilet articles</em> will include, at a minimum, soap,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_21" id="Page_21">[21]</a></span> -comb, toothbrush and powder. A sponge or wash-rag -is desirable. A man who shaves will, unless -journeying in the wilderness, carry his razor. -The soap may be contained in a box of aluminum -or celluloid; the sponge in a sponge bag; the -whole may be packed in a handy bag or rolled in -a square of cloth and secured with strap or -string.</p> - -<p><em>Towel</em> and <em>pajamas</em> are not indispensable; because -of weight, they should be classed as pedestrian -luxuries.</p> - -<p>The <em>mending kit</em> will include thread, needles, -and buttons, and here should be set down safety -pins, too, an extra pair of shoestrings, and—if -one wears them—an extra pair of rubber heels. -A small carborundum whetstone may be well -worth the carrying.</p> - -<p>The best dressing for leather is mutton tallow. -Various <em>boot greases</em> of which tallow is the -base are on the market; one, called “Touradef,” -is good. There are lighter animal oils, more -easily applied; a good one is called “B-ver” oil. -Mineral oils are not so good; “Viscol,” the most -widely used of these, is sold in cans of convenient -size and shape.</p> - -<p><em>Medicaments</em> should be few; a disinfectant -(permanganate of potassium in crystalline form, -or tablets of Darkin’s solution), a cathartic (cascara -is best—it may be had in tabloid form, called -“Cascaral Compound”), iodine, a box of zinc -ointment, a roll of adhesive tape, and a -small quantity of absorbent cotton will suffice -for casual ailments. If one is going into the -wilderness, he may well take a first-aid kit—with -knowledge, how to use it—and medicine to deal -with more violent sickness; ipecac and calomel. -In malaria-infested regions, one should carry<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_22" id="Page_22">[22]</a></span> -quinine, with directions for administering. Talcum -powder and cocoa butter are, in proper time, -soothing. Citronella is a defense against mosquitoes; -another repellent is a mixture of sweet -oil or castor oil, oil of pennyroyal, and tar oil; -spirits of ammonia is an antidote to their poison.</p> - -<p>As to <em>reading matter</em>, each will choose for himself. -The book carried may be the Bible, it may -be “The Golden Treasury,” it may be “The Three -Musketeers.” Again, it may be a handbook of -popular science or a map of the stars.</p> - -<p>Regarding <em>map</em> and <em>map case</em>, see <a href="#Page_75">page 75</a>.</p> - -<p><em>Colored glasses.</em> On snowfields, on the seashore, -where light is intense, the eyes should be -screened. The best material, carefully worked -out for this purpose, is Crooks glass. Its virtue -lies in this: that it cuts out both the ultra-violet -rays and the heat rays at the opposite end of the -spectrum. Crooks glass may be had in two -grades: Shade A and Shade B. Shade A, having -the properties just described, is itself almost -colorless; Shade B is colored, and cuts out, in addition, -part of the rays of the normal spectrum. -Goggles may be had of plain sheets of Crooks -glass, and these will serve merely as a screen; -but, if one wears glasses anyway, since two pairs -worn at once are difficult to manage, it is well -to have one’s prescription filled in Shade A, and -(if one is going to climb snow peaks or walk the -seabeach) then a second pair in Shade B. Ordinary -colored glasses will serve a passing need; -amethyst tint is best.</p> - -<p>A <em>canteen</em> is requisite in arid regions and -when climbing lofty mountains; elsewhere it is -sometimes a justified convenience.</p> - -<p>The writer well recalls the amazement of two -Alpine guides some years ago when, on the top<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_23" id="Page_23">[23]</a></span> -of a snow peak, hot coffee was produced from a -thermos bottle. He hastens to add that the thermos -bottle was not his; he regards such an article -as a sure mark of the tenderfoot.</p> - -<p>Even though one be traveling light, the pleasures -of a summer holiday may be widened by providing -one meal a day and eating it out of doors. -In order to accomplish this, one needs to carry -a few <em>culinary articles</em>: A drinking cup, of -course—that is carried in any case, conveniently -hung to the belt. Then one should have plate, -knife, fork, spoon, a small pail, perhaps a small -frying pan, canisters of salt and pepper, a box of -tea, a bag of sugar, a receptacle for butter. Most -of these articles, and some toilet articles as well, -may be had made of aluminum. Do not -carry glassware, it is heavy and breakable. -Don’t carry anything easily broken or easily -put out of order. But even here make exceptions. -For example, a butter <em>jar</em> is better -than a butter <em>box</em>. The writer, for one, despises -an aluminum drinking cup; when filled with hot -coffee it is unapproachable, when cool enough -not to burn the lips the coffee is too cold to be -palatable; he, therefore, in spite of its weight, -chooses to carry an earthenware cup.</p> - -<p>A <em>whistle</em> will have value chiefly for signaling -between members of a party.</p> - -<p>A party of two, three, or four will carry more -conveniences than a man journeying alone. For -illustration, in the party, one camera is enough, -one map case, one pail, one butter jar; and these -may be distributed, so that, while carrying only -part, each member of the party may enjoy all. -With a camera in the party, a supply of films -will be stowed away in a knapsack; a light, collapsible -tripod may be worth the taking, if one<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_24" id="Page_24">[24]</a></span> -cares to secure pictures under poor conditions of -light.</p> - -<p>Two usual items of an amateur equipment, -better left at home, are a <em>hatchet</em> and a <em>pedometer</em>. -A hatchet is of no value, except -in the wilderness, and not always is it -worth carrying even there. Ordinarily a -stout, sharp knife will answer every purpose. -When one is on a camping trip on which he makes -long stops, he will care for something better -than a hatchet—a light axe. Regarding the -uses of a pedometer see <a href="#Page_116">page 116</a>.</p> - -<p>If the contemplated tour lies through the wilderness, -and accommodations for the night are -not to be had under roofs along the way, one -must carry his <em>blanket</em>. The blanket should be -selected with lightness and warmth in view. The -army blankets are fair, but softer, lighter, -warmer ones may be had. Blankets should be of -generous dimensions. A large double blanket -should not exceed eight pounds in weight, and -single blankets should weigh half as much. The -Hudson’s Bay blankets are justly famous.</p> - -<p>A blanket enveloped in a windproof <em>blanket -cloth</em> is very much warmer than if not so -shielded. Herein lies the virtue of a sleeping -bag. Similarly, a tent—particularly a small one, -for one or two men—keeps out wind and retains -warm air. With the use of a tent, the weight of -blankets may be less. The blanket cloth serves -both to keep the wind from penetrating the blanket -and also to keep the blanket dry. It prevents -penetration of moisture from the ground; and, -if one is not otherwise protected, it shields one -from dew and from light rain. The blanket -cloth, too, must be of the least weight consistent -with service. Because of weight, rubber blankets<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_25" id="Page_25">[25]</a></span> -and oiled ponchos are out of the question. Better -light oilcloth, or, better still, the material -called “balloon silk” (really finely woven, long-fiber -cotton) filled with water-proofing substance. -“Tanalite” is the trade name for a water-proof -material of this sort of a dark brown color. A -tarpaulin seven feet square made of tanalite is, all -things considered, the most serviceable blanket -cloth. With blanket and tarpaulin, one’s pack -should not exceed 25-30 pounds in weight. A -mode of rolling blanket and tarpaulin and of securing -the roll to the knapsack is suggested on -<a href="#Page_18">page 18</a>.</p> - -<p><em>Blanket pins</em> are worth carrying. By using -them one may keep himself snug, nearly as well -as in a sleeping bag.</p> - -<p>A small cotton bag, useful in a pack, may be -stuffed with clothing and serve as a pillow.</p> - -<p>A satisfactory <em>sleeping bag</em> will hardly be -found in the shops; those that are serviceable are -too heavy for the pedestrian. And yet the idea -embodied in the sleeping bag, the idea of attaining -maximum warmth from the materials used, -jumps precisely with the pedestrian’s needs.</p> - -<p>The difficulty with the sleeping bags on the -market is that they are made for gentlemen -campers, and not for those who take up their -beds and walk. For one thing, the gentleman -camper has abundance of clothing, with changes -of all kinds. But the pedestrian sleeps in his -clothes. Of course he does. It would be folly for -him to carry in his pack the equivalent of what -he wears on his back. His day clothes should be -serviceable as night clothes, too. All he need -carry is the additional protection required when -he is resting on the ground in the colder night -hours. And, in addition, he will have a change<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_26" id="Page_26">[26]</a></span> -of the garments which lie next his skin; but no -more. If when sleeping a man is not wearing all -that he carries, then he is carrying more than is -necessary. He may, indeed, have stuffed in his -pack woolen underclothes, for night wear only. -For another thing, in making choice between -one material and another, the weight of the -material is important in far greater degree -to the walker than to the gentleman camper. -With these considerations in mind, the pedestrian -contrives his sleeping bag of the lightest -material available to serve the ends in view.</p> - -<p>Essentially, a sleeping bag is a closed covering -of two layers: an inner layer of heat-insulating -material, and an outer layer of water-tight, wind-tight -material. Even the gentleman camper, -scornfully referred to above, chooses the lightest, -warmest blankets he can find; the pedestrian can -do no better. However, he does not take so -many. But, respecting the outer covering, the -pedestrian refuses the heavy water-proofed duck -of the ordinary sleeping bag, and selects instead -water-proofed balloon silk.</p> - -<p>The simplest sleeping bag may be made by -folding a six by six wool blanket within a cover -of water-proofed balloon silk and sewing together -the bottom edges, and the side edges, too, from -the bottom upward, to within a foot or so of the -top. The bag measures approximately three feet -by six, and should not weigh more than five and -one half pounds.</p> - -<p>Instead of the blanket, other material may be -used. Men differ in the amount of covering they -require; and then there are the inequalities of -climate and season to be reckoned with. A suitable -material, lighter than wool and affording less -warmth, is sateen; a somewhat warmer, somewhat<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_27" id="Page_27">[27]</a></span> -heavier, substitute for the wool blanket is -a down quilt. When still greater warmth is -needed the blanket may be double, or blanket and -down quilt may be combined.</p> - -<p>A rectangular bag, such as that just described, -may be criticized in two particulars: for one -thing, it is not long enough for a man of good -stature, and, for another thing, there is waste -material in it. It would be just as warm and just -as serviceable if, instead of being three feet wide -at the bottom, it were at that point only two feet -wide.</p> - -<p>The specifications of an excellent sleeping bag -for pedestrian use are given in a pamphlet published -by the Appalachian Mountain Club, -“Equipment for Mountain Climbing and Camping,” -by Allen H. Bent, Ralph Lawson, and Percival -Sayward, and with the courteous assent of -the designers, are here incorporated.</p> - -<p>A bag made on the dimensions given is suitable -for a man five feet eleven inches tall.</p> - -<p>A strip of the material for the inner layer is -cut to the pattern indicated below. It is 87 -inches long, and at its widest point 32½ inches -across. The widest point is 45 inches from the -foot. At the foot the strip is 20 inches wide, and -at the head, 21 inches. The sides are outwardly -curved. This is the <em>under</em> strip.</p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 700px;"> -<img src="images/diagram1.jpg" width="700" height="300" alt="The pattern described above" /> -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_28" id="Page_28">[28]</a></span></p> - -<p>A second <em>upper</em> strip is, in over-all dimensions, -a duplicate of the first, but for the fact -that it is 9 inches shorter. From the foot up and -for a length of 78 inches it is identical with the -first strip, but at that point it is cut short. A -face opening is cut in the upper edge of the second -strip, 10 inches across and 11 inches deep.</p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 700px;"> -<img src="images/diagram2.jpg" width="700" height="340" alt="The pattern described above" /> -</div> - -<p>These two strips are superposed and their -overlying edges are sewed together. All edges -are properly hemmed or bound.</p> - -<p>As the user lies in the bag, his feet just reaching -the bottom, his face is encircled in the face -opening. The excess length of the under strip -then becomes a flap, to fold over his head. Buttons -and buttonholes may be provided, as indicated -in the drawings, to secure the flap in such -position.</p> - -<p>The material for the outer layer is cut to the -same pattern, with sufficient enlargement of dimensions -to allow the outer bag to contain the -inner bag and cover it smoothly.</p> - -<p>The outer material will preferably be water-proofed -balloon silk (“tanalite”); the inner material -may be sateen, or blanketing, or down quilt. -The designers suggest still another material: -Australian wool wadding, encased in sateen.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_29" id="Page_29">[29]</a></span> -They say, “a brown sateen material is the -best covering, as a very finely woven goods is -necessary to keep the wool from working -through. The bag does not need to be quilted, -but should be ‘tied through’ about every six -inches.”</p> - -<p>The balloon silk outer bag should weigh about -one and one-quarter pounds; the bag of sateen -should weigh about two and one-quarter pounds. -C. F. Hovey Co., 33 Summer St., Boston, and the -Abercrombie & Fitch Co., Madison Ave. and -Forty-fifth St., New York, have made bags to -these specifications.</p> - -<p>It remains only to add a word respecting the -outer cover of balloon silk. Balloon silk, which -in reality is a fine-woven cotton, is, relatively -speaking, a delicate material, and furthermore it -is not perfectly water-tight. The great advantage -of lightness justifies its use. But the bag -must be carefully handled, and after hard service -the cover must be renewed.</p> - -<p>Dr. Charles W. Townsend, of Boston, an experienced -camper, writes:</p> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p>“The sleeping bag is a home-made affair, that -takes up only a small part of the room in a rucksack, -and weighs four pounds. It is made of -lamb’s wool wadding, lined with sateen, and covered -with flannel. It is about six and one-half -feet long and tapers, so as to be wider at the -mouth than at the foot. With ordinary clothing, -I have slept warm in it with a temperature of -forty degrees. I have also a balloon-silk cover, -which can be arranged to guy-ropes, to make a -lean-to tent over my head, and gauze curtains for -insects. I think that weighs two and one-half -pounds.”</p> - -</div> - -<p>A <em>tent</em> will be carried when the route lies -through unsettled country. In a sparsely settled<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_30" id="Page_30">[30]</a></span> -region, one will run the risk of heavy rain for -a night or two, rather than bother with a tent; -but in the wilderness, a tent is a necessity, for -even such a tarpaulin as has been described as -a suitable blanket cover, is not perfectly water-tight. -One cannot sleep out in a driving rain -storm. At a pinch, of course, one can make shift, -and perhaps under rock ledge or shelter of boughs -keep fairly dry; but after a wet night in the -open, one needs assured protection the second -night. The lightest tents are made of balloon -silk; they weigh four pounds and upwards. Two -men traveling together will have a tent in common -and will distribute and equalize their burdens. -As has been said, a tent affords warmth -(particularly when carefully pitched, with a view -to making it wind-tight) and, accordingly, blankets -need not be so heavy. Though water-proofed -balloon silk is not perfectly water-tight, one may -keep perfectly dry in a balloon silk tarpaulin or -sleeping bag, within a balloon silk tent.</p> - -<p>A note on <em>sleeping out</em> is proper. In summer, -when there is no rain, one should sleep under -the open sky; he should choose as his sleeping -place an exposed ridge, high and dry. In such a -situation he will suffer least annoyance from -mosquitoes, and, if the night be cool, he will be -warmer than in the valley. Seldom in temperate -climates is the night too warm for sleeping out -of doors; but even on such a night the air on -the hilltop is fresher. If it be windy, a wind-break -may be made of boughs or of cornstalks -(on a cool night in autumn a corn-shock may be -made into a fairly comfortable shelter.) In case -the evening threatens rain, one may well seek -a barn for protection; if one is in the wilderness, -he will search out an overhanging rock, or build<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_31" id="Page_31">[31]</a></span> -a lean-to of bark or boughs. Newspaper is a -good heat insulator, and newspapers spread on -the ground where one is to lie make the bed a -warmer, drier one. Newspaper will protect one’s -blanket from dew. Be careful when lying down -to see that shoes and clothing are under cover. -If the night proves to be colder than one has -anticipated and one’s blanket is insufficient (or -if, on another tour, the days are so hot that walking -ceases to be a pleasure—though they have to -be <em>very</em> hot for that), it may be expedient, at a -pinch, to walk by night and rest by day.</p> - -<p>Such <em>food</em> as must be carried will be selected -to save weight, so far as is consistent with nutriment. -Rolled oats are excellent; so also is soup -powder (put up in “sausage” form, imitating -the famous German <i lang="de">erbswurst</i>), and dried fruits -and vegetables, powdered eggs, and powdered -milk. The value of pemmican is known. All -these articles may be obtained at groceries and -at sportsmen’s stores. Seldom, however, will one -wander so far as to be for many days beyond the -possibility of buying food of more familiar form. -Shelled nuts, raisins, dried fruit, malted milk -tablets, and lime juice tablets are good to carry -on an all-day excursion. <em>Food bags</em> of “paraffined” -cotton fabric will prove useful. It is well -to bear in mind that food may be distributed -along the way, sent in advance by mail, to await -at post offices one’s coming.</p> - -<p>The special equipment of the mountaineer—alpenstock, -ice axe, rope, <em>crampons</em>, <em>scarpetti</em>, etc.—need -only be mentioned. They are not needed -in climbing the mountains of eastern America, -but only on giddy peaks, snowfields, and glaciers. -Those interested will consult the works on mountaineering -mentioned in the Bibliography.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_32" id="Page_32">[32]</a></span></p> - -<p>From the pages of a pamphlet of the Appalachian -Mountain Club this note is taken:</p> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p>“Equipment does not end with the purchase of -proper food, clothing, climbing and camping outfit. -The prospective climber should give some -thought to his physical and mental equipment. -A strong heart, good lungs, and a reasonable -amount of physical development and endurance -are among the requisites and so, too, are courage, -caution, patience and good nature. If in addition -he is interested in topography, geology, photography, -animal or plant life, by so much the more -is his equipment, and consequently his enjoyment, -increased.”</p> - -</div> - -<h4><span class="smcap">Care of Body and Equipment</span></h4> - -<p>As to speed of walking and distance, see below, -<a href="#Page_51">page 51</a>; as to preliminary walking, in preparation -for a tour, see <a href="#Page_53">page 53</a>.</p> - -<p>One hardly needs the admonitions, eat plain -food, sleep long, and keep body and clothing -clean. The matter of <em>food</em> becomes complicated -when one has to carry the supply of a day or two -or of several days with him. Be careful to get, -so far as possible, a large proportion of vegetable -food—fresh vegetables and fruit.</p> - -<p>When walking, the system requires large -amounts of water, and, generally speaking, one -should <em>drink</em> freely. If one stops by a roadside -spring on a hot day, he should rest a few minutes -before drinking, and, if the water be very -cold, he should drink sparingly. It is refreshing -before drinking, and sometimes instead of drinking, -to rinse mouth and throat with spring water. -In the Alps the guides caution one not to drink -snow water. In settled regions, drink boiled -water only, unless assured of the purity of the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_33" id="Page_33">[33]</a></span> -source. Beware of wells. It is a matter of -safety, when traveling, to be inoculated against -typhoid fever. Practice restraint in the use of -ice cream, soda water, sweets, coffee, and tea.</p> - -<p>The pedestrian should be careful to get as -much <em>sleep</em> as normally he requires at home, -and somewhat more. He may not be so regular -in hours, for he will find himself inclined to sleep -an hour at midday, and at times to walk under -the starlight, to be abroad in the dawn. And a -walking tour would be a humdrum affair, if he -did not yield to such inclination.</p> - -<p>A <em>bath</em> at the end of the day—a sponge bath, -if no better offers—is an indispensable comfort. -While on the march one will come upon inviting -places to bathe. Bathe before eating, not immediately -after. If the water is very cold, it is -well to splash and rub one’s body before plunging -in. If much bathing tends to produce lassitude, -one should limit himself to what is necessary.</p> - -<p>Don’t overdo; on the march, when <em>tired out</em>, -stop at the first opportunity—don’t keep going -merely to make a record. Don’t invite fatigue. -If, in hot weather, free perspiration should fail, -stop immediately and take available measures to -restore normal circulation.</p> - -<p><em>Lameness</em> in muscles is due to the accumulation -of waste matter in the tissues; elimination may -be aided and lameness speedily relieved by drinking -hot water freely and by soaking one’s body -in a warm bath: the internal processes are accelerated, -in freer blood circulation, while much is -dissolved out through the pores of the skin. At -the end of a long hard walk, the most refreshing -thing is a drink—not of ice water, not of soda -water, but a pint or so of hot water. Rubbing -oil as a remedy for lame muscles is hardly worth<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_34" id="Page_34">[34]</a></span> -carrying; alcohol is a mistake. Bruised muscles -should be painted lightly with iodine.</p> - -<p><em>Care of feet.</em> Always wash the feet thoroughly -at the end of a tramp, and dry carefully, particularly -between the toes. If the skin cracks -and splits between the toes, wash at night with -boric acid and soften with vaseline. It is better -to allow toenails to grow rather long, and in -trimming cut them straight across.</p> - -<p>When resting at noon take off shoes and stockings, -and, before putting them on again, turn the -stockings inside out. If the weather be mild, let -the feet remain bare until about to set out again; -if there be water available, bathe the feet immediately -on stopping. If, on the march, the arch of -the foot should grow tired, consciously “toe in.”</p> - -<p>If there is rubbing, binding, squeezing, with -consequent tenderness at any point, stop at once, -take off shoe and stocking, and consider what is -to be done. It may suffice to protect the tender -spot, applying a shred of absorbent cotton secured -with a strip of adhesive tape; perhaps the -thickness of the stocking may be changed, or the -lacing of the shoe be eased or tightened. By -<em>tighter</em> lacing sometimes the play of the foot -within the shoe may be diminished and undesirable -rubbing or squeezing overcome. Talcum -powder sprinkled on the foot will help to relieve -rubbing, and soap rubbed on the stocking outside, -above the tender place, is efficacious.</p> - -<p>Sometimes, in spite of forethought, one may -find one’s self walking in ill-fitting shoes; for example, -the shoes though broad enough may be -too short, and one’s toes in consequence may be -cramped and squeezed in the toe of the shoe—particularly -on down grades—until they become -tender and even blistered. If then other expedients<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_35" id="Page_35">[35]</a></span> -fail, one has to examine his shoe carefully, -determine precisely where the line of binding -strain lies, and then—remembering that the shoe -as it is, is worthless to him—slit leather and -lining through, in a line transverse to the line of -strain.</p> - -<p>Should a blister, in spite of care, develop, let -it alone, if possible. Don’t interfere with nature’s -remedial processes. But, if one must go on -walking with the expectation that the blister -unless attended to will tear open, then one should -drain it—not by pricking it through, however. -Take a bright needle, sterilize it in the flame of a -match, and run it under the skin from a point to -one side, and so tap the blister. Then cover the -area with adhesive tape. If there is abrasion, -paint the spot with iodine, or apply a few crystals -of permanganate of potassium and a drop or two -of water, then cover with absorbent cotton and -adhesive tape.</p> - -<p>Be careful, on setting out in the morning, that -any soreness or lameness of the preceding day -has been met by the measures described.</p> - -<p>Corns are caused by wearing tight or ill-fitting -shoes. If one has a corn, he should get rid of it -before attempting distance walking, and should -thereafter wear shoes such as to assure him immunity.</p> - -<p>For <em>sunburn</em>, use talcum powder or cocoa butter. -Do not expose large areas of the body to -sunburn.</p> - -<p>A <em>cramp</em> in the side may easily be relieved by -drawing and retaining a deep breath, and bending -over.</p> - -<p>The <em>bowels</em> should be kept open, and will be, if -one orders his food aright. Constipation is to be -carefully guarded against. One may, in spite of<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_36" id="Page_36">[36]</a></span> -himself, after hard walking in hot weather, find -difficulty. A harmless emergency relief is an -enema of a few ounces of the colorless inert oil -now sold under such names as “Russian” oil and -“Nujol” (the Standard Oil Company’s preparation).</p> - -<p><em>Medicines</em> are to be used only in emergency: -cascara for constipation, or, in case of a sudden -violent onset of illness, calomel; capsicum plaster -for internal inflammation. But hot water within -and without will generally relieve distress, and -is the best remedy. But <em>do not experiment</em>; if a -physician is available, call him.</p> - -<p>Ammonia is an antidote for insect stings.</p> - -<p>Snake-bites are, newspaper reports to the contrary, -very, very rare. The bite of a poisonous -serpent (rattlesnake or copperhead) requires -heroic treatment. Suck the wound, cut it out -immediately with a sharp knife, fill the incision -with permanganate of potassium crystals and -drop water upon the permanganate.</p> - -<p><em>Care of clothing.</em> Underclothes and stockings -worn today may be washed tomorrow at the noon -hour. Shirt, trousers—and underclothing too—should -go to the tub every few days, as opportunity -offers.</p> - -<p>Shoes should be cleaned each day, washed in -cold water and greased. If wet they should be -carefully dried in gentle heat. Leather is easily -ruined by scorching; never dry a shoe in heat -unendurable to the hand. Shoes packed in newspaper -overnight will be measurably dried by -absorption. Keep the leather pliant with grease -or oil, but not saturated. If one is going to -walk through bogs, or in shallow water, then -his shoes should be copiously oiled, but ordinarily -one should oil his shoes with sparing hand.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_37" id="Page_37">[37]</a></span></p> - -<h4><span class="smcap">Companions</span></h4> - -<p>Dr. Finley, President of the University of the -State of New York, and Commissioner of Education, -finely says:<a name="FNanchor_1_1" id="FNanchor_1_1"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_1" class="fnanchor">[1]</a> “It is figurative language, of -course, to speak of God’s ‘walking’ with man. -But I do not know where to find a better expression -for the companionship which one enjoys -when walking alone on the earth. I should not -speak of this if I thought it was an experience -for the patriarchs alone or for the few. A man -does not know one of the greatest satisfactions -of life if he has not had such walks.”</p> - -<p>The prophets of the cult—Hazlitt and Stevenson—are -quite eloquent on the point, that the first -joys of walking are reserved for those who walk -alone; even Emerson cynically observes that a -dog may on occasion be better company than a -man. But the solitary Thoreau admits that he -sometimes has a companion, while sociable -Lawrence Sterne prettily says, “Let me have a -companion of my way, were it but to remark -how the shadows lengthen as the sun declines.”</p> - -<p>Ordinarily, we prefer—most of us—to walk in -company; if the tour is an extended one, continuing -through many days, we certainly do. And -nothing is more important than the choice of -companions. A mistake here may be a kill-joy. -Daily, hourly intercourse rubs individuality upon -individuality, till every oddity, every sensitive -point, is worn to the quick. Be forewarned, then, -and be sure of one’s companions. Conversely, let -a man be sure of himself, resolutely refusing to -find offense, or to lose kindliness, good humor, -and good will. “’Tis the best of humanity,” says -Emerson, “that goes out to walk.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_38" id="Page_38">[38]</a></span></p> - -<p>A common interest in things seen, stimulated -perhaps by reading matter carried along, may be -the selective process in making up a party; but -friendship underlies all.</p> - -<p>A proved company of two, three, or four is -best. With greater numbers, the party loses intimacy -and coherence; furthermore, if dependent -on hospitality by the way, difficulties arise. A -housewife who willingly provides for two, may -hesitate to entertain six.</p> - -<p>If there be one in the party who has an aptitude -for it, let him keep a <em>journal</em> (in the form -of letters home, perhaps). Such a record, illustrated -by photographs, is a souvenir to afford -long-continued delight.</p> - -<p>When walking in out-of-the-way places it is the -part of prudence always to have a companion; -for, otherwise, in case of mishap, a man might be -in sorry plight, or even in actual danger.</p> - -<hr /> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_39" id="Page_39">[39]</a></span></p> - -<h2 id="II_WHEN_TO_WALK">WHEN TO WALK</h2> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_40" id="Page_40">[40]</a></span></p> - -<h3>THE VAGABOND<a name="FNanchor_2_2" id="FNanchor_2_2"></a><a href="#Footnote_2_2" class="fnanchor">[2]</a></h3> - -<div class="poetry-container"> -<div class="poetry"> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">Give me the life I love,</div> -<div class="verse indent1">Let the lave go by me,</div> -<div class="verse">Give the jolly heaven above</div> -<div class="verse indent1">And the byway nigh me.</div> -<div class="verse">Bed in the bush with stars to see,</div> -<div class="verse indent1">Bread I dip in the river—</div> -<div class="verse">There’s the life for a man like me,</div> -<div class="verse indent1">There’s the life for ever.</div> -</div> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">Let the blow fall soon or late,</div> -<div class="verse indent1">Let what will be o’er me;</div> -<div class="verse">Give the face of earth around</div> -<div class="verse indent1">And the road before me.</div> -<div class="verse">Wealth I seek not, hope nor love,</div> -<div class="verse indent1">Nor a friend to know me;</div> -<div class="verse">All I seek the heaven above</div> -<div class="verse indent1">And the road below me.</div> -</div> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">Or let autumn fall on me</div> -<div class="verse indent1">Where afield I linger,</div> -<div class="verse">Silencing the bird on tree,</div> -<div class="verse indent1">Biting the blue finger.</div> -<div class="verse">White as meal the frosty field—</div> -<div class="verse indent1">Warm the fireside haven—</div> -<div class="verse">Not to autumn will I yield,</div> -<div class="verse indent1">Not to winter even!</div> -</div> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">Let the blow fall soon or late,</div> -<div class="verse indent1">Let what will be o’er me;</div> -<div class="verse">Give the face of earth around</div> -<div class="verse indent1">And the road before me.</div> -<div class="verse">Wealth I ask not, hope nor love,</div> -<div class="verse indent1">Nor a friend to know me.</div> -<div class="verse">All I ask the heaven above</div> -<div class="verse indent1">And the road below me.</div> -</div> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse right">Robert Louis Stevenson.</div> -</div> -</div> -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_41" id="Page_41">[41]</a></span></p> - -<h3>II<br /> -<span class="smaller">WHEN TO WALK</span></h3> - -<p>Any day—every day, if that were possible. -Says Thoreau, “I think that I cannot preserve -my health and spirits, unless I spend four hours -a day at least [in the open]”; and, again, he says -of himself that he cannot stay in his chamber for -a single day “without acquiring some rust.”</p> - -<p>Recall Thoreau’s Journals. Their perennial -charm lies largely in this, that he is abroad -winter and summer, at seedtime and at harvest, -in sun and rain, making his shrewd observations, -finding that upon which his poetic fancy may -play, finding the point of departure for his Excursions -in Philosophy.</p> - -<h4><span class="smcap">At What Season</span></h4> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p>“The first care of a man settling in the country -should be to open the face of the earth to himself -by a little knowledge of Nature, or a great deal, -if he can; of birds, plants, rocks, astronomy; in -short, the art of taking a walk. This will draw -the sting out of frost, dreariness out of November -and March, and the drowsiness out of -August.”</p> - -<p class="right">—Ralph Waldo Emerson, “Resources.”</p> - -</div> - -<p><em>The Daily Walk.</em> Walking is to be commended, -not as a holiday pastime, merely, but as -part of the routine of life, in season and out. -Particularly to city-dwellers, to men whose occupations -are sedentary, is walking to be commended -as recreation. Will a man assert himself -too busy?—his neighbor plays a game of golf a -week; he himself, perhaps, if he will admit it,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_42" id="Page_42">[42]</a></span> -is giving half a day a week to some pastime—may -be a less wholesome one.</p> - -<p>It is worth a man’s while to reckon on his -walking every day in the week. It may well be -to his advantage, in health and happiness, to extend -his daily routine afoot—perhaps by dispensing -with the services of a “jitney” from the -suburban station to his residence, perhaps by -leaving the train or street car a station farther -from home, perhaps by walking down town to -his office each morning.</p> - -<p><em>The Weekly Walk.</em> The environs of one’s home -can scarcely be too forbidding. A range of ten -miles out from Concord village satisfied Thoreau -throughout life. Grant the surroundings of Concord -exceptional—Thoreau’s demands were exceptional. -Those who will turn these pages -will be for the most part city folk; the resident -of any of our cities may, with the aid of -trolley, railway, and steamboat, discover for himself -a dozen ten-mile walks in its environs—many -of them converging to his home, some -macadam paved and so available even in the -muddy season, and any one of them possible on -a Saturday or a Sunday afternoon.</p> - -<p>What could a pedestrian ask more? A three-hour -walk of a Saturday afternoon—exploring, -perhaps, some region of humble historic interest, -studying outcroppings of coal or limestone, making -new acquaintance with birds, bees, and -flowers, and enjoying always the wide sky, the -sweep of the river, the blue horizon. No other -recreation is comparable to this.</p> - -<p>It is pleasurable to walk in fair, mild weather; -but there is pleasure on gray, cold, rainy days, -too. To exert the body, to pit one’s strength -against the wind’s, to cause the sluggish blood to<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_43" id="Page_43">[43]</a></span> -stream warm against a nipping cold, to feel the -sting of sleet on one’s face—to bring all one’s -being to hearty, healthful activity—by such -means one comes to the end, bringing to his refreshment -gusto, to his repose contentment.</p> - -<p>The consistent pedestrian will score to his -credit, every week throughout the year, ten miles -of vigorous, sustained tramping. Five hundred -miles a year makes an impressive showing, and -is efficacious: it goes far to “slam the door in the -doctor’s nose.”</p> - -<p><em>The Walking Tour.</em> Apart from, or, better, in -addition to the perennial weekly walking about -one’s home, there is the occasional walking tour: -a two or three-day hike, over Labor Day, perhaps, -or Washington’s Birthday; and then there -is the longer vacation tour of two or three weeks’ -duration.</p> - -<p>With important exceptions, we, in our northern -latitudes, arrange our walking tours in summer -time. And, so far as concerns the exceptions, it -will here suffice to remind ourselves of mountain -climbing on snowshoes in winter, of ski-running -and skating, and of the winter carnivals of sport -held in the Adirondacks, in the Alps, and in the -Rocky Mountains. In our southern states, however, -no disadvantage attaches to winter; to the -contrary, over a great part of that region, winter -is the pleasanter season for the pedestrian. -But summer is the season of vacations, and is, -generally speaking, the time of good roads, fair -skies, and gentle air. Then one can walk with -greatest ease and freedom.</p> - -<p>The choice of the particular fortnight for the -“big hike” may be governed by all sorts of considerations; -if the expedition be ornithological, -and there is free choice, it will be taken in May<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_44" id="Page_44">[44]</a></span> -or June, or perhaps in September; if to climb Mt. -Ktaadn, it will preferably be in August. -Again, one’s employer may, for his own reasons, -fix the time. It is well, therefore, to formulate -general statements, helpful in making choice of -place, when once the season has been fixed.</p> - -<p>In early summer, from the time the snow -melts till mid July, the north woods are infested -with buzzing, stinging, torturing mosquitoes; to -induce one to brave these pests, large countervailing -inducements must needs appear. Mountaineering -in temperate latitudes is less advisable -in the early summer than later; there is more -rain then, and nights are cold, and, in the high -mountains, soft snow is often an impedance. -Throughout much of our country, June is a rainy -month. In May and June, accordingly, and early -July, one should by preference plan his walk in -open settled country, in the foothills of mountain -ranges, or across such pleasant regions as central -New York or Wisconsin.</p> - -<p>Late July, August and September are, for the -most part, hot and dusty. At that season, accordingly, -the great river basins and wide plains -should be avoided; one should choose rather the -north woods, the mountains, or the New England -coast.</p> - -<p>For the pedestrian September in the mountains -and October everywhere are the crown of -the year; the fires of summer are then burning -low, storms are infrequent, the nip in the air -stirs one to eagerness for the wide sky and the -open road.</p> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p>“The world has nothing to offer more rich and -entertaining than the days which October always -brings us, when after the first frosts, a steady -shower of gold falls in the strong south wind<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_45" id="Page_45">[45]</a></span> -from the chestnuts, maples and hickories: all the -trees are wind-harps, filling the air with music; -and all men become poets, and walk to the measure -of rhymes they make or remember.”</p> - -<p class="right">—Ralph Waldo Emerson, “Country Life.”</p> - -</div> - -<p>If one is so fortunate as to have his holiday -abroad, he will find the Italian hills or the Riviera -delightful either in early spring or in late -autumn; he will find the Alps at their best in -midsummer; and, at intermediate seasons, there -remain the Black Forest and the regions of -the Seine, the Rhine, and the Elbe. As for Scotland -and Ireland, no one has ventured to say -when the rains are fewest.</p> - -<h4><span class="smcap">The Hours of the Day</span></h4> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p>“Can you hear what the morning says to you, -and believe <em>that</em>? Can you bring home the summits -of Wachusett, Greylock, and the New -Hampshire hills?”</p> - -<p class="right">—Ralph Waldo Emerson, “Country Life.”</p> - -</div> - -<p>It is well, and altogether pleasantest, on the -hike, to be under way early in the morning; and -sometimes—particularly if the day’s march be -short—to finish all, without prolonged stop. Ordinarily, -it is preferable to walk till eleven or -twelve o’clock, then to rest, wash clothing, have -lunch, read, sleep, and, setting out again in the -middle of the afternoon, to complete the day’s -stage by five or six o’clock. Afterward come -bath, clean clothes, the evening meal, rest, and an -early bed.</p> - -<p>But one’s schedule should not be inflexible; one -should have acquaintance with the dawn, he -should know the voices of the night. One forgets -how many stars there are, till he finds himself<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_46" id="Page_46">[46]</a></span> -abroad at night in clear mountain air. An -all-night walk is a wonderful experience, particularly -under a full moon; and, in intensely hot -weather, a plan to walk by night may be a very -grateful arrangement.</p> - -<p>Dr. John H. Finley, of the University of the -State of New York, writes in the <cite>Outlook</cite><a name="FNanchor_3_3" id="FNanchor_3_3"></a><a href="#Footnote_3_3" class="fnanchor">[3]</a> reminiscently -of walking by night:</p> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p>“But the walks which I most enjoy, in retrospect -at any rate, are those taken at night. -Then one makes one’s own landscape with only -the help of the moon or stars or the distant lights -of a city, or with one’s unaided imagination if -the sky is filled with cloud.</p> - -<p>“The next better thing to the democracy of a -road by day is the monarchy of a road by night, -when one has one’s own terrestrial way under -guidance of a Providence that is nearer. It was -in the ‘cool of the day’ that the Almighty is -pictured as walking in the garden, but I have -most often met him on the road by night.</p> - -<p>“Several times I have walked down Staten -Island and across New Jersey to Princeton ‘after -dark,’ the destination being a particularly attractive -feature of this walk. But I enjoy also the -journeys that are made in strange places where -one knows neither the way nor the destination, -except from a map or the advice of signboard -or kilometer posts (which one reads by the flame -of a match, or, where that is wanting, sometimes -by following the letters and figures on a post -with one’s fingers), or the information, usually -inaccurate, of some other wayfarer. Most of -these journeys have been made of a necessity that -has prevented my making them by day, but I -have in every case been grateful afterward for -the necessity. In this country they have been -usually among the mountains—the Green Mountains<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_47" id="Page_47">[47]</a></span> -or the White Mountains or the Catskills. -But of all my night faring, a night on the moors -of Scotland is the most impressive and memorable, -though without incident. No mountain -landscape is to me more awesome than the moorlands -by night, or more alluring than the moorlands -by day when the heather is in bloom. Perhaps -this is only the ancestors speaking again.</p> - -<p>“But something besides ancestry must account -for the others. Indeed, in spite of it, I was -drawn one night to Assisi, where St. Francis had -lived. Late in the evening I started on to Foligno -in order to take a train in to Rome for Easter -morning. I followed a white road that wound -around the hills, through silent clusters of cottages -tightly shut up with only a slit of light -visible now and then, meeting not a human being -along the way save three somber figures accompanying -an ox cart, a man at the head of the -oxen and a man and a woman at the tail of the -cart—a theme for Millet. (I asked in broken -Italian how far it was to Foligno, and the answer -was, ‘<i lang="it">Una hora</i>’—distance in time and not in -miles.) Off in the night I could see the lights of -Perugia, and some time after midnight I began -to see the lights of Foligno—of Perugia and -Foligno, where Raphael had wandered and -painted. The adventure of it all was that when -I reached Foligno I found that it was a walled -town, that the gate was shut, and that I had -neither passport nor intelligible speech. There -is an interesting walking sequel to this journey. -I carried that night a wooden water-bottle, such -as the Italian soldiers used to carry, filling it -from the fountain at the gate of Assisi before -starting. Just a month later, under the same full -moon, I was walking between midnight and -morning in New Hampshire. I had the same -water-bottle and stopped at a spring to fill it. -When I turned the bottle upside down, a few -drops of water from the fountain of Assisi fell<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_48" id="Page_48">[48]</a></span> -into the New England spring, which for me, -at any rate, has been forever sweetened by this -association.</p> - -<p>“All my long night walks seem to me now as -but preparation for one which I was obliged to -make at the outbreak of the war in Europe. I -had crossed the Channel from England to France, -on the day that war was declared by England, to -get a boy of ten years out of the war zone. I -got as far by rail as a town between Arras and -Amiens, where I expected to take a train on a -branch road toward Dieppe; but late in the -afternoon I was informed that the scheduled -train had been canceled and that there might not -be another for twenty-four hours, if then. Automobiles -were not to be had even if I had been -able to pay for one. So I set out at dusk on foot -toward Dieppe, which was forty miles or more -distant. The experiences of that night would -in themselves make one willing to practice walking -for years in order to be able to walk through -such a night in whose dawn all Europe waked to -war. There was the quiet, serious gathering of -the soldiers at the place of rendezvous; there -were the all-night preparations of the peasants -along the way to meet the new conditions; there -was the pelting storm from which I sought -shelter in the niches for statues in the walls of -an abandoned château; there was the clatter of -the hurrying feet of soldiers or gendarmes who -properly arrested the wanderer, searched him, -took him to a guard-house, and detained him until -certain that he was an American citizen and a -friend of France, when he was let go on his way -with a ‘<i lang="fr">Bon voyage</i>’; there was the never-to-be-forgotten -dawn upon the harvest fields in which -only old men, women, and children were at work; -there was the gathering of the peasants with -commandeered horses and carts in the beautiful -park on the water-front at Dieppe; and there was -much besides; but they were experiences for the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_49" id="Page_49">[49]</a></span> -most part which only one on foot could have had.”</p> - -</div> - -<p>In answer to a request for a contribution to -this handbook, Dr. Finley replies generously, and -to the point:</p> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p>“I have never till now, so far as I can recall, -tried to set down in order my reasons for walking -by night. Nor am I aware of having given -specific reasons even to myself. It has been sufficient -that I have enjoyed this sort of vagrancy. -But since it has been asked, I will try to analyze -the enjoyment.</p> - -<p>“1. The roads are generally freer for pedestrians -by night. One is not so often pushed off -into the ditch or into the weeds at the roadside. -There is not so much of dust thrown into one’s -face or of smells into one’s nostrils. More than -this (a psychological and not a physical reason) -one is not made conscious by night of the contempt -or disdain of the automobilist, which really -contributes much to the discomfort of a sensitive -traveler on foot by day. I have ridden enough -in an automobile to know what the general automobile -attitude toward a pedestrian is.</p> - -<p>“2. Many landscapes are more beautiful and -alluring by moonlight or by starlight than by -sunlight. The old Crusader’s song intimates -this: ‘Fair is the sunlight; fairer still the moonlight -and all the twinkling starry host.’ And -nowhere in the world have I appreciated this -more fully than out in Asia Minor, Syria, and -Palestine, where the Crusaders and Pilgrims -walked by night as well as by day. But I have -particularly agreeable memories, too, of the night -landscapes in the Green Mountains.</p> - -<p>“3. By night one is free to have for companions -of the way whom one will out of any age -or clime, while by day one is usually compelled, -even when one walks alone, to choose only from -the living and the visible. In Palestine, for example,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_50" id="Page_50">[50]</a></span> -I was free to walk with prophet, priest, -and king by night, while by day the roads were -filled with Anzacs and Gurkhas and Sikhs, and -the like. Spirits walk by day, but it takes more -effort of the imagination to find them and detach -them. One of my most delightful night -memories is of a journey on foot over a road -from Assisi that St. Francis must have often -trod.</p> - -<p>“4. There is always the possibility of adventure -by night. Nothing can be long or -definitely expected, and so the unexpected is always -happening. I have been ‘apprehended’—I -do not like to say ‘arrested’—several times when -walking alone at night. Once, in France, I was -seized in the street of a village through which -I was passing with no ill intent, taken to a guard-house -and searched. But that was the night of -the day that war was declared. Once, and this -was before the war, I was held up in Rahway, -toward midnight, when I was walking to Princeton. -I was under suspicion simply because I -was walking, and walking soberly, in the middle -of the road.</p> - -<p>“5. By day one must be conscious of the physical -earth about one, even if there is no living -humanity. By night, particularly if one is walking -in strange places, one may take a universe -view of things. Especially is this true if the -stars are ahead of one and over one.</p> - -<p>“6. Then it is worth while occasionally to see -the whole circle of a twenty-four hour day, and -especially to walk into a dawn and see ‘the eye-lids -of the day.’ I had the rare fortune to be -on the road in France when the dawn came that -woke all Europe to war. And I was again on the -road one dawn when the war was coming to its -end out in the East.</p> - -<p>“7. There are as many good reasons for walking -by night as by day. But no better reason<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_51" id="Page_51">[51]</a></span> -than that one who loves to walk by night can -never fear the shadow of death.</p> - -<p>“You will ask if I have any directions to give. -I regret to say that I have not. I seldom walk -with else than a stick, a canteen of water, and a -little dried fruit in my pocket—and a box of -matches, for sometimes it is convenient to be able -to read signboards and kilometer posts even by -night.”</p> - -</div> - -<h4><span class="smcap">Speed and Distance</span></h4> - -<p>Stevenson speaks contemptuously of “the -championship walker in purple stockings,” and -indeed it is well to heed moderate counsel, lest, -in enthusiasm for <em>walking</em>, one misses after all -the supreme joys of a <em>walk</em>. At the same time, -there is danger of too little as well as of too -much. To loiter and dilly-dally (to borrow again -Stevenson’s phrase) changes a walk into something -else—something more like a picnic.</p> - -<p>Really to walk one should travel with swinging -stride and at a good round pace. Ten or -twenty miles covered vigorously are not half so -wearying to body nor to mind as when dawdled -through. One need not be “a champion walker -in purple stockings” covering five miles an hour -and fifty miles a day.</p> - -<p>If one is traveling without burden, he should -do three and a half to four miles an hour; if he -carries twenty pounds, his pace should be not -more than three and a half; and if he carries -thirty, it should be three miles an hour, at most. -When traveling under a load, one has no mind -to run; on an afternoon’s ramble, one may run -down gentle grades “for the fun of it,” but on -the hike it is best always to keep one foot on the -ground. The perennial, weekly, conditioning<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_52" id="Page_52">[52]</a></span> -walk should require about three hours; and the -distance covered should be at least ten miles. On -a tour, continued day after day, one should ordinarily -walk for five, six, or seven hours a day, and -cover, on the average, fifteen to twenty miles. -With three weeks to spare, one has, say, ten to -fifteen walking days—rain may interfere, there -are things to be seen, one does not want to walk -every day. At the average rate of twenty miles -a day—which one can easily do under a fifteen-pound -pack—the distance covered should be 200 -to 250 miles. If one carries thirty pounds, he -travels more slowly, and makes side trips, and -covers a stretch of say a hundred miles of -country.</p> - -<p>The figures given are applicable to walking -in comparatively level regions; in mountain -climbing, of course, they do not hold. To ascend -three thousand feet in elevation, at any gradient, -is at the least a half-day’s work; it may be much -more. Furthermore, in mountaineering at great -and unaccustomed altitudes—8,000 feet and upwards—great -care must be taken against over exertion. -One who has had experience in ascending -Alpine peaks will remember that, under the -leadership of his guides, he was required to stop -and rest for fifteen minutes in each hour, to eat -an Albert biscuit, and to drink a swallow of tea -mixed with red wine.</p> - -<p>Professor William Morris Davis, in “Excursions -around Aix-les-Bains,” gives the following -notes upon speed in mountain-climbing:</p> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p>“While walking up hill, adopt a moderate pace -that can be steadily maintained, and keep going. -Inexperienced climbers are apt to walk too fast -at first and, on feeling the strain of a long ascent, -to become discouraged and “give it up”; or if<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_53" id="Page_53">[53]</a></span> -they persist to the top, they may be tempted to -accept bodily fatigue as an excuse for the indolent -contemplation of a view, the full enjoyment -of which calls for active observation. Let -these beginners remember that many others have -shared their feelings, but have learned to regard -temporary fatigue as a misleading adviser. -There is no harm done if one becomes somewhat -tired; exhaustion is prevented by reducing the -pace when moderate fatigue begins. Let the -mind rest on agreeable thoughts while the body -is working steadily during a climb; when the -summit is reached, let the body rest as comfortably -as possible while the mind works actively in -a conscious examination of the view. Avoid the -error of neglecting the view after making a great -effort in attaining the view point.</p> - -<p>“An ascent of 400 or 475 m. [1300-1550 feet] -an hour may ordinarily be made on a mountain -path; where paths are wanting, ascent is much -slower; where rock climbing is necessary, slower -still. Descent is usually much shortened by cutoffs -at zigzags in the path of ascent: the time of -descent may be only a half or a third of that required -for ascent.”</p> - -</div> - -<p>One should not set out on any tour, whether -in the mountains or elsewhere, and, without -preparation, undertake to do twenty miles a day. -During the weeks preceding departure, one -should be careful not to miss his ten-mile weekly -hike; and he should, if possible, get out twice a -week, and lengthen the walks.</p> - -<p>In planning his itinerary, he will not fix the -average distance and walk up to it each day. Let -him go about the matter gradually—fifteen miles -the first day, twenty the second; on the third -day let him lie by and rest, and on the fourth -do twenty again. With the fourth day he will -find his troubles ended. The second day is, usually,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_54" id="Page_54">[54]</a></span> -the hardest—ankles tired, feet tender, -shoulders lame from the burden of the knapsack; -but, by sticking at it bravely through the afternoon, -the crest of difficulty will be overpassed.</p> - -<p>In this matter of speed and distance, figures -are to be accepted with freedom. Individuals -vary greatly in capacity. The attempt has been -made to give fair estimates—a rate and range -attainable by a fairly vigorous, active man, with -clear gain. The caution should be subscribed, -“Do not try to do too much.”</p> - -<h4><span class="smcap">Stunt Walking</span></h4> - -<p>These are tests of endurance in speed, in distance, -or in both; the play of the habitual pedestrian. -Discussion of the matters of <em>speed</em> and -<em>distance</em> gives opportunity for the introduction, -somewhat illogically, of this and the following -sections.</p> - -<p>There is, in the environs of a certain city, a -walk of ten miles or better, a favorite course with -a little company of pedestrians. No month -passes that they do not traverse it. Normally, -they spend two hours and a half on the way; if -some slower-footed friend be of the party, it requires -an hour more; their record, made by one -of their number, walking alone, is two hours and -twelve minutes.</p> - -<p>Fired by the example of a distinguished pedestrian, -who in the newspapers was reported to have -walked seventy-five miles on his seventy-fifth -birthday, one of the company just mentioned -essayed to do the like—a humbler matter in his -own case. He is, however, so far advanced into -middle age that he won with a good margin the -trophy of the League of Walkers, given to every<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_55" id="Page_55">[55]</a></span> -member who covers thirty miles afoot in a single -day.</p> - -<h4><span class="smcap">Championship Walking—World’s Records</span></h4> - -<table summary="Records, and record-holders, for championship walking events"> - <tr> - <th><span class="smcap">Event</span> <span class="smcap">Time</span></th> - <th><span class="smcap">Holder</span></th> - <th><span class="smcap">Nation</span></th> - <th><span class="smcap">Date</span></th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td> 1 mile—6m. 25 4-5s.</td> - <td>G. H. Goulding</td> - <td>Canada</td> - <td>June 4, 1901</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td> 2 miles—13m. 11 2-5s.</td> - <td>G. E. Larner</td> - <td>England</td> - <td>July 13, 1904</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td> 3 miles—20m. 25 4-5s.</td> - <td>G. E. Larner</td> - <td>England</td> - <td>Aug. 19, 1905</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td> 4 miles—27m. 14s.</td> - <td>G. E. Larner</td> - <td>England</td> - <td>Aug. 19, 1905</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td> 5 miles—36m. 1-5s.</td> - <td>G. E. Larner</td> - <td>England</td> - <td>Sept. 30, 1905</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td> 6 miles—43m. 26 1-5s.</td> - <td>G. E. Larner</td> - <td>England</td> - <td>Sept. 30, 1905</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td> 7 miles—50m. 50 4-5s.</td> - <td>G. E. Larner</td> - <td>England</td> - <td>Sept. 30, 1905</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td> 8 miles—58m. 18 2-5s.</td> - <td>G. E. Larner</td> - <td>England</td> - <td>Sept. 30, 1905</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td> 9 miles—1h. 7m. 37 4-5s.</td> - <td>G. E. Larner</td> - <td>England</td> - <td>July 17, 1908</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td>10 miles—1h. 15m. 57 2-5s.</td> - <td>G. E. Larner</td> - <td>England</td> - <td> July 17, 1908</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td>15 miles—1h. 59m. 12 3-5s.</td> - <td>H. V. Ross</td> - <td>England</td> - <td> May 20, 1911</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td>20 miles—2h. 47m. 52s.</td> - <td>T. Griffith</td> - <td>England</td> - <td> Dec. 30, 1870</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td>25 miles—3h. 37m. 6 4-5s.</td> - <td>S. C. A. Schofield</td> - <td>England</td> - <td>May 20, 1911</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td> 1 hr.—8 miles 438 yards.</td> - <td>G. E. Larner</td> - <td>England</td> - <td>Sept. 20, 1905</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td> 2 hrs.—15 miles 128 yards.</td> - <td>H. V. L. Ross</td> - <td>England</td> - <td>May 20, 1911</td> - </tr> -</table> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_56" id="Page_56">[56]</a></span></p> - -<h4><span class="smcap">Competitive Walking</span></h4> - -<p>Mr. George Goulding, the Canadian world’s -champion, has generously contributed the following -paragraphs on Competitive Walking. The -definition of a “fair gate,” taken by Mr. Goulding -for granted, is, “one in which one foot touches -the ground before the other leaves it, only one -leg being bent in stepping, namely, that which is -being put forward.”</p> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p>“In the present mad scramble of the business -world, men forget the need of exercise; they are -intent on rapid transit, but give little thought -to walking. Walking is the natural mode of -travel, it is one of the best forms of exercise, and -should be engaged in by everyone, and by most -people in larger degree.</p> - -<p>“If ordinary walking for health and recreation -has fallen into disuse, so has speed walking in -competition. There are, however, still a few of -the old school left, in Weston, O’Leary, Ward, -and others, who remind us of the time when the -art of fast walking was more highly esteemed in -the athletic world.</p> - -<p>“You have asked me to give my ideas on fair -heel and toe walking for competition, or speed -walking, and in replying I ask you at the outset -to take Webster’s Dictionary from your shelf and -see what the definition of <em>walk</em> is: ‘To proceed -[at a slower or faster rate] without running or -lifting one foot entirely before the other is set -down.’ Based on that definition, a set of rules -has been drawn up to govern the sport, differentiating -a fast walk from a running trot. The -chief thing for the novice just starting is to get -thoroughly acquainted with the rules and stick -to them, never violating them in the slightest.</p> - -<p>“I cannot here make minute comment upon all -the rules of championship walking, but I will do<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_57" id="Page_57">[57]</a></span> -my best to bring out in a brief way the essentials. -To simplify and make vivid what I have in -mind to say, let the reader accompany me to some -athletic track and see with me a bunch of walkers -in action.</p> - -<p>“It is a principle of walking which I have set -before myself, to economize effort, to attain -maximum speed with minimum expenditure of -strength; but you do not see that principle carried -out by all the walkers before you on the -track. One fellow over there is twisting his body -on the back stretch in an awful contortion, showing -he is not a natural walker. Another, just behind -him, is jumping in a jerky way all the time, -owing to the fact that he is not using his hips -to advantage. But look at this young chap just -taking the turn, how smoothly he works! What -freedom of action he has! Look at his hop motion! -In order to get a better view, let us step -out upon the track. Now see how his hip is -brought well round at each stride, the right being -stretched out a little to the left, and the left in -the next stride to the right, in order that he can -bring his feet, one directly in front of the other. -Notice that he walks in a perfectly straight line. -That is to say, if a direct line were drawn around -the track, he would place each foot alternately -upon it. Bear in mind that the shortest distance -between any two points is a straight line. By -this time the walker has passed us, and we get -a view of him from the field. In contrast with -the other contestants, he does not seem to have -any hip action. That is because his stride is -perfectly straight, no overlapping; his stride -shoots out right from the waist; he gets into it -every possible inch, and yet there is no disturbance -of the smoothness of his action. And with -his perfect stride note how he works his feet to -advantage: the right foot comes to the ground -heel first, and as the left leg is swung in front -of the right, the ball of the right comes down;<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_58" id="Page_58">[58]</a></span> -then, as the right foot rises to the toe position, -the heel of the left strikes the ground and in turn -takes the weight of the body. Notice how one -foot is on the ground all the time; there is no -possibility of a lift. A good test, to judge -whether a walker is ‘lifting’ or not, is to note -whether his head moves in a straight line; for, -when one lifts, the head moves up and down.</p> - -<p>“Now notice the difference in the way the different -men ‘lock’ their knees. The knee should -be perfectly straight or ‘locked’ as the foremost -foot reaches the ground, and should continue so -through the beginning of the stride. It is easier -to reach forward with a straight knee than with -a bent one. As the heel comes to contact with -the ground, the weight of the body is shifted -from the rearward to the forward foot, and the -leg that has just swung forward now begins to -propel the body. The straightened knee is at this -instant locked. The ‘lock’ should be decided and -complete. Remember this clearly, that the knee -should be first straight and then locked. A knee -bent throughout the stride is not to be approved. -The rules call for a fair heel and toe walk, with -a stiff knee, and we have got to live up to them.</p> - -<p>“With our walkers still in view as they go -around the track, let us study their arm motion. -Notice how that fellow is slashing away across -his chest. That is not necessary. Neither is the -action of the man just ahead of him, who is -throwing his arms away out laterally from the -hips. Now look at the fellow with the freedom -of action we have already noted. His arms are -fairly low, they do not rise higher than the -breast. On the forward swing of his arm the -elbow does not pass the hip, and on the backward -swing the hand does not pass the hip. The -man does not carry corks. (The less concentration -of mind upon the action of muscles the -better.)</p> - -<p>“I think I have illustrated the chief points involved<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_59" id="Page_59">[59]</a></span> -in walking according to the rules laid -down. Perhaps a summary of the rules for fair -heel and toe walk will be useful:</p> - -<p>“<em>Hip motion</em>: Just enough twist or curve given -to bring the feet alternately in one straight line.</p> - -<p>“<em>Leg action</em>: Below the waist shoot the leg out -in a straight clean drive to its full, natural limit: -hip locked, knee locked, and free play given the -foot.</p> - -<p>“<em>Foot action</em>: The heel of the right foot strikes -the ground first. As the left leg is swung in -front of the right, the foot of the right comes -down flat, then, as it is raised to toe position, the -heel of the left strikes the ground and in turn -takes the weight of the body.</p> - -<p>“<em>Carriage of the body</em>: To be perfectly upright, -with the center of gravity on the heels, the -head all the time traveling in a straight line.</p> - -<p>“<em>Knee action</em>: Knee to be straight at first and -afterwards locked.</p> - -<p>“<em>Arm action</em>: Arms act with the shoulders to -give good balance. Keep them fairly low, not -ascending any higher than the nipples; good even -swing; hand and elbow alternately reaching the -hips.</p> - -<p>“<em>Hands</em>: Recommended to be kept loose, corks -not necessary.</p> - -<p>“Having pointed out to you wherein individuals -differ, and having indicated what constitutes a -fair heel and toe walk, a few hints on training -may be helpful. My first advice to any athletic -aspirant is to undergo a medical examination, in -order to find out if he is strong enough constitutionally -to risk strenuous track work without injury -to his health. I would further suggest that -such an examination be an annual affair.</p> - -<p>“What is the purpose of training? We train to -gain efficiency in whatever branch of sport we -enter. To train properly one must concentrate<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_60" id="Page_60">[60]</a></span> -attention upon whatever pertains to his particular -sport. Through such attention one strengthens -the muscles and nerves, gains knowledge of -the strength he possesses, so that he can use it -in the right way and at the right time, to attain -the maximum amount of speed with the minimum -amount of effort. Training increases strength -of mind, self-confidence, strong nerves, patience, -thinking power, and character.</p> - -<p>“The amount of track work needed to prepare -for a walking-match will depend upon the individual, -but remember that staying in bed and -reading a set of rules will not do. There is a -lot of hard work ahead. To start with, I would -never think of entering a race without at least -three months’ preparation, be it daily or three -times per week. A long and careful training is -far better than a short and severe one, and so I -would recommend easy work for the first month, -with a gradual increase of speed as one goes -along. Do not bother with a stop watch until -the second month at the earliest.</p> - -<p>“Let me also suggest that one do a little morning -calisthenics. These exercises should focus -on developing alertness and endurance; consequently, -light, rapid movements that give the -muscles tone and firmness are the qualities to -seek in such individual exercise.</p> - -<p>“I have always found deep breathing a great -help when training for a contest. I always practice -deep breathing when out for a street walk, -inhaling through about eight steps, exhaling for -a like period.</p> - -<p>“One of the things I learned early in my career -was the value of sun baths. The blood needs -light, and one needs pure blood to win a race. -The direct rays of the sun on one’s body will -give it. Of course one should use discretion in -taking a sun bath.</p> - -<p>“One should not forget that he needs a lot of<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_61" id="Page_61">[61]</a></span> -sleep—eight full hours of it. Sleep is necessary -for resting not the body only; it should also be -a rest for the mind and the nervous system. Remember -that sleep is not mere rest in the sense -of inaction; sleep is a vital process in repairing -and rebuilding used-up nerve and brain cells, so -you see it is essential that the brain be at rest -in order to gain full recuperation.</p> - -<p>“As one becomes more advanced in the sport he -will realize how large a part the mind plays in -a race. Mental action has a great deal to do -with winning. A man should not be bluffed; let -him make up his mind he is going to win, and -that he must not get rattled; let him have his -thoughts well collected, and he will be all right.”</p> - -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_62" id="Page_62">[62]</a></span></p> - -<hr /> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_63" id="Page_63">[63]</a></span></p> - -<h2 id="III_WHERE_TO_WALK">WHERE TO WALK</h2> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_64" id="Page_64">[64]</a></span></p> - -<h3>TREES</h3> - -<div class="poetry-container"> -<div class="poetry"> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">I think that I shall never see</div> -<div class="verse">A poem lovely as a tree.</div> -</div> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">A tree whose hungry mouth is prest</div> -<div class="verse">Against the earth’s sweet flowing breast;</div> -</div> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">A tree that looks at God all day</div> -<div class="verse">And lifts her leafy arms to pray;</div> -</div> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">A tree that may in Summer wear</div> -<div class="verse">A nest of robins in her hair;</div> -</div> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">Upon whose bosom snow has lain;</div> -<div class="verse">Who intimately lives with rain.</div> -</div> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">Poems are made by fools like me,</div> -<div class="verse">But only God can make a tree.</div> -</div> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse right">Joyce Kilmer.</div> -</div> -</div> -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_65" id="Page_65">[65]</a></span></p> - -<h3>III<br /> -<span class="smaller">WHERE TO WALK</span></h3> - -<p>Anywhere. Surely the pedestrian may claim -for his recreation this advantage: it may be enjoyed -when one will and wherever one may be. -But this does not mean that there is no choice, no -preference. Says Thoreau again, “If you would -get exercise, go in search of the springs of life. -Think of a man’s swinging dumb-bells for his -health, when those springs are bubbling up in -far-off pastures unsought by him!” And Emerson -has this fresh, breezy comment:</p> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p>“The true naturalist can go wherever woods or -waters go; almost where a squirrel or a bee can -go, he can; and no man is asked for leave. Sometimes -the farmer withstands him in crossing his -lots, but ’tis to no purpose; the farmer could as -well hope to prevent the sparrows or tortoises. -It was their land before it was his, and their title -was precedent.”</p> - -</div> - -<p>Stevenson would make the surroundings a matter -of small import; the landscape, he says, is -“quite accessory,” and yet, within a page after, -he rallies Hazlitt, and playfully calls him an epicure, -because he postulates “a <em>winding</em> road, and -three hours to dinner.”</p> - -<h4><span class="smcap">Choice of Surroundings</span></h4> - -<p>There is the region about home, the region -one knows best. For muddy weather, macadam; -but, when they are at all negotiable, then always -country roads by preference. The macadam road -is all that is unpleasant—hard, dry, glaring, -straight, monotonous; overrun with noisy, dusty,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_66" id="Page_66">[66]</a></span> -evil-smelling machines, with their curious and -often unpleasant occupants. It is bordered, not -with trees, as a road should be, but with telephone -poles; a fine coating of lime dust lies like -a death pallor on what hardy vegetation struggles -to live along its margin; it is commercial, -business-like, uncompromising, and unlovely. -But the country road belongs to another world—a -world apart—and is traveled by a different -people. It, too, has its aim and destination, but -it is deliberate in its course; it neither cuts -through the hills nor fills the valleys, but accommodates -itself to the windings of streams and -to the steepness of slopes. It is soft underfoot, -shaded by trees; it finds and follows the mountain -brooks; rabbits play upon it, grouse dust -themselves in it, birds sing about it, and berries -hang from its banks black and sweet. The people -who live in the country travel upon it; it is -instinct with the life of a hundred years.</p> - -<p>If the day be clear, seek the hilltops; if not, -the wooded valleys. The pedestrian learns the -by-paths, too, and the short cuts across lots. He -can find the arbutus in its season, the blackberries -and the mushrooms in theirs. Here is a -suggestive page from Thoreau’s Journal (August -27, 1854):</p> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p>“Would it not be well to describe some of those -rough all-day walks across lots?—as that of the -15th, picking our way over quaking meadows and -swamps and occasionally slipping into the muddy -batter midleg deep; jumping or fording ditches -and brooks; forcing our way through dense blueberry -swamps, where there is water beneath and -bushes above; then brushing through extensive -birch forests all covered with green lice, which -cover our clothes and face; then, relieved, under -larger wood, more open beneath, steering for<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_67" id="Page_67">[67]</a></span> -some more conspicuous trunk; now along a rocky -hillside where the sweet-fern grows for a mile, -then over a recent cutting, finding our uncertain -footing on the cracking tops and trimmings of -trees left by the choppers; now taking a step or -two of smooth walking across a highway; now -through a dense pine wood, descending into a -rank, dry swamp, where the cinnamon fern rises -above your head, with isles of poison-dogwood; -now up a scraggy hill covered with scrub oak, -stooping and winding one’s way for half a mile, -tearing one’s clothes in many places and putting -out one’s eyes, and find[ing] at last that it has no -bare brow, but another slope of the same character; -now through a corn-field diagonally with -the rows; now coming upon the hidden melon-patch; -seeing the back side of familiar hills and -not knowing them,—the nearest house to home, -which you do not know, seeming further off than -the farthest which you do know;—in the spring -defiled with froth on various bushes, etc., etc., -etc.; now reaching on higher land some open -pigeon-place, a breathing-place for us.”</p> - -</div> - -<p>Another page, too, is worth quoting (July 12, -1852):</p> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p>“Now for another fluvial walk. There is always -a current of air above the water, blowing -up or down the course of the river, so that this -is the coolest highway. Divesting yourself of -all clothing but your shirt and hat, which are -to protect your exposed parts from the sun, you -are prepared for the fluvial excursion. You -choose what depths you like, tucking your toga -higher or lower, as you take the deep middle of -the road or the shallow sidewalks. Here is a -road where no dust was ever known, no intolerable -drouth. Now your feet expand on a smooth -sandy bottom, now contract timidly on pebbles, -now slump in genial fatty mud—greasy, saponaceous—amid -the pads. You scare out whole<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_68" id="Page_68">[68]</a></span> -schools of small breams and perch, and sometimes -a pickerel, which have taken shelter from -the sun under the pads. This river is so clear -compared with the South Branch, or main stream, -that all their secrets are betrayed to you. Or -you meet with and interrupt a turtle taking a -more leisurely walk up the stream. Ever and -anon you cross some furrow in the sand, made by -a muskrat, leading off to right or left to their -galleries in the bank, and you thrust your foot -into the entrance, which is just below the surface -of the water and is strewn with grass and -rushes, of which they make their nests. In shallow -water near the shore, your feet at once -detect the presence of springs in the bank emptying -in, by the sudden coldness of the water, and -there, if you are thirsty, you dig a little well in -the sand with your hands, and when you return, -after it has settled and clarified itself, get a -draught of pure cold water there.…</p> - -<p>“I wonder if any Roman emperor ever indulged -in such luxury as this,—of walking up and down -a river in torrid weather with only a hat to shade -the head. What were the baths of Caracalla -to this?”</p> - -</div> - -<p>It might seem that all the joys of walking are -rural; but it is not so; the city dweller knows as -well as his country cousin how to make his surroundings -serve his need. Doctor Finley, veteran -pedestrian though he be, delighting to walk to -the ends of the earth, has no word of disdain for -the streets of the city of his home. The following -passage is taken from a paper of his which -appeared in the <cite>Outlook</cite> and from which quotation -has already been made:</p> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p>“My traveling afoot, for many years, has been -chiefly in busy city streets or in the country roads -into which they run—not far from the day’s work<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_69" id="Page_69">[69]</a></span> -or from the thoroughfares of the world’s concerns.</p> - -<p>“Of such journeys on foot which I recall with -greatest pleasure are some that I have made in -the encircling of cities. More than once I have -walked around Manhattan Island (an afternoon’s -or a day’s adventure within the reach of thousands), -keeping as close as possible to the water’s -edge all the way round. One not only passes -through physical conditions illustrating the various -stages of municipal development from the -wild forest at one end of the island to the most -thickly populated spots of the earth at the other, -but one also passes through diverse cities and -civilizations. Another journey of this sort was -one that I made around Paris, taking the line of -the old fortifications, which are still maintained, -with a zone following the fortifications most of -the way just outside, inhabited only by squatters, -some of whose houses were on wheels ready for -‘mobilization’ at an hour’s notice. (It was near -the end of that circumvallating journey, about -sunset, on the last day of an old year, that I saw -my first airplane rising like a great golden bird -in the aviation field, and a few minutes later my -first elongated dirigible—precursors of the air -armies.)…</p> - -<p>“About every city lies an environing charm, -even if it have no trees, as, for example, Cheyenne, -Wyoming, where, stopping for a few hours -not long ago, I spent most of the time walking -out to the encircling mesas that give view of -both mountains and city. I have never found a -city without its walkers’ rewards. New York has -its Palisade paths, its Westchester hills and hollows, -its ‘south shore’ and ‘north shore,’ and its -Staten Island (which I have often thought of as -Atlantis, for once on a holiday I took Plato with -me to spend an afternoon on its littoral, away -from the noise of the city, and on my way home -found that my Plato had stayed behind, and he<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_70" id="Page_70">[70]</a></span> -never reappeared, though I searched car and -boat). Chicago has its miles of lake shore walks; -Albany its Helderbergs; and San Francisco, its -Golden Gate Road. And I recall with a pleasure -which the war cannot take away a number of -suburban European walks. One was across the -Campagna from Frascati to Rome, when I saw -an Easter week sun go down behind the Eternal -City. Another was out to Fiesole from Florence -and back again; another, out and up from where -the Saone joins the Rhone at Lyons; another, -from Montesquieu’s château to Bordeaux; another, -from Edinburgh out to Arthur’s Seat and -beyond; another from Lausanne to Geneva, past -Paderewski’s villa, along the glistening lake with -its background of Alps; and still another, from -Eton (where I spent the night in a cubicle looking -out on Windsor Castle) to London, starting -at dawn. One cannot know the intimate charm of -the urban penumbra who makes only shuttle -journeys by motor or street cars.”</p> - -</div> - -<h4><span class="smcap">Nature of Country</span></h4> - -<p>When it comes to the matter of choosing the -region for a walking tour, all sorts of considerations -enter in. This has been indicated already; -your naturalist will fix upon some happy hunting -ground where flowers or birds are abundant, or -fossil trilobites or dinosaurs are to be discovered; -the fisherman will seek out the mountain brooks; -the antiquarian, some remote rural region, perhaps, -or scene of battle; the genealogist will -visit the graves of his ancestors. But, leaving -for the moment such special and individual considerations -out of account, what should influence -the average pedestrian in his choice of locality?</p> - -<p>The choice of locality with relation to season -has already been considered, <a href="#Page_43">page 43</a> above.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_71" id="Page_71">[71]</a></span></p> - -<p>The choice will not fall upon a flat, undiversified -region, particularly if the season be hot and -the roads much traveled and dusty. Emerson, in -a passage extolling the pedestrian advantages of -his native Massachusetts, observes:</p> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p>“For walking, you must have a broken country. -In Illinois, everybody rides. There is no good -walk in that state. The reason is, a square yard -of it is as good as a hundred miles. You can -distinguish from the cows a horse feeding, at the -distance of five miles, with the naked eye. Hence, -you have the monotony of Holland, and when you -step out of the door can see all that you will -have seen when you come home.”</p> - -</div> - -<p>Having said so much, Emerson adds, in order -to put the Illinoian in good humor again:</p> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p>“We may well enumerate what compensating -advantages we have over that country, for ’tis a -commonplace, which I have frequently heard -spoken in Illinois, that it was a manifest leading -of the Divine Providence that the New England -states should have been first settled, before the -Western country was known, or they would never -have been settled at all.”</p> - -</div> - -<p>In Oklahoma, they say, one can look farther -and see less than anywhere else in the world.</p> - -<p>The pedestrian seeks wide horizons, but he -seeks more than that. The only classical walk -which the writer now recalls, taken in a level -region, was Thoreau’s tour along the beaches of -Cape Cod; but there was the sea—itself an unending -delight and stimulus to imagination—and -the sand dunes, with all the beauties of mountain -form in miniature.</p> - -<p>There are, of course, the great recreation -grounds of the world: the Swiss Alps, the Tyrol, -and in our own country the Glacier National -Park, the Yellowstone, and the Yosemite. Such<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_72" id="Page_72">[72]</a></span> -a place is the pedestrian’s paradise. But such a -place is, for most of us, far away; ordinarily, the -requirement is of something humbler.</p> - -<p>Let the choice then be broken country. There -is all of New England, the Adirondacks, the Appalachian -region, the Ozarks, and the great -mountain lands of the West. Some fringe of one -or another of these regions is accessible to almost -any holiday seeker. In addition to the mountainous -areas, there are the drumlins and lakes of -our glaciated northern states—New York, Michigan, -Wisconsin; and, excepting only the prairies, -there is diversity of rolling hills and winding -streams everywhere.</p> - -<h4><span class="smcap">The Goal and the Road</span></h4> - -<p>It is well to have an objective in a walk, a -focus of interest, a climax of effort: a historical -objective—the grave of Washington, perhaps, or -the battlefield of Israel Putnam; or a natural -objective—the summit of Mt. Marcy, or Lake -Tahoe, or the Mammoth Cave.</p> - -<p>Do not, however, set out from the point of -chief interest; let there be a gradual approach; -if possible, let the hardest work come near the -end; let the highest mountain be the last.</p> - -<p>Search out objects of interest within five hundred -miles of home, choose one of them as the -goal—be it mountain, trout stream, or Indian -mound—and let the way lead to it.</p> - -<p>On long tours, seek variety—variety of woods, -rivers, mountains. Do not, by choice, go and -return over the same road, nor even through -the same region. Better walk one way and go -by train the other.</p> - -<p>In crossing mountain ranges, ascend the gradual<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_73" id="Page_73">[73]</a></span> -slope and descend the steep. (On precipices, -however, there is less danger in climbing up than -down.)</p> - -<p>Walk from south to north, by preference; it is -always best to have the sun at one’s back.</p> - -<p>Avoid macadam roads—except when country -roads are muddy, or on a night walk. By night -smooth footing is especially advantageous. Macadam -is wearing to both body and mind—and -sole leather; immediately after rain it is tolerable. -Avoid highways, seek byways. Leave even -the byways at times, and travel across country.</p> - -<h4><span class="smcap">Maps</span></h4> - -<p>On map making, see <a href="#Page_111">page 111</a>.</p> - -<p>A map is useful, and, on an extended tour, almost -necessary. Topographic maps, showing -towns and roads also, of a large part of the -United States are published by the United States -Geological Survey. Better maps could not be desired. -Different regions are mapped to different -scale, but, for the greater part, each map or -“quadrangle” covers an area measuring 15′ -in extent each way; the scale is 1:62,500, or about -a mile to an inch. Each quadrangle measures -approximately 12¾ × 17½ inches and displays an -area of 210-225 square miles, the area varying -with the latitude. To traverse one quadrangle -from south to north means, if the country be hilly -and the roads winding, to walk twenty miles or -more.</p> - -<p>On these maps water is printed in blue, contour -lines in brown, and cultural features—roads, -towns, county lines—in black. A contour line is -a line which follows the surface at a fixed altitude; -one who follows a contour line will go<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_74" id="Page_74">[74]</a></span> -neither uphill nor down, but on the level. The -contour interval, that is, the difference in elevation -between adjacent contour lines, is stated at -the bottom of each quadrangle. It is not uniform -for all the areas mapped, and is greater in mountains -and less in level regions. Every fourth or -fifth contour line is made heavier than the -others.</p> - -<p>A little experience will teach one to read a contour -map at a glance; the shape of the hills is -indicated, and their steepness. In addition, -these maps bear in figures (and in feet) actual -elevations above sea level.</p> - -<p>Besides the quadrangles on the unit of area -mentioned, the Survey publishes maps to larger -scale, of regions of exceptional importance: -Boston and vicinity, for instance; Washington -and vicinity; the Gettysburg battlefield; the -Niagara gorge; Glacier National Park; industrial -regions such as Franklin Furnace, N. J., and -vicinity.</p> - -<p>Application may be made to The Director, -United States Geological Survey, Washington, -D. C., for an index map of any particular region -in which one is interested; the index map is -marked off into quadrangles, and each quadrangle -bears its distinctive name. Information regarding -larger maps is also given. So that, on consulting -the index map, one may order by name -the particular quadrangles or larger maps he may -desire. The price of the quadrangles is ten cents -each, or six cents each for fifty or more. The -larger maps units are of varying price.</p> - -<p>For remoter regions, not yet mapped by Government, -ruder maps may ordinarily be had.</p> - -<p>Such foreign regions as the Alps are, of course, -perfectly mapped. The maps in Baedeker’s guidebooks<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_75" id="Page_75">[75]</a></span> -are good, and better still may be had, if -one desires.</p> - -<p>It is a good plan to have the maps of one’s -home region mounted on linen and shellaced.</p> - -<p><em>Map case.</em> Maps of small size and constantly -in use may be put in form for carrying by cutting -them into sections and mounting them on linen, -with spaces for folding left between the edges of -adjacent sections. A map so mounted may be -folded and carried in an oiled silk envelope. -Leather is not a satisfactory material for such a -case, for, when carried in one’s clothing, it becomes -wet through with perspiration.</p> - -<p>For a walk on which one has occasion to use a -number of maps, it is preferable to provide oneself -with a cylindrical case of sheet tin, in which -the rolled maps may be contained. A suitable -case for the Geological Survey quadrangles measures -eighteen inches in length and two in diameter. -A close-fitting lid slips over the open -end, and there are runners soldered to one side, -through which a supporting strap may pass. A -small hole in the bottom facilitates the putting -on and removal of the lid. Any tinsmith can -make such a case in a short time. It should be -painted outside. It may be suspended by a strap -from the shoulders, and so be easily accessible, -or it may, if preferred, be secured to or carried -within the knapsack.</p> - -<h4><span class="smcap">Walking by Compass</span></h4> - -<p>Where roads are many and villages frequent, -one may easily find his way, map in hand. But -in the wilderness the map must be supplemented -by the compass. The beginner should go gradually -about this matter of traveling by compass;<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_76" id="Page_76">[76]</a></span> -he should gain experience in small undertakings. -For one acquainted with the art, there is in its -practice an alluring element of novelty and adventure. -Most of all, one needs to teach himself -to rely on his compass <em>implicitly</em>.</p> - -<p>A few suggestions about walking by compass -may be useful. <em>First</em>, study the map, and note -the objective points; <em>second</em>, on setting out, have -always a definite point in mind and know its exact -bearing; refer to the compass repeatedly, directing -one’s course to a tree, rock shoulder, or other -landmark, and on reaching it, appeal to the compass -again, to define a new mark; <em>third</em>, in making -detours, around bogs or cliffs, use the wits, -and make proper compensation; <em>finally</em>, and as -has once been said, but cannot be too often said, -trust the compass.</p> - -<p>From a mountain top, if the destination can -be seen, one may study the contour of the land -between and, engraving it surely in mind, direct -his course accordingly. But ability to do this is -gained only through long experience. For a -novice to attempt it were foolhardy, and might -lead to serious consequences.</p> - -<p>In making mental note of landmarks, one -should, so far as possible, get <em>two aligned points</em> -on the course ahead, for by keeping the alignment -deviation may be corrected.</p> - -<p>On a clear day, having laid one’s course, one -may follow it by the guidance of one’s shadow. -But here again, some experience is needed, before -trusting one’s ability too far.</p> - -<p>One’s watch may serve as a rude compass, remembering -that at sunrise (approximately in the -east and approximately at six o’clock) <em>the watch -being set to sun time</em>, if the watch be so placed -that the hour hand points to the sun, the north<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_77" id="Page_77">[77]</a></span> -and south line will lie across the dial, from the -three o’clock index number to nine. And at any -succeeding time of the day, if the hour hand be -pointed to the sun, south will lie midway between -the point where the hour hand lies and the index -number twelve. Manifestly, this improvised compass -can be exactly right only at equinox, and -only when the watch is set to meridian time.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_78" id="Page_78">[78]</a></span></p> - -<hr /> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_79" id="Page_79">[79]</a></span></p> - -<h2 id="IV_WALKING_CLUBS">WALKING CLUBS IN AMERICA</h2> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_80" id="Page_80">[80]</a></span></p> - -<h3>UPHILL</h3> - -<div class="poetry-container"> -<div class="poetry"> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">Does the road wind uphill all the way?</div> -<div class="verse indent1">Yes, to the very end.</div> -</div> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">Will the day’s journey take the whole long day?</div> -<div class="verse indent1">From morn to night, my friend.</div> -</div> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">But is there for the night a resting-place?</div> -<div class="verse indent1">A roof for when the slow, dark hours begin.</div> -</div> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">May not the darkness hide it from my face?</div> -<div class="verse indent1">You cannot miss that inn.</div> -</div> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">Shall I meet other wayfarers at night?</div> -<div class="verse indent1">Those who have gone before.</div> -</div> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">Then must I knock, or call when just in sight?</div> -<div class="verse indent1">They will not keep you waiting at that door.</div> -</div> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">Shall I find comfort, travel-sore and weak?</div> -<div class="verse indent1">Of labor you shall find the sum.</div> -</div> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">Will there be beds for me and all who seek?</div> -<div class="verse indent1">Yea, beds for all who come.</div> -</div> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse right">Christina G. Rossetti.</div> -</div> -</div> -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_81" id="Page_81">[81]</a></span></p> - -<h3>IV<br /> -<span class="smaller">WALKING CLUBS IN AMERICA</span></h3> - -<p>The walking clubs of Europe have had a long -and useful history. The favored regions, particularly -the Alps, the Bavarian highlands, and the -Black Forest, have, time out of mind, been the -holiday land for all the European peoples. Walking -there is in vogue as nowhere else in the -world, unless it be among the English lakes. Before -the war it was interesting to an American -visitor in the Tyrol to observe how many people -spent their holidays afoot—and how many sorts -of people: men, women, old, young. Sometimes -one met whole families walking together. It was -not a surprising thing to encounter a fresh-cheeked -schoolgirl on the peak of the Wildspitze; -and pedestrian bridal tours seemed to be, in some -strata of society at least, quite the thing. But -the impressive fact was that there were hundreds -of people—men, women, and children—tramping -the mountains together, and finding the inseparable -desiderata, health and happiness.</p> - -<p>This enthusiasm for walking has expressed -itself in walking clubs; they are part of the -“Movement”: The Alpine Club, <i lang="fr">Le Club Alpin -Français</i>, <i lang="it">Il Club Alpino Italiano</i>, <i lang="de">Die Deutsche -und Oesterreiche Alpenverein</i>, <i lang="de">Der Schweize -Alpenclub</i>, etc. These clubs lay trails and blaze -them, through chasms, across passes, and to summits. -(It is the pedestrian alone to whom the -mountains reveal their extremest beauties.) The -clubs maintain, at comfortable intervals, mountain -huts, where one may find simple food and -a clean bed; and they prepare and publish maps -and guidebooks.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_82" id="Page_82">[82]</a></span></p> - -<p>We are followers of the Europeans, and we -have this advantage of followers, that we may -see and profit by all that they have done.</p> - -<p>Already there are many walking clubs in -America; their memberships are greatest, as -might be expected, in New England and on the -Pacific Coast. Some of these organizations are -concerned chiefly with feats of mountaineering; -others with the needs of the greater number of -ordinary people. It is of the clubs of this latter -class that some account will here be given. But -at the outset a word of apology is needed. The -data from which this chapter is prepared are in -the necessity of the case casually collected; it -cannot be otherwise than that they are fragmentary; -and the result must be faulty and ill -proportioned. The chapter is offered as a provisional -one. Organizations not mentioned, but -which might have had place with those which -are, are requested to furnish data respecting -themselves; all interested are invited to note mistakes -and give advice of corrections, to the end -that a more useful and more nearly satisfactory -chapter may ultimately appear. Communications -may be addressed to the League of Walkers, 347 -Madison Avenue, New York.</p> - -<h4><span class="smcap">The Appalachian Mountain Club</span></h4> - -<p>One of the oldest and the most distinguished -of the walking clubs of America, is the Appalachian -Mountain Club, of Boston, with its two outlying -“chapters,” in New York, and in Worcester, -Mass. Following is the official statement of the -Club’s objects and activities.</p> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p>“The Appalachian Mountain Club was organized -in Boston in January, 1876, to ‘explore the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_83" id="Page_83">[83]</a></span> -mountains of New England and the adjacent regions, -both for scientific and artistic purposes.’ -Its activities are directed not only toward the -preservation of the natural beauty of our mountain -resorts,—and in particular their forests,—but -also toward making them still more accessible -and enjoyable through the building of paths and -camps, the publishing of maps and guidebooks, -the collecting of scientific data, and the conducting -of numerous field excursions.</p> - -<p>“In the fulfilment of its main purpose it has -built and maintained over two hundred miles of -trails, three stone huts and nine open log shelters, -all in the White Mountains, and a clubhouse -on Three Mile Island in Lake Winnepesaukee. -It has also acquired sixteen reservations, held -purely in trust for the benefit of the public, in -New Hampshire, Maine, and Massachusetts. It -annually conducts four long excursions: one in -February for snowshoeing, one in July, one in -August, for those who prefer camp life, and one -in early autumn, besides the same number of -shorter trips in February, May, early September, -and at Christmas. These are mainly in New -England and New York. In addition there are -Saturday afternoon walks to various points of -interest in the country around Boston and New -York City, the latter under the New York Chapter. -Occasionally there are special walks for -those interested in natural history. Those wishing -to go farther afield can obtain privileges in -connection with the annual outings of the western -mountaineering clubs.</p> - -<p>“From October to May monthly meetings are -held in Boston and to these members may invite -friends. In connection with these meetings illustrated -lectures are given upon mountain regions -and other outdoor subjects of interest.</p> - -<p>“Clubrooms are maintained in the Tremont -Building [in Boston], where committee meetings<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_84" id="Page_84">[84]</a></span> -and small informal gatherings are held, and -where the fine library, many maps, and a large -collection of photographs are kept.…</p> - -<p>“Members are kept informed of the activities -of the Club by a monthly Bulletin, and at least -once a year an illustrated magazine, entitled <cite>Appalachia</cite>, -is published.… In addition the -Club has published a ‘Guide to Paths in the -White Mountains and Adjacent Regions’ ($2.00), -a ‘Bibliography of the White Mountains’ ($1.00), -‘Walks and Rides about Boston’ ($1.25), a booklet -‘Equipment for Climbing and Camping’ (10 -cents), and a ‘Snowshoe Manual’ (10 cents).</p> - -<p>“In January, 1919, there were about 2300 members -(the New York Chapter numbers 145). -Membership in the Club costs eight dollars for -the first year and four dollars a year thereafter. -No climbing qualification is necessary, but candidates -must be nominated by two club members, -to whom they are personally known, and approved -by the Committee on Membership. Application -blanks and further information may be had by -addressing the Corresponding Secretary, 1050 -Tremont Building, Boston.”</p> - -</div> - -<h4><span class="smcap">The Green Mountain Club</span></h4> - -<p>The Green Mountain Club, of Vermont, was -organized March 11, 1910, with the object of -making the remotest and wildest regions of the -Green Mountains accessible to pedestrians. As -rapidly as its income permits, it is building the -Long Trail, which when completed will be a “skyline” -trail for walkers, following the mountain -ridges and ascending the peaks, throughout a -course of about 250 miles, from the Canadian line -to Massachusetts.</p> - -<p>Two portions of the trail have already been -built and are in use: one, a stretch of thirty miles,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_85" id="Page_85">[85]</a></span> -extending north and south near Rutland; the -other, a continuous section of sixty-seven miles, -extending from Middlebury Gap, fourteen miles -east of Middlebury, northward, to Smugglers’ -Notch, on the east side of Mount Mansfield. It -requires eight days to cover this section of the -Trail. There is a cabin of the Club, or a clubhouse, -farmhouse, or hotel available at the end -of each day’s hike. It is better to carry food -and blankets, though blankets may be hired and -food sent in under arrangements made in advance. -There is good prospect that by the end -of the summer (of 1919) new trails will be built, -connecting the two portions mentioned, and extending -the northern stretch some miles further, -to Johnson. The Club will then have built and -brought under its care 130 miles of continuous -trail.</p> - -<p>Some account of walking the Long Trail may -be found in “Vacation Tramps in New England -Highlands,” by Allen Chamberlain.</p> - -<p>The dues of the Club are $1.00 a year; the -membership exceeds 600. There are several sections -or branches, each of which has charge of -the construction and maintenance of a section of -the Long Trail.</p> - -<p>The Burlington Section in the course of the -year holds a number of outings in the vicinity of -Burlington, and conducts two or three trips into -the mountains. On Washington’s Birthday, each -year it makes a trip, either to Mount Mansfield -or to the Couching Lion.</p> - -<p>The New York Section, organized in 1916, has -212 members. It conducts many half-day, full-day, -and week-end outings in the vicinity of New -York City, and an occasional excursion to the -Green Mountains. During the year 1918-1919, in<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_86" id="Page_86">[86]</a></span> -addition to the activities indicated, it gave three -social reunions with camp fire suppers, four illustrated -lectures, conducted a pilgrimage to the -home of John Burroughs, and held a membership -dinner at a New York hotel.</p> - -<p>For information regarding the Long Trail, advice -about shelters, for maps, and for suggestions -regarding particular hikes, write to the Corresponding -Secretary, 6 Masonic Temple, Burlington, -Vt.</p> - -<h4><span class="smcap">The American Alpine Club</span></h4> - -<p>The American Alpine Club requires the highest -qualifications for membership of any walking -club. Its one hundred members come from all -parts of the country. An annual dinner is given -in Boston, New York, or Philadelphia. The address -of the secretary is 2029 Q St., Washington, -D. C.</p> - -<h4><span class="smcap">Walking Clubs of New York</span></h4> - -<p>Mr. Albert Handy is the historian of the walking -clubs of New York, and his account of them -is, with his generous permission, here given. It -appeared first in the New York <cite>Evening Post -Saturday Magazine</cite>, for May 6, 1916, and has -been revised for the purposes of this handbook.</p> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p>“The first walking club in America of which -any record is found was the little Alpine Club -organized by some of the professors at Williamstown, -Mass., which came into being about 1863 -and went out of being a few years later. But -before its demise Mr. and Mrs. Henry E. Buermeyer -and William B. (better known as ‘Father -Bill’) Curtiss had formed the habit of exploring -the wilds of Staten Island or the highlands of the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_87" id="Page_87">[87]</a></span> -Hudson—there were no developments then, and -it was a wilderness—on Sundays. ‘Father Bill’ -Curtis was the premier athlete of America and -the founder of the New York Athletic Club. Mrs. -Buermeyer was one of the first women to ride a -bicycle in this country, and Mr. Buermeyer was -a noted swimmer.</p> - -<p>“This little group constituted the beginnings of -the Fresh Air Club, which is today the oldest -walking club in New York, and which can alone -contest the claim of the Appalachian Mountain -Club to the premiership of the United States. -Shortly after its foundation the winged-foot -organization sent a score of its members on these -walks and Mrs. Buermeyer dropped out. Later -some members of the old American Athletic Club, -in conjunction with others from the Manhattan -Athletic Club, developed a walking cult, and for a -time pedestrianism seemed destined to become a -popular pastime. In this group was E. Berry -Wall, whose name is associated with dancing -rather than athletics in the minds of the majority -of New Yorkers.</p> - -<p>“Then interest diminished gradually until each -organization furnished but a negligible number -of walkers. Followed something in the nature of -a renaissance, the two groups consolidated, and -the present Fresh Air Club came into being.</p> - -<p>“In the early eighties interest in athletics increased, -there were organized baseball clubs, tennis -clubs, cricket clubs, but for a long period the -Fresh Air Club was the only organization devoted -to walking, with the exception of the Westchester -Walking Club, otherwise known as the -Westchester Hare and Hounds (whose members -were recruited from the then prosperous but -long since defunct Harlem Athletic Club), which -rose, flourished, and decayed, leaving its spirit -and traditions to be carried by the Fresh Air -Club, which in February, 1890, was incorporated.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_88" id="Page_88">[88]</a></span></p> - -<p>“What the Appalachian Mountain Club did for -New Hampshire the Fresh Air Club did for the -country within a fifty-mile radius of New York; -there is not a section of northern New Jersey, or -of Rockland, Westchester, or Orange County, -which has not been explored by some of its members. -On Friday of each week during the tramping -season ‘Father Bill’ who was official pathfinder, -would go over the route of the walk projected -for the following Sunday, when necessary -blazing a trail, so that the party might proceed -without any delay or casting about for the right -road, until finally the paths up Storm King, Bear -Mountain—there wasn’t any Interstate Park -then—Anthony’s Nose, and the highlands of the -Hudson became as familiar to him as the path -to his own door.…</p> - -<p>“Today the Club has about seventy-five members, -of whom some forty are active. Its walking -season extends from October to December and -from March to June, and walks are scheduled for -all Sundays and holidays, to a few of which women -friends of members are invited. During the winter -months skating excursions, when weather -conditions are favorable, are substituted for -walking. The Fresh Air Club does not seek an -increase in membership; in fact, a member remarked -to the writer that it did not desire publicity -or even a considerable amount of inquiry -from would-be candidates for membership. Its -bulletin states:</p> - -<p>“‘That its constitution, by-laws, and rules have -not been, and will not be, published; that it accepts -no members who are not good cross-country -walkers, and that membership can be -obtained only after personal acquaintance and -such participation in the excursions of the Club -as is needed to prove the candidate’s fitness and -ability.… Participation by non-members -in the excursions of the Club is by invitation -only.’</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_89" id="Page_89">[89]</a></span></p> - -<p>“As a veracious chronicler it becomes incumbent -upon me to here set down that during its long -existence of nearly half a century it has exercised -practically no influence and has never attained -a place in the sun as a constructive factor in the -encouragement of general walking, although its -object, according to its certificate of incorporation, -is the ‘encouragement and promotion of outdoor -sport for health and pleasure.’</p> - -<p>“The year 1911 was momentous in the history -of walking. Outdoor life was enjoying a popular -boom; for this condition the motor car and the -country club were in large measure responsible. -The open-air enthusiast found a ready hearing, -his preachments falling upon fertile ground. In -this year a little group of about ten walkers -organized the Walkers’ Club of America, and almost -simultaneously Charles G. Bullard, of the -Appalachian Mountain Club, established a New -York branch of that organization, the membership -being drawn principally from the members -of the Boston Club residing in or near this city. -Prominent among the organizers of the Walkers’ -Club was James H. Hocking, one of the most -enthusiastic pedestrians in this country, and one -who believes that walking will cure most of the -ills to which mind and body are heir. This -organization was opposed to hiding its light -under a bushel; its conception of its functions -was thoroughly democratic; its primary purpose -was to induce the largest number of people possible -to use their legs in the way that God intended -that they should.</p> - -<p>“Now, while walking could scarcely be said to -be attaining widespread popularity, there was in -the ensuing year or two a steady growth in interest. -A walking organization was formed by -some of the members of the Crescent Athletic -Club in conjunction with the Union League Club, -also of the ‘city of homes and churches,’ and a<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_90" id="Page_90">[90]</a></span> -programme of Sunday walks was prepared. But -it was in 1913 that the actual recrudescence in -walking occurred, when the <cite>Evening Post</cite> and -the <cite>Times</cite> gave considerable space to articles on -walking. In the late winter of that year, too, -there began to appear inconspicuous paragraphs -on the sporting pages of the Monday morning -papers to the effect that on the previous day members -of the Walkers’ Club had hiked from City -Hall to Coney Island, or perhaps from St. George -to New Dorp or from Columbus Circle to -Hastings.</p> - -<p>“The schedule time of the Coney Island walk, -for the novice squad, to be completed before -noon, was about two hours and a half. And the -average New Yorker, who regards a long sleep -and a good breakfast on Sunday mornings as his -inalienable rights, gazed gloomily at these items, -and then turned to an account of a murder or a -break in the stockmarket, anything in fact radiating -a more cheerful influence. Even the enthusiastic -golfer sighed to himself as he thanked -God that he was not as some other man.</p> - -<p>“It was in 1913, too, that the Ladies’ Walking -Club, affiliated with the Walkers’ Club of America, -was organized, but it has never had many -members or attained any marked degree of popularity. -Prior, however, to its formation, the -Alumnæ Committee on Athletics of Barnard College -prepared a programme of intercollegiate -outings for Saturdays, Sundays, and holidays, -which included several pleasant hikes; and these -attracted a much greater number of participants -than did the events of the Ladies’ Walking Club.</p> - -<p>“Under the impetus derived from the Walkers’ -Club several of the evening high schools formed -pedestrian organizations which turned out with -the parent body. One of the morning newspapers -offered century medals, which seems to have materially -stimulated interest, and by the beginning<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_91" id="Page_91">[91]</a></span> -of 1915 there were six or eight schools that sent -out their squads of hikers every Sunday.</p> - -<p>“It was early in 1915 that the Walkers’ Club, -with a membership of over two hundred, was -incorporated. Shortly thereafter a schism arose -in its ranks, which resulted in the birth of the -American Walkers’ Association. At a meeting -of the Walkers’ Club, held in June, seven members -withdrew. Within a week twelve men had -formed the Walkers’ Association, which was almost -immediately incorporated. Of the split it -may be said that it was deplorable, and beyond -that its history must occupy a blank page in the -annals of American walking.</p> - -<p>“The Walkers’ Association immediately began -an aggressive campaign to secure members. It -adopted a small emblem which the majority of -the one hundred and twenty men on its rolls wear. -It also adopted the walking associations of most -of the evening high schools, as well as all promising -material which it could discover. Finally -it organized a women’s branch with a schedule -of walks of its own. It points with pride to a -membership of over 135, a record of 17,856 miles -covered by members on its hikes, so that if a -message had been relayed it might have crossed -the continent five times; to one hike on which -107 men turned out, and to another—not the -same hike—when fifty miles was covered in a -day.</p> - -<p>“The walks of the Walkers’ Club and the -Walkers’ Association invariably start from New -York, and up to the present time have invariably -been along the high roads which the pedestrian -must share, in unequal distribution, with the -motorcar and other vehicles. A speed of four to -six miles an hour is maintained and the walks -vary from ten to fifty miles in length. The -walkers are divided into squads, graded according -to speed and the distance to be covered. The<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_92" id="Page_92">[92]</a></span> -hikes of the Fresh Air Club, on the other hand, -start from some point reached by train, twenty -to forty miles from New York, and the trail leads -through the woods and over the hills, through -streams and bogs and over rocks and fallen trees, -with an occasional stretch of road as an incident -to the walk.</p> - -<p>“Like the Walkers’ Club it has a schedule, and -where the going is good a speed of four miles or -better is maintained. The walks terminate at a -railway station which must be reached before -train time. The Appalachians, however, -saunter, they rarely exceed ten miles on their -local tramps, they proceed leisurely cross country, -if they see a hill that appeals to them they -climb it and enjoy the view, or they linger on the -shores of some lake. The Club walks are all held -on Saturday afternoons and holidays, Sunday -walking being mildly disapproved.</p> - -<p>“As a purely constructive factor in the development -of pedestrianism in the eastern United -States, the Walkers’ Club and Walkers’ Association -probably lead. Other clubs have conceived -theories—ideals, perhaps—these organizations -have created pedestrians. Their walking season -extends from the 21st of June to the 22nd of December, -and from the 22nd of December to the -21st of June. Both clubs have trained people to -walk. An officer of one of them once remarked -to the writer that fifty per cent of the members -did not know how to use their legs.</p> - -<p>“The Walkers’ Club has to its credit an extended -list of activities. It fathered the evening high -schools’ walking movement; it inaugurated a -campaign of publicity; it has through Pathfinder -Hocking planned walks of from one day to one -week for individuals and groups; it has done -much to raise pedestrianism from its low estate -to an equality with other sports and the end is not -yet. ‘Hocking,’ said a member of a rival organization,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_93" id="Page_93">[93]</a></span> -‘has done more for walking than any -other man in America, but—’ and the rest of the -sentence I have transferred to that unpublished -page in the annals of walking on which the recording -secretary spilled his ink.</p> - -<p>“A few years ago the Walkers’ Association -mapped out a most elaborate program. With the -consummation of its plans, however, the war materially -interfered. It was intended to create a -large number of walking squads. There was to -be a squad for the ‘tired business man’—that -variety of the genus homo of whom we read -much and whom we never see; a cross-country -squad, which would take tramps similar to the -hikes of the Fresh Air Club; an afternoon squad -for the man who desired to spend his Sunday -mornings in dreams; and any other kind of squad -that anyone might desire to suggest.</p> - -<p>“It planned the establishment of affiliated clubs -in other cities, and ultimately an organization -which would in some respects resemble the <i lang="de">Wandervogel</i>, -the great national pedestrian body of -Germany. At the present time it has a prosperous -branch at Cleveland with a membership in -excess of five hundred.</p> - -<p>“In the meantime, before a consummation of -their more ambitious plans can be hoped for, -much less realized, it were well if a federation -of all the walking clubs in New York was perfected, -with a common headquarters, where maps -and data of much value might be made available -to all hikers, and where frequent gatherings -might be held for the interchange of ideas and -experiences. And to the attainment of this object -the Walkers’ Association may well address -itself.”</p> - -</div> - -<h4><span class="smcap">Wanderlust</span></h4> - -<p>“Wanderlust” is the appellative under which -Saturday afternoon walks in the vicinity of Philadelphia -are organized. They have been conducted<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_94" id="Page_94">[94]</a></span> -for now ten years. Schedules of walks -are published quarterly in advance, and the leaflets -bear this advertisement:</p> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p>“These walks are arranged for the general -public. There are no fees, dues nor other requirements. -Everyone is welcome, on one walk -or all. All that is necessary is to be at the starting -place at the time appointed. The only cost -is that of carfare. The walks are all about five -miles, and often include some points of interest, -although no special effort is made by the leaders -toward that aim. No fast walking is done, as -new people come each week, and might not be -able to keep up. The whole aim of the walks is -to get people out into the open, to learn how even -a simple exercise like walking can mean strength -and health for those who seek it, and pleasure -for all.… Copies [of this announcement] -will be mailed only to those who send a stamped, -addressed envelope to any active member of the -Committee, or to the Secretary.”</p> - -</div> - -<p>The secretary (address 351 East Chelton Avenue, -Germantown, Pa.) writes (June 13, 1919):</p> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p>“The Wanderlust goes on about the same as it -has done since 1910, though our numbers have -been much smaller during and since the war. -So many of our followers were engaged in war -work, or working overtime, that we noticed their -absence very much. For many years our average -was about fifty, but for the past two years -it has been around thirty.</p> - -<p>“We have two classes of walkers, the regulars, -many of whom have been along from the start, -and the irregulars, who come from one to a -dozen times, and seem to drop away for no reason -we can learn. Many people come once and never -again, probably disappointed to find the walkers -a happy lot, who apparently need little to satisfy -them. That conclusion we arrived at after hearing<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_95" id="Page_95">[95]</a></span> -their remarks on many occasions. But the -critics were not ‘hikers’ and did not have the -spirit.</p> - -<p>“About the permanence of such an undertaking, -I can only say that I feel sure we have lasted so -long because we avoided any form or attempt at -organization, and kept it a free-for-all-come-once-or-always -outing party.</p> - -<p>“We profited by the mistakes of some other -cities, where they organized, with the usual factional -rivalry, and breaking-up of the club, and -in another case, the growth of an exclusive club, -shutting out many who could not afford to continue. -So we have fought all attempts (on the -part of a few) to organize in any way. Of course -that means that someone must head the committee -and volunteer to be the secretary or chairman. -Being an assistant to the Director of Physical -Education, I was asked to take charge of the -Wanderlust about eight years ago and am still a -willing secretary, and believe that by keeping the -hike under the Department we are keeping it -from breaking up or changing into a less desirable -form. Our aim is to give an opportunity to -grown people to get some of the physical training -and efficiency that the school children get in our -schools, and at the same time to encourage outdoor -‘play’ for young and old.</p> - -<p>“Unfortunately this year our Board felt unable -to bear the small expense necessary, so we are -charging a small sum for the announcements and -so far have been able to be self-supporting. But -it is not in keeping with our ‘free’ policy, and -we hope soon to do away with the charges, small -as they are.”</p> - -</div> - -<h4><span class="smcap">The Pittsburgh Health Club</span></h4> - -<p>This organization, now fifteen years old, conducts -weekly walks. The secretary’s address is -249 Martsolf Ave., Pittsburgh, Pa.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_96" id="Page_96">[96]</a></span></p> - -<h4><span class="smcap">The Prairie Club</span></h4> - -<p>The Prairie Club, of Chicago, was organized in -1908 by a committee of the Playground Association -of Chicago as “Saturday Afternoon Walks.” -It was incorporated in 1911 as “The Prairie -Club.” The objects of the club are: “The promotion -of outdoor recreation in the form of -walks and outings, camping, and canoeing; the -encouragement of the love of nature and the dissemination -of knowledge of the attractions of the -country adjacent to the city of Chicago and of -the Central West; and the preservation of those -regions in which such outdoor recreation may be -pursued.” There are three kinds of memberships: -active, associate, and honorary. The initiation -fee for active membership is $2.00, and -the annual dues are $2.00. The club maintains a -Beach House and Camp, situated in the heart of -the Indiana dunes, on the south shore of Lake -Michigan, 47 miles from Chicago, the privileges -of which are available to active members of the -club and their guests. The club also publishes -an attractive monthly bulletin. During the year -1918 the club conducted 42 Saturday afternoon -walks, 8 all-day walks, 4 week-end outings, and 1 -extended outing. Up to March, 1919, the club -reported 645 active members.</p> - -<h4><span class="smcap">The Sierra Club</span></h4> - -<p>The Sierra Club, of San Francisco, California, -is the largest of American pedestrian clubs, with -a membership of more than 2,000. It was founded -in 1892, and was further distinguished in having -as its president, until his death (in 1914), John -Muir. Its purposes are defined in these words:</p> - -<p>“To explore, enjoy, and render accessible the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_97" id="Page_97">[97]</a></span> -mountain regions of the Pacific Coast; to publish -authentic information concerning them; to enlist -the support and cooperation of the people and the -Government in preserving the forests and other -natural features of the Sierra Nevada.”</p> - -<p>The annual dues of the Club are $3 (for the -first year, $5). The club headquarters are at -402 Mills Building, San Francisco. A Southern -California Section of the Club exists, and advice -concerning it may be had of its chairman, address -315 West Third Street, Los Angeles.</p> - -<h4><span class="smcap">The Mountaineers</span></h4> - -<p>The following note has been furnished by the -secretary of the organization:</p> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p>“To explore and study the mountains, forests, -and water courses of the Northwest; to gather -into permanent form the history and traditions -of this region; to preserve, by protective legislation -or otherwise, the natural beauty of north-western -America; to make expeditions into these -regions in fulfilment of the above purposes; to -encourage a spirit of good-fellowship among all -lovers of outdoor life—these were the avowed -purposes for which a group of nature lovers met -in Seattle in January, 1907, and organized The -Mountaineers. Since then, the membership has -expanded to over half a thousand, and knows no -geographical bounds. Nearly a hundred men and -women contributed themselves in the recent war, -while those at home rendered active service in -collecting sphagnum moss, making surgical dressings, -and otherwise trying to do their part. -Branches have been organized, property acquired, -permanent funds established, and the Club has -now become one of the worthwhile organizations -of the Pacific Northwest.</p> - -<p>“Summer outings and the snowshoe trip to -Mt. Rainier with which the Club welcomes in each<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_98" id="Page_98">[98]</a></span> -new year are the most striking of its activities. -For three weeks each summer a hobnailed, khaki-clad -party of from fifty to one hundred men and -women enjoy a well planned hike into some mountainous -region, and usually climb some famous -peak. Mt. Rainier, Mt. Adams, Mt. Olympus, -Glacier Peak, Mt. Stewart, Mt. St. Helens, and -many others have been climbed once or more. -Glacier National Park, as well as our own Monte -Cristo region, has also been visited.</p> - -<p>“With pack trains, hired packers, and professional -cooks along, little of the unpleasant work -of camping falls on the members, yet, with each -individual’s dunnage limited to thirty-five pounds, -and with frequent shifting of camps and plenty -of snow and rock work, genuine outing experience -is afforded. The leadership is wholly by -members, and every precaution is taken for the -safety of the party.</p> - -<p>“The snowshoe trip to Mt. Rainier in midwinter -must be taken to be comprehended. Paradise -Valley in summer is brilliant with its mountain -flowers, but in winter it is enchantingly somber -with its deep-laid snow, through which emerge -the conical trees with their symmetry of drooping -branches peculiar to the snow-laden conifers. -Snowshoeing, skiing, tobogganing, and climbing -afford ample exercise, while the hotel (usually -approached through a snow tunnel) with its comfortable -beds and provisions brought up in summer -time, relieves the party of the usual hardships -of winter trips. In the evenings, before -the big fireplaces, vaudeville performances, circuses, -and other entertainments rival similar affairs -held in the evenings of the summer outings.</p> - -<p>“Winter and summer trips are taken to Snoqualmie -Lodge, a large log structure built by the -Club near the backbone of the Cascade Range, -but easily accessible both to railroad and highway, -as well as to rugged mountains like Chair -Peak and Silver Tip.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_99" id="Page_99">[99]</a></span></p> - -<p>“A wholly different region may be enjoyed at -the Club’s Rhododendron Park, a large area -across Puget Sound, brilliant each May with a -profusion of the white and pink of the state -flower. The Club is planning the construction -of a cabin in the mountains near Everett, and -also one near Tacoma.</p> - -<p>“Lecturers are procured for monthly meetings, -a collection of slides maintained of the mountains -visited by the Club, botany and other sciences -pursued, and the results of each year’s activities -summarized in an annual publication. A bulletin -is also published forecasting each month’s activities.</p> - -<p>“Beneficial as the foregoing may be, the greatest -service to the greatest number is afforded -by what are prosaically known as ‘local walks.’ -On each of two or three Sundays of the month -a committee in charge has carefully planned a -hike of from eight to twenty miles by road, trail, -or beach. As many as two hundred persons have -sometimes gone on one of these trips. Stenographers, -teachers, clerks, professors, nurses, -lawyers, doctors, men and women, are taken from -the cramped atmosphere of offices, schoolrooms, -and hospitals out into the freedom of the wild, to -breathe the fresh sea air, and to acquire that -physical health and hearty mien which are such -stimulants to the growth of character.”</p> - -</div> - -<p>The secretary’s address is 402 Burke Building, -Seattle, Washington.</p> - -<p>Other western mountaineering clubs are the -Mazamas, of Oregon, headquarters, Suite 213-214 -Northwestern Bank Building, Portland; and the -Colorado Mountain Club.</p> - -<h4><span class="smcap">Associated Mountaineering Clubs of North -America</span></h4> - -<p>The Associated Mountaineering Clubs of North<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_100" id="Page_100">[100]</a></span> -America, an organization effected in 1916, characterizes -itself as a <i lang="fr">Bureau</i>. It has brought into -association thirty-one clubs and societies, having -an aggregate membership of 62,000. A list of -these follows:</p> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p>American Alpine Club, Philadelphia and New -York.</p> - -<p>American Forestry Association, Washington.</p> - -<p>American Game Protective Association, New -York.</p> - -<p>American Museum of Natural History, New -York.</p> - -<p>Adirondack Camp and Trail Club, Lake Placid -Club, N. Y.</p> - -<p>Appalachian Mountain Club, Boston and New -York.</p> - -<p>Boone and Crockett Club, New York.</p> - -<p>British Columbia Mountaineering Club, Vancouver.</p> - -<p>Colorado Mountain Club, Denver.</p> - -<p>Dominion Parks Branch, Department of the -Interior, Ottawa.</p> - -<p>Field and Forest Club, Boston.</p> - -<p>Forest Service, U. S. Dept. Agriculture, Washington.</p> - -<p>Fresh Air Club, New York.</p> - -<p>Geographic Society of Chicago.</p> - -<p>Geographical Society of Philadelphia.</p> - -<p>Green Mountain Club, Rutland, Vermont.</p> - -<p>Hawaiian Trail and Mountain Club, Honolulu.</p> - -<p>Klahhane Club, Port Angeles, Washington.</p> - -<p>Mazamas, Portland, Oregon.</p> - -<p>Mountaineers, Seattle and Tacoma.</p> - -<p>National Association of Audubon Societies, -New York.</p> - -<p>National Parks Association, Washington.</p> - -<p>National Park Service, U. S. Dept. Interior, -Washington, D. C.</p> - -<p>New York Zoological Society, New York.</p> - -<p>Prairie Club, Chicago.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_101" id="Page_101">[101]</a></span></p> - -<p>Rocky Mountain Climbers Club, Boulder, Colorado.</p> - -<p>Sagebrush and Pine Club, Yakima, Washington.</p> - -<p>Sierra Club, San Francisco and Los Angeles.</p> - -<p>Tramp and Trail Club, New York.</p> - -<p>Travel Club of America, New York.</p> - -<p>Wild Flower Preservation Society of America, -New York.</p> - -</div> - -<p>The Bulletin of the Bureau, published in May, -1919, states:</p> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p>“Associated by common aims these clubs and -societies are standing for the protection and development -of scenic regions, and for the preservation -of tree, flower, bird, and animal life. We -encourage the creation, development, and protection -of National Parks, Monuments, and Forest -Reserves, and our members are being educated -by literature and lectures to a deeper appreciation -of our natural wonders and resources.</p> - -<p>“During the past year the Bureau has continued -to send to its members many books on -mountaineering and outdoor subjects. The collection -of mountain literature and photographs -in the New York Public Library, 476 Fifth Avenue, -has been increased. The Library has published -a selected Bibliography of Mountaineering -Literature, which was compiled by the librarian -of the American Alpine Club, and expects to issue -a similar list of the literature of Wild-life Protection.… -The secretary has written and -has published a series of articles on little-known -scenic regions of North America, and he is lecturing -before leading clubs and societies on The -National Wonders of the United States and Canada.…</p> - -<p>“Lantern slides may be borrowed by members -of the Association on application.”</p> - -</div> - -<p>Note is made in the Bulletin of the International -Congress of Alpinists, which is to be held<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_102" id="Page_102">[102]</a></span> -at Monaco, May 10 to 16, 1920. Relationships -with the several organizations which have to do -with the care of and development of the national -parks are explained. A directory of the constituent -organizations is given.</p> - -<p>The secretary is Mr. LeRoy Jeffers, 476 Fifth -Avenue, New York City.</p> - -<hr /> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_103" id="Page_103">[103]</a></span></p> - -<h2 id="V_ORGANIZATION">ORGANIZATION AND CONDUCT OF WALKING CLUBS</h2> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_104" id="Page_104">[104]</a></span></p> - -<h3>OVERFLOW</h3> - -<div class="poetry-container"> -<div class="poetry"> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse indent4">Hush!</div> -<div class="verse indent2">With sudden gush</div> -<div class="verse">As from a fountain, sings in yonder bush</div> -<div class="verse indent2">The Hermit Thrush.</div> -</div> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse indent4">Hark!</div> -<div class="verse indent2">Did ever Lark</div> -<div class="verse">With swifter scintillations fling the spark</div> -<div class="verse indent2">That fires the dark?</div> -</div> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse indent4">Again,</div> -<div class="verse indent2">Like April rain</div> -<div class="verse">Of mist and sunshine mingled, moves the strain</div> -<div class="verse indent2">O’er hill and plain.</div> -</div> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse indent4">Strong</div> -<div class="verse indent2">As love, O Song,</div> -<div class="verse">In flame or torrent sweep through Life along,</div> -<div class="verse indent2">O’er grief and wrong.</div> -</div> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse right">John Banister Tabb.</div> -</div> -</div> -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_105" id="Page_105">[105]</a></span></p> - -<h3>V<br /> -<span class="smaller">ORGANIZATION AND CONDUCT OF WALKING CLUBS</span></h3> - -<p>Those who live reasonably near the home or -field of existing clubs are urged to relate themselves -to them. Don’t organize hastily. Be sure, -first, of two things: that a fair-sized continuing -membership is to be expected, to be advantaged -by a club; and, second, that, in the multiplicity -of already existing societies, there is place for -another. Remember that the persons who will -be interested and whose interest and support are -desired, will in large part be persons already giving -much time to altruistic activity. Think this -matter through, taking advice of persons of experience -and judgment. It may be better, in a -given case, to widen the activities of some existing -organization—canoe club, perhaps, or Audubon -Society—than to form a new one. Pedestrianism -may well have place in the program of school, -Y. M. C. A., or Boy Scout Troop. But of this -something will be said in the sequel. In a city, -however, a walking club may well stand on its -own feet; and, in such a favored region as the -Green Mountains, for example, to organize a -walking club comes near to being a public duty.</p> - -<h4><span class="smcap">The Activities of a Walking Club</span></h4> - -<p>Before opening a discussion of the formalities -of organization, it will be well to consider what -the normal activities of a walking club are; for -to the end in view the machinery of organization, -simple or complex, should be adapted. The activities<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_106" id="Page_106">[106]</a></span> -of a club may be regarded as of two sorts, -and, in lieu of better terms, may be designated -as primary and secondary. Primary activities -concern the actual business of walking: development -of the pedestrian resources of some particular -region, trail making, map making, publishing -of data, maintaining a bureau, conducting -hikes, affording instruction, and contributing -seriously to the growing literature of pedestrianism. -Secondary activities consist in conducting -dinners and other social entertainment, in providing -illustrated lectures on travel, popular science, -and kindred subjects. There is need of -care, to keep such activities in their proper secondary -place. The primary activities require -further consideration.</p> - -<h5><i>Development of the Pedestrian Resources of -Some Particular Region</i></h5> - -<p>This should be an aim of every walking club. -The region to be developed will in many—in most -cases, indeed—be the region about home. Clubs -in large cities, however, and clubs situated in -regions not suitable for walking, may well turn -attention, wholly or in part, to regions far from -home. The mountainous parts of a continent are -the natural recreation grounds for the whole -people, and those who live far away may still -have their proper share in making these parts -more readily available. In the Alps, the pedestrian -is pleased to find the lodges where he stops -at night called by the names of distant cities, -whose citizens maintain them—<i lang="de">Breslauerhütte</i>, -for example, or <i lang="de">Dusseldorferhütte</i>. In this country, -too, the Green Mountain Club (see <a href="#Page_84">page 84</a>) -has its New York Section; and to the New York -Section it has allotted a certain portion of the -Long Trail (a length of fifty miles). The New<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_107" id="Page_107">[107]</a></span> -York club, accordingly, while not neglectful of -pedestrianism at home, opens, develops, and -maintains its part of the route in Vermont, and -conducts annually a hike in that region.</p> - -<p>The development of a region involves observation -and putting into communicable form the results -of observation, and it may and ordinarily -does involve further a greater or less amount of -physical preparation. First of all, the region -must be traversed, and that again and again, -under varying conditions of season and climate, -and thus thoroughly known. Maps, if available, -must be carefully studied, and particular attention -must be given to distances, steepness of -roads, and to the nature of the footing—whether -the way be rough or smooth, hard or soft, wet -or dry. Note should be made of obstructions, -such as briars, fallen trees, and unbridged -streams. The possibility of using railways and -trolley lines to widen the available area should -not be forgotten. Hotels should be noted, and -restaurants, and farmhouses, where rest and refreshment -may be had; and, in the wilderness, -camp sites should be selected.</p> - -<p>Observation should next be directed to such -natural resources as may engage the attention -and interest of the pedestrian: scenery, of course, -hilltops, waterfalls, and such matters; then to -plant and animal life, and that with the interests -of sportsmen and lovers of natural science particularly -in mind. Attention should be given to -geology and to mineral deposits. Then the history -of the region should be studied, its traditions -learned, and its monuments considered—distinctive -and characteristic matters touching -the life of the people, industries, factories, public -works, and buildings.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_108" id="Page_108">[108]</a></span></p> - -<p>All of these matters should be taken into account, -with a view to making the results of -observation and study generally available.</p> - -<h5><i>Trail Making</i></h5> - -<p>“Of trail making there are three stages. There -is dreaming the trail, there is prospecting the -trail, there is making the trail. Of the first one -can say nothing—dreams are fragile, intangible. -Prospecting the trail—there lies perhaps the -greatest of the joys of trail work. It has a suggestion -of the thrill of exploration. No one of -us but loves still to play explorer. And here -there is just a bit of the real thing to keep the -play going. Picking the trail route over forested -ridges calls for every bit of the skill gained in -our years of tramping. There is never time to -go it slow, to explore every possibility. Usually -there is one hasty day to lay out the line for a -week’s work. For a basis there is the look of -the region, from some distant point, from a summit -climbed last year, perhaps. For a help, there -is the compass, but in our hill country we use it -little. Partly we go by imperfect glimpses from -trees climbed, from blow-down edges, from small -cliffs—but chiefly we feel the run of the land, its -lift and slope and direction. The string from -the grocer’s cone unwinds behind—an easy way -of marking and readily obliterated when we go -wrong. We pay little heed to small difficulties, -those are for the trail makers to solve. Only a -wide blow-down, a bad ledge, a mistake in general -direction, cause us to double back a bit and -start afresh.…</p> - -<p>“Making trail is the more plodding work; yet -has reliefs and pleasures of its own. Each day, -as the gang works along the string line, problems -of detail arise. Ours is no gang of uninterested -hirelings. If the line makes a suspicious bend, -the prospectors have to explain or correct<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_109" id="Page_109">[109]</a></span>.… -Decision made, the gang scatters along the line, -each to a rod or two, for we find working together -is not efficient.<a name="FNanchor_4_4" id="FNanchor_4_4"></a><a href="#Footnote_4_4" class="fnanchor">[4]</a>”</p> - -<p>As has already been said, a club ordinarily will -find occasion to do some work of physical preparation -of its pedestrian routes. Highways are -ordinarily beyond control, but byways are not. -The opening of trails, cutting away of briars and -windfalls, making the footing sure for a man -under a pack, the building of footways and handrails -in dangerous places, the cleaning of springs -and providing water basins and troughs, the -marking of trails—all these matters are such -as manifestly should engage a club’s energies.</p> - -<p>Trail making is by no means a simple matter. -The successful trail-maker (and trails should be -successfully made) must be expert in woodcraft; -he must understand topography—the “lay of the -land”; he must know from what side to approach -a summit, how best to pass a valley—whether -to go around or through it. With -knowledge of these matters, his occupation is a -most interesting one. Irresponsible and unauthorized -trail making should be discouraged.</p> - -<p>A word of caution is, “Do, but don’t overdo.” -Particularly is this word of caution to be carried -in mind in the matter of blazing trails. Let the -marks be sufficient, and no more; let them be as -inconspicuous as is consistent with their purpose. -In marking trails, don’t blaze trees, nor deface -objects of interest and beauty. The best trail -mark is a colored arrow, affixed to tree trunk or -fence post, or painted on a rock face. Such an -arrow may, by color, position, and legends displayed -upon it, afford as much information as<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_110" id="Page_110">[110]</a></span> -may be desired, about route, distance, elevation, -detours, springs, and other matters.</p> - -<p>Resting places may be built; pavilions, perhaps, -in the woods, where walkers may have -lunch under protection from rain. Or, when -conditions justify, houses may be built and -equipped, to afford food and lodging. In this connection, -the <i lang="de">alpenhütten</i> elsewhere mentioned -(<a href="#Page_106">page 106</a>) will come to mind. In other places, -tents may be erected for the summer, and caretakers -employed.</p> - -<p>In case a club has under its care a wide extent -of wilderness—as has the New York Section of -the Green Mountain Club, for example—a ranger -will be employed, and his duties will include the -care of trails, prevention of fires, and protection -of property. He may, if expedient, be constituted -game warden also.</p> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p>“Some of us have been blessed of the Gods, -permitted to make trail in the timberline country -of the Mt. Washington range. Everyone who -has tried it is unhappy till he is doing it again. -That is why there are so many trails there. I -came rather late; my experience in that fascinating -country has been little more than that of -the common or idiotic tramper, scuttling from -hut to hut on schedule. Always, summer or winter, -I am glad to be starting for timberline, and -content when there. When, after the long climb, -I suddenly realize that the trees are lowering -fast, that underbrush has vanished, that a sensation -of altitude and space is pressing for conscious -recognition, I feel a lift and urge—timberline -again!</p> - -<p>“And what is timberline? It is the level at -which the mean annual temperature—yes, but it -is the sweep of vast spaces, the drift of cloud-shadows, -the infinite gradations of distant color.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_111" id="Page_111">[111]</a></span> -It is the hiss of wind in the firs, the strain -against bitter gusts, the keen concentration to -hold the trail through dense and drifting fog. It -is the plod and lift under the pack, the crunch of -creepers, the slow struggle through tangled -scrubs.”<a name="FNanchor_5_5" id="FNanchor_5_5"></a><a href="#Footnote_5_5" class="fnanchor">[5]</a></p> - -</div> - -<h5><i>Map Making</i></h5> - -<p>Maps of unmapped regions should be prepared.</p> - -<p>Study a good map—a quadrangle of the U. S. -Geological Survey, for instance. Note what -things are represented, and how representation -is made: study the map, until it is thoroughly -understood.</p> - -<p>There are three factors with which the map-maker -deals: direction, distance, and elevation. -With the first, he must always reckon, and usually -with the second and the third as well.</p> - -<p>Direction is fundamental. Suppose there are -three dominant points in the area to be mapped, -relatively situated as here indicated.</p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 700px;"> -<img src="images/diagram3.jpg" width="700" height="320" alt="Points A, B and C in relation to each other. Roughly a triangle." /> -</div> - -<p>The first problem is, to get those points set -down on paper accurately, in proper relative positions.</p> - -<p>The map-maker begins, say, at <i>B</i>. He has provided -himself with a <em>sketching board</em>, having a<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_112" id="Page_112">[112]</a></span> -sheet of paper tacked upon it, and with a ruler -and a <em>pencil</em>. He sets his board up and carefully -levels it. He then marks upon the paper a point -<i>b</i> which in the completed map is to indicate this -station <i>B</i> of first observation—the point where -he now stands. Knowing in a general way the -area which he wishes to map, and observing from -his station the directions in which the distant -objects <i>A</i> and <i>C</i> lie, he so places point <i>b</i> that his -paper will afford space for the intended map.</p> - -<p>The map-maker then lays his ruler upon the -paper, brings its edge close to point <i>b</i>, and sighting -from point <i>b</i> on the paper to the distant object -<i>A</i>, turns the ruler until its edge coincides -with the line of sight. Then he draws upon the -paper a line or “ray” from point <i>b</i> toward object -<i>A</i>. In like manner he sets his ruler again and -draws a second ray, from <i>b</i> toward the distant -object <i>C</i>, thus:</p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 700px;"> -<img src="images/diagram4.jpg" width="700" height="340" alt="Points A, b and C. Ruled rays as described above." /> -</div> - -<p>Having fixed point <i>b</i> and drawn the two rays -<i>b-A</i> and <i>b-C</i>, the map-maker leaves station <i>B</i> and -goes to either of the other points: to point <i>C</i>, say. -He there sets his board up again, and levels it -carefully as before. He turns the board until, -sighting along the previously drawn ray <i>C-b</i>, -the now distant station <i>B</i> is exactly covered.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_113" id="Page_113">[113]</a></span> -Then he lays the ruler again upon the paper, -and turns it until, sighting along its edge, distant -object <i>A</i> is exactly covered. He then draws a -ray along the edge of the ruler thus:</p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 700px;"> -<img src="images/diagram5.jpg" width="700" height="340" alt="Points A, B, a, b, c. Ruled rays as described above." /> -</div> - -<p>The points <i>a</i> and <i>c</i>, where this ray intersects -the two previously drawn rays, are the presentment -of the points <i>A</i> and <i>C</i> in the area under -observation, and a map of the area is begun.</p> - -<p>These three points may be mountain summits, -trees, telegraph poles, chimneys, or any other -conspicuous features of the landscape, and they -may be distant one from another 50 miles or 500 -yards; they are set down on paper in their true -relative positions; they are <em>mapped</em>.</p> - -<p>In the making of the map thus far, one and -only one of the three factors mentioned above -has been taken into the reckoning: the factor -of <em>direction</em>, namely; and the resulting map is -drawn to an unknown scale. It is drawn to <em>some</em> -scale, of course; there is <em>some</em> ratio between its -distances and the distances at which the objects -stand apart, but the ratio is unknown. It may -be determined: the distance from <i>B</i> to <i>C</i> may be -measured, and the distance <i>b-c</i> on the map may -be measured, and the ratio of the two distances -ascertained. That ratio is the scale to which<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_114" id="Page_114">[114]</a></span> -the map is drawn. Thus the second factor, that -of <em>distance</em>, enters in. It may be reckoned with -from the beginning.</p> - -<p>Suppose the two points <i>B</i> and <i>C</i>, above mentioned, -to be signal towers on a straight stretch -of railway, and the point <i>A</i> to be the chimney -of a house standing by the side of a wagon road -which crosses the railroad at <i>C</i>. The map-maker, -having at <i>B</i> set down the data described above, in -proceeding to <i>C</i>, paces the distance from <i>B</i> to <i>C</i>, -and finds it to be, <i>e.g.</i>, 3,500 feet. He has previously -determined what the scale of his map is to -be: say, 1 inch to 1000 feet. He then carefully lays -off on ray <i>b-C</i> 3½ inches from the point <i>b</i>, and -thus he fixes point <i>c</i>. He then sets up his drawing-board -at <i>C</i>; but, instead of shifting the ruler -freely upon the paper, he sights from point <i>c</i> to -distant object <i>A</i> and brings the edge of the ruler -into coincidence with the line of sight. He draws -along the edge of the ruler the ray <i>c-A</i>, which, -intersecting the previously drawn ray <i>b-A</i>, gives -him the point <i>a</i>.</p> - -<p>The railroad from <i>b</i> to <i>c</i> may be indicated thus,</p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 300px;"> -<img src="images/diagram6.jpg" width="300" height="50" alt="Sketch of railroad tracks." /> -</div> - -<p class="noindent">and the highroad from <i>c</i> to <i>a</i> represented by two -closely spaced parallel lines. (The conventional -signs for various features of topography may be -found on the back of a U. S. Geological Survey -quadrangle.) On the way from <i>B</i> to <i>C</i> there may -be a bridge, crossing a stream. The map-maker, -pacing the distance, will, without stopping or interrupting -the swing of his stride, note the number -of paces from <i>B</i> to the bridge, as well as from -<i>B</i> to <i>C</i>. He will then have the figures, and can -accurately place the bridge upon his map.</p> - -<p>He now has a map of a length of railroad and<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_115" id="Page_115">[115]</a></span> -of a length of intersecting highway, drawn to -the known scale of 1″ = 1000′.</p> - -<p>And, be it noted, this has been accomplished -without visiting the point <i>A</i> at all.</p> - -<p>Suppose now there be a haystack <i>D</i>, and a tree -on a hilltop <i>E</i>, situated with respect to the points -already considered thus:</p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 700px;"> -<img src="images/diagram7.jpg" width="700" height="260" alt="Points A, B, C, D, E in relation to each other." /> -</div> - -<p>They may be mapped in like manner. The -map-maker goes successively to any two of the -three points <i>A</i>, <i>B</i>, and <i>C</i> from which the object -to be plotted (<i>D</i> or <i>E</i>) is visible; he sets his -board at each place, levels it, and turns it until -the ray on the map from the point where he -stands to another point lies directly in the line of -sight to that other point in the landscape. Having -so oriented his board, he draws at his successive -stations rays in the direction of the object to be -mapped (<i>D</i> or <i>E</i>.) The point <i>d</i> or <i>e</i> where those -rays intersect will be the mapped location of the -object.</p> - -<p>Proceeding thus, the outstanding features of -the area may be mapped, one after another. The -intervening details may be filled in, freehand.</p> - -<p>It will have been remarked that only very -simple apparatus is required for map making: -the <em>sketching board</em> may conveniently be mounted -on a tripod, with provision for turning it evenly -and surely. Boards so mounted and intended for -the very purpose may be had of dealers in draftsmen’s<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_116" id="Page_116">[116]</a></span> -and surveyors’ supplies. A <em>level</em> should be -provided, for use in setting the board up. The -<em>ruler</em> will be graduated to inches and fractions -of inches, if the map is to be drawn to predetermined -scale. In pacing, one must carefully -count his strides. A <em>pedometer</em> may be used, -but a pedometer is a sort of toy; it requires to -be carefully adjusted to the stride of the user, -and is hardly worth while for any purpose. It -may be convenient in pacing to use a <em>tally -register</em>, and so relieve one’s self of the necessity -of keeping count.</p> - -<p>The value of a map is vitally dependent on the -accuracy with which it is made. Measurement -and observation should be repeated, and errors -eliminated by averaging variant readings.</p> - -<p>Nothing has yet been said about a <em>compass</em>, -and a compass, though not necessary, is so serviceable -as to be almost indispensable. With a -compass one can not only do, and do more expeditiously, -what has thus far been described; -he can do some things which could not otherwise -be done.</p> - -<p>A sketching board is ordinarily provided with a -compass, set near its upper margin, and bears also -an orientation line passing through the compass. -The board is set up and leveled and then turned -until the orientation line coincides with the line -on which the needle points. At each station the -board is oriented, not by sighting along penciled -rays, but always in the manner described, by -bringing it to a truly north and south position. -In other respects, the plotting is performed in -the manner already described.</p> - -<p>Orientation by compass is advantageous in this -respect: given two points, as <i>a</i> and <i>b</i>, on the map, -the map-maker may plot a third point, as <i>D</i> for<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_117" id="Page_117">[117]</a></span> -example, while standing at <i>D</i>, and without being -obliged to go either to <i>A</i> or to <i>B</i>. He sets up his -board at <i>D</i>, levels it, and orients it; he sights -and draws rays through points <i>a</i> and <i>b</i> in line -with the objects <i>A</i> and <i>B</i> as they appear from -his point of observation, <i>D</i>. The point <i>d</i> of intersection -of the rays will be the station <i>D</i> -plotted.</p> - -<p>A north and south line may be drawn upon -the map, and then the user, wherever he may be -in the area, if only he has in view two known -points and can identify them on the map, can -“find” himself. He orients the map by compass, -fixes upon the map and in the manner indicated -his point of observation, and may then observe -the distance and direction of any other point in -the area, whether visible or not.</p> - -<p>The measurement of distance by <em>pacing</em> has -been noted. Practice is requisite, before one can -so measure distance accurately. When the greatest -precision is desired, a bicycle wheel equipped -with a cyclometer may be rolled over the course, -or a surveyor’s chain may be used, or even a -tape line.</p> - -<p>The measured line <i>B-C</i> of the map begun as -above described is the base line of the map. It -should be carefully chosen, carefully measured, -and carefully plotted; for all the rest of the map -will, in accuracy, be conditioned on the accuracy -with which this base line is drawn. In location -it is preferably (though not necessarily) situated -near the center of the area to be mapped; -in length, it is best that it be about one third -of the distance across the area. Its terminal -points should be conspicuously marked, and -widely visible throughout the area; and, for ease -and accuracy of measurement, it should lie across<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_118" id="Page_118">[118]</a></span> -level ground. A reach of railroad is an ideal -base.</p> - -<p>It will often be the case—generally in mountainous -regions—that an adequate level base cannot -be found; the terminals <i>B</i> and <i>C</i> may be -eminences unequal in height, and between may -lie mountain slope or valley. Now the third of -the factors mentioned at the outset, <em>elevation</em>, -has to be taken into account. It is not the surface -distance between the two points <i>B</i> and <i>C</i> -which is to be ascertained, nor even the distance -from one point to the other on an air line, but -the distance projected upon a horizontal plane—for -that is what the map is intended to afford, -the <em>horizontal</em> distance from point to point. In -order to determine this distance, if the ground -between be other than substantially level, the -distance along the surface must be measured -(keeping a straight course by compass if necessary) -and the <em>slope</em> from point to point must be -measured. To determine the angle of slope one -may either use a <em>slope board</em> or a <em>clinometer</em> (an -instrument built on the principle of the sextant). -Having measured distance and angle of slope, one -may betake himself to schoolboy trigonometry -and a table of logarithms, to determine the corresponding -distance in horizontal plane.</p> - -<p><em>Contour lines</em> (see <a href="#Page_119">page 119</a>) pass through -points of equal elevation, and are spaced apart -according to a predetermined plan, to indicate -intervals in elevation of five, ten, or twenty feet, -as may be desired. This predetermined contour -interval has no necessary relation to the scale to -which the map is drawn. Two otherwise identical -maps of the same area may be provided with -contour lines, one at the interval of five feet, the -other at the interval of twenty-five.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_119" id="Page_119">[119]</a></span></p> - -<p>A skilled map-maker, observing a slope, is able -to sketch contour lines, freehand, with an accuracy -sufficient for most purposes. But such -skill is the result of much careful measured -work.</p> - -<p>In plotting contour lines it is best to work, not -from line to line—errors of observation then accumulate—but -to measure the altitude and the -mean inclination of the whole mountain side, and -go from the over-all measurements to the -minutiae.</p> - -<p>In drawing the contour of a mountain, rays -may be laid by compass from the summit along -ridges and through valleys, and then minute observations -may be made along those several lines. -The sweep of the contour lines between the points -plotted along the rays may be filled in freehand, -with the mountain side spread in view.</p> - -<p>The data necessary for contour lines may be -got by the use of the slope board alone; for, manifestly, -at any certain angle, a contour interval -of ten feet means a certain distance between -successive contour lines. But in plotting contour -lines, an <em>aneroid</em> is invaluable; with it one -measures directly differences in elevation, and -measuring thus the altitude of a slope, from bottom -to top, the <em>number</em> of contour lines requisite -may immediately be known; it remains to determine -their <em>distribution</em>. Here observation, calculation, -and experience combine to afford the -result.</p> - -<p>An aneroid should be used only under settled -conditions of weather; and, even so, correction -should be made, when possible, by taking the -average of many readings of the same range.</p> - -<p>It is not necessary to go afield with sketching -board and its accessories. A map-maker who has<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_120" id="Page_120">[120]</a></span> -taught himself a well-regulated stride may, when -equipped with compass and notebook (and, if -conditions require it, with an aneroid), collect all -the necessary data; and then, subsequently, at -home he may draw his map. It should here be -said that, if one is going to gather data for map -making after the manner just suggested, his -compass should be one having a delicately -mounted needle. It may advantageously be -equipped with sights, and the scale should be -reasonably large and the graduation minute. It -should, in short, be a surveyor’s compass.</p> - -<p>For more explicit instruction, the reader is -referred to the manuals on Military Map Making. -One by Major C. O. Sherrill, published by -George Banta Publishing Company of Menasha, -Wisconsin, is excellent. It should, however, be -remembered that the ideal military map is one -for particular needs, of maximum accuracy, -based on a minimum amount of observation; -timesaving is an important factor. Making -proper allowance, the military manual affords all -needed instruction and advice.</p> - -<h5><i>Publishing of data</i></h5> - -<p>Descriptions of routes should be prepared, illustrated -with maps, if necessary, and should be -made available to those who wish to use them, -whether members of the club, visitors from a -distance, or the general public. For a club, -rightly conceived, is, within its sphere, a public -benefactor, and its policy should be always to -enlarge its usefulness.</p> - -<p>A proper description of a route should give, -(1) distances from start to finish, as well as -from point to point along the way; (2) approximate -time requisite to walk each stage. (Here<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_121" id="Page_121">[121]</a></span> -it may be noted that Baedeker’s famous guidebooks -err on the safe side, and give very liberal -time allowance in describing walking tours.) -The description should further give (3) elevations, -where range in elevation is appreciable, -with note of steep ascents and descents; (4) the -nature of the surface; (5) stopping places for -rest and refreshment and springs; (6) such matters -of caution as the particular route may require, -in regard to dangerous places, heavy roads, -obstructions, and the like; (7) objectives and -points of particular interest. Recommendations -should be made on such matters as preferred -season, special equipment, need for guides, and -incidental expenses. Descriptions should be concise, -easily intelligible, and should be at once -accurate and inviting.</p> - -<p>A handbook of routes of the region may well -be prepared, and in such a handbook descriptions -of particular walks may be prefaced by -such general statements regarding topography, -science, history, and sport, as are applicable to -the whole region. Such general matters may, -however, be published in leaflet form, and separate -leaflets be prepared and published for the -several pedestrian routes in the region.</p> - -<p>An excellent specimen handbook is “Excursions -Around Aix-les-Bains,” mentioned in the Bibliography -(<a href="#Page_148">page 148</a>).</p> - -<p>It has just been said that the descriptions of -routes should be published and distributed. They -may be printed under the imprint of the club, or, -more economically, they may be published in the -local newspaper, and extra copies, separately -printed for distribution by the club, may be procured -by arrangement with the printing office. -If the club be a small one and young, and the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_122" id="Page_122">[122]</a></span> -cost of printing too great, at least typewritten -copies of descriptive matter and blue prints of -maps should be available.</p> - -<p>In addition to such descriptions of its own -region, a club should similarly prepare and make -available other routes traversed by its members -in other and undeveloped regions.</p> - -<h5><i>Maintaining a bureau</i></h5> - -<p>A club should have a place where its data are -filed, available to those who wish to consult them. -This place should be a distributing point for the -club’s publications. If the region has already -been mapped by the Geological Survey, the club -should lay in a supply of the quadrangles covering -the region, sufficient to meet the needs of -applicants.</p> - -<p>A <em>library</em> should be maintained, or a <em>bibliography</em> -at least, to which the members of the -club may have access, to acquaint themselves with -all that concerns the art of walking, the choice -of route, and the sources of enjoyment along the -route chosen. Cooperation in this regard will -readily be accorded by any local public library or -museum of natural history.</p> - -<p>In such manner a walking club becomes a -source of information for visiting pedestrians. -Out of the wider relationships so established will -come increased membership and livelier interest. -Incidentally, it will have become apparent to one -who reads these pages that the organization—though, -by recommendation, kept as simple as -possible—will, in an early stage of development, -include an office with a secretary in charge. The -library may be conducted, perhaps in the secretary’s -office, perhaps in the rooms of a general -public library. Club rooms or a club house will<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_123" id="Page_123">[123]</a></span> -be maintained only under exceptional circumstances.</p> - -<h5><i>Conducting hikes.</i></h5> - -<p>Hikes will be of two or three sorts: first, afternoon -hikes, on Saturdays or Sundays, perhaps -weekly throughout the greater part of the year, -perhaps at less frequent intervals, or during -spring and fall only—such matters depend on -locality and circumstances. Second, there will be -less frequent overnight hikes—perhaps two or -three in the spring and as many more in the -autumn. And, third, there will be the annual -tour of two or three weeks’ duration, in a chosen -region. Some observations applicable to all these -are the following:</p> - -<h5><i>Rules for hiking</i></h5> - -<p>Hikes should be carefully prepared and adequately -carried out.</p> - -<p>Don’t walk in a herd; to do so is tiresome; -and, when the novelty is gone, failure is sure to -follow. Divide larger companies into groups, -each group numbering preferably not more than -six.</p> - -<p>See that strong and feeble walkers are not -grouped together.</p> - -<p>Bring together, so far as may be, people -of common interests—bird-lovers in one group, -geologists in another, historians or antiquarians -in another.</p> - -<p>Let there be a leader for each group.</p> - -<p>The general outline of the trip, in case the -party numbers more than two, should be determined -in advance and adhered to. Otherwise, -contradictory suggestions regarding the route to -be followed are likely to arise, and argument to -follow. This is to be avoided.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_124" id="Page_124">[124]</a></span></p> - -<p>The leader should have always in mind the -physical endurance of the weakest member of his -party and govern accordingly. One tired and -querulous person may be a kill-joy for all. It is -not necessary that every group traverse the same -route, nor that all should walk at equal speed.</p> - -<p>Don’t allow racing, nor loitering, nor too much -picnicking.</p> - -<p>In traversing highways pedestrians will walk -two or three abreast; but when walking single -file, as on woodland trails, companions will walk -most comfortably at intervals of two paces.</p> - -<p>Walkers should travel quietly, especially when -passing through villages.</p> - -<p>See that property rights are respected; there -should be no trespassing on forbidden land.</p> - -<p>Guard most carefully against fire. Mr. Enos -A. Mills says:<a name="FNanchor_6_6" id="FNanchor_6_6"></a><a href="#Footnote_6_6" class="fnanchor">[6]</a></p> - -<p>“Since the day of Tike’s Peak or bust,’ fires -have swept over more than half of the primeval -forest area of Colorado. Some years ago, while -making special efforts to prevent forest fires from -starting, I endeavored to find out the cause of -these fires. I regretfully found that most of -them were the result of carelessness, and I also -made a note to the effect that there are few worse -things to be guilty of than carelessly setting fire -to a forest. Most of these forest fires had their -origin from camp-fires which the departing -campers had left unextinguished. There were -sixteen fires in one summer, which I attributed -to the following causes: campers, nine; cigar, -one; lightning, one; locomotive, one; stockmen, -two; sheep-herders, one; and sawmill, one.”</p> - -<p>See to it that proper regard is had for public -interest and welfare; lunch boxes, paper, and -refuse should be collected and destroyed; springs<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_125" id="Page_125">[125]</a></span> -should be kept scrupulously clean; the gathering -of wild flowers should be indulged in sparingly; -plants and trees should not be mutilated; nor -monuments defaced. The trail should be left unmarred, -for those who follow.</p> - -<p>Do not permit irresponsible trail-blazing.</p> - -<p>Discourage the carrying and use of firearms; -they should under no circumstances be permitted -on an organized hike.</p> - -<p>Do not permit the rolling of stones down declivities.</p> - -<p>On the conduct of mountaineering parties, Professor -William Morris Davis writes, in “Excursions -around Aix-les-Bains”:</p> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p>“Do not make high mountain ascents alone.… -Excursions are best made in small -parties of three or five. If a large party sets out, -it should be divided into squads of ten or fewer -members. Those who wish to make the excursion -without stopping should join a separate -squad from those who wish to stop frequently -for photographing or sketching.</p> - -<p>“Each squad should, if possible, have an experienced -leader; he should make a list of the -members, head the line of march on narrow -paths, and set the proper pace, slow for ascents, -faster for descents; a shrill whistle will aid in -summoning his party together. A marshal -should follow in the rear to round up the stragglers. -Before setting out on a long mountain -walk, place the members of each squad in a circle -land let each member take note of his two neighbors, -one on his right, one on his left, for whose -presence he is to be responsible whenever the -march begins after a halt: each member will thus -be looked for by two others. Once on the road, -keep together; those who wander away from -their squad cause vexatious delays. The marshal’s<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_126" id="Page_126">[126]</a></span> -report, ‘All present and ready to start,’ is especially -important when a descent begins. If a -member wishes to leave his squad after low -ground is reached, he should so report to his -leader.”</p> - -</div> - -<p>Mr. Albert Handy<a name="FNanchor_7_7" id="FNanchor_7_7"></a><a href="#Footnote_7_7" class="fnanchor">[7]</a> notes another matter, in -the following pleasant and sagacious comment -upon walking parties:</p> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p>“A writer on walking has suggested that -tramping parties should usually consist of but -two or three persons. Having in mind a much -hackneyed quotation concerning the trend of a -young man’s fancy in the spring, and the fact that -it seems to have the same trend in the summer, -autumn, and winter, I can conceive circumstances -in which two would be an ideal number—out of -consideration, primarily, not for the two, but for -the remainder of the party. But I set down here -another precept worthy of commendation: ‘twosing’ -should be sternly frowned upon. In the first -place, two ‘twosers’ are apt to get ‘lost’—this in -direct proportion to their interest in each other—that -is, separated from the rest of the party; and -time and tempers are likewise lost, permanently, -very likely, in the effort to retrieve the wanderers; -while if they happen to be carrying all the -lunch, tragic possibilities present themselves.”</p> - -</div> - -<p><em>Instruction</em> about walking—about posture, gait, -clothing, and the like—may be afforded in talks -before groups of pedestrians, or (often with better -effect) individually, by the group leader. -Needless criticism and officiousness will, of -course, be avoided; it will suffice to provoke and -then to answer questions.</p> - -<p><em>Contributions to the literature of pedestrianism</em> -will take the form of description of particular<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_127" id="Page_127">[127]</a></span> -regions in those respects of interest to pedestrians; -it will include descriptions of particular -walks, and maps.</p> - -<p>Clubs are invited to relate themselves to the -League of Walkers (<a href="#Page_137">page 137</a>), which in publishing -such material will of necessity give preference -to what is to be commended to widest -interest.</p> - -<h4><span class="smcap">Club Policy</span></h4> - -<p>With such activities in mind as normal to a -pedestrian club, certain matters of policy may be -presented for consideration.</p> - -<p>Two tendencies are sure to manifest themselves -in any flourishing club: the one toward a -limited membership of those who qualify by accomplishing -difficult feats; the other toward an -indiscriminate membership, including those who -are ready to join anything—providing the rest -do. Both tendencies are bad. The club should -on the one hand require of its members an especial -interest in the object of its being, but it -should on the other hand avoid exclusiveness. -Emulation may be stimulated in other and better -ways.</p> - -<p>The aim of a club should be to bring home and -make available to as many persons as possible the -advantages in health and happiness to be derived -from the pursuit of this recreation. This is a -higher and better aim than to produce phenomenal -walkers and mountain climbers—though -such may incidentally be produced. It is a higher -and better aim than a self-adulating company of -those who have perched themselves on alps. -Alpine climbing is splendid sport, but the aim -mentioned is an ignoble one. Says one<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_128" id="Page_128">[128]</a></span> -mountaineer,<a name="FNanchor_8_8" id="FNanchor_8_8"></a><a href="#Footnote_8_8" class="fnanchor">[8]</a> who is incidentally a delightful writer, -with humility:</p> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p>“I utterly repudiate the doctrine that Alpine -travellers are or ought to be the heroes of Alpine -adventures. The true way at least to describe -all my Alpine ascents is that Michel or Anderegg -or Lauener succeeded in performing a feat requiring -skill, strength, and courage, the difficulty -of which was much increased by the difficulty of -taking with him his knapsack and his employer. -If any passages in the succeeding pages convey -the impression that I claim any credit except that -of following better men than myself with decent -ability, I disavow them in advance and do penance -for them in my heart.”</p> - -</div> - -<p>Avoid membership campaigns and such like advertising; -a club to be enduring must rest on -interest in the intrinsic thing for which the club -stands. An artificially created interest must be -artificially maintained; genuine natural interest -is harmed by artificial interference.</p> - -<p>Dues should not be burdensome, discouraging -membership, but should be adequate to accomplish -reasonable ends, and so tend to enlist and -to widen interest.</p> - -<p>Attention should center on the primary activities -and upon them chiefly money should be -spent.</p> - -<p>Publications should be sold at cost.</p> - -<p>Adequate charge should be made for the use -of property. The Alpine clubs of Europe fix -small membership fees, and give members preference -over non-members in their lodging places. -Members enjoy more favorable rates also for -meals and lodging. The ideal of the club here -should be a nice balance of simplicity, comfort,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_129" id="Page_129">[129]</a></span> -and adequacy; no waste, no extravagance, no surplus -funds.</p> - -<p>Club <em>emblems</em> are often adopted and worn. As -in other sports, emulation may be awakened by -the offer of <em>trophies</em>. These may be won in competition, -or, as is usually preferred, by walking -a certain number of miles in a day, or by covering -a certain distance in a two-weeks’ hike, or -the like.</p> - -<p>In any case, organization should be simple and -inconspicuous: the wheels should turn automatically.</p> - -<p>If acquisition of property is contemplated, incorporation -will ordinarily be desired, and -trustees will be chosen.</p> - -<h4><span class="smcap">A Club Constitution</span></h4> - -<p>For the benefit of those who may consider organization, -a copy of the by-laws of the Appalachian -Mountain Club is, by permission, here inserted.</p> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<h5>BY-LAWS</h5> - -<h6><span class="smcap">Article I</span></h6> - -<p>The Corporation shall be called the <span class="smcap">Appalachian -Mountain Club</span>.</p> - -<h6><span class="smcap">Article II</span></h6> - -<p>The objects of the Club are to explore the mountains -of New England and the adjacent regions, -both for scientific and artistic purposes; and, in -general, to cultivate an interest in geographical -studies.</p> - -<h6><span class="smcap">Article III</span><br /> -MEMBERSHIP</h6> - -<p>1. There shall be three classes of membership, -to be known as active, corresponding, and honorary.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_130" id="Page_130">[130]</a></span></p> - -<p>2. Active members only, except as hereinafter -provided, shall be members of the Corporation.</p> - -<p>3. Elections to active membership shall be made -by the Council, and the affirmative votes of at least -four-fifths of the members present and voting shall -be necessary to election.—Nominations, in the form -of a recommendation, shall be made in writing by -at least two members of the Club and forwarded -to the Recording Secretary. Notice of such nominations -shall be sent to all active members, who shall -have two weeks from the date of mailing in which -to express to the Council their objections, and no -person shall be admitted to membership against -the written protest of ten members of the Club.</p> - -<p>4. Corresponding members may be elected from -among persons distinguished in the fields of mountaineering, -exploration, and geographical science, or -for public spirit in the conservation of natural resources -or in other interests of which the Club is -an exponent. Their election shall be in the manner -prescribed for that of active members, except that -the names of candidates shall first be submitted to -a special committee.—Honorary members, not to exceed -twenty-five in number, may be elected in the -same manner from among the Corresponding members.—Corresponding -and Honorary members shall -not be members of the Corporation, unless they were -such at the time of their election, and shall not be -subject to any fees or liabilities whatever.</p> - -<p>5. The annual dues shall be four dollars, payable -January first. Each candidate elected to active -membership shall pay an admission fee of eight -dollars, and on such payment shall be exempt from -the annual dues of the current year.—The admission -fee and annual dues of members under twenty-one -years of age shall be half the above rates.—Members -elected later than September of any year shall -be exempt from annual dues of the year following.—Persons -elected to active membership shall pay the -admission fee within two months of their election<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_131" id="Page_131">[131]</a></span> -(which payment shall be considered to be an assent -to these By-laws), otherwise the election shall be -void.</p> - -<p>6. Any person elected to active membership may -become a life member at any time upon payment -of fifty dollars, and shall thereafter be subject to -no fees or assessments. Such sum shall include payment -of the admission fee or dues for the current -year. Active members who have completed thirty -years of membership, or who have completed twenty -years of membership and have reached seventy years -of age, shall become life members upon giving written -notice to the Recording Secretary, or by vote -of the Council.</p> - -<p>7. Bills for annual dues shall be sent to all members -on or near January first, and those whose dues -are unpaid on April first shall have notice of the -fact sent them by the Treasurer. He shall send, on -May first, to members whose dues are still unpaid, -notice referring to this article, and those in arrears -on June first shall thereupon cease to be members, -which fact, in each case, shall be certified in writing -by the Treasurer to the Recording Secretary, who -shall enter it of record; but such membership may -be revived by the Council in its discretion upon -payment of past dues. The President and Treasurer -are authorized to remit any fee <i lang="la">sub silentio</i>, -when they deem it advisable.</p> - -<p>8. If the Council by four-fifths vote shall decide -that the name of any member should be dropped -from the roll, due notice shall be sent to such member, -who shall within two weeks have the right to -demand that the matter be referred to an investigating -committee of five active members of the Club, -two to be appointed by the Council—but not from -its own number—two to be selected by the member, -and the fifth to be chosen by these four. In the -absence of such a demand, or if a majority of this -committee shall approve the decision of the Council, -the name of the member shall be dropped, and thereupon<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_132" id="Page_132">[132]</a></span> -the interest of such person in the Corporation -and its property shall cease.</p> - -<h6><span class="smcap">Article IV</span><br /> -ADMINISTRATION</h6> - -<p>1. The officers of the Club shall be a President, -two Vice-Presidents, Recording Secretary, Corresponding -Secretary, Treasurer, four Departmental -Councillors, and two Councillors-at-Large, and there -may be an Honorary Secretary. These officers shall -form a governing board, to be termed the Council, -and this body shall elect new members, control all -expenditures, make rules for the use of the Club’s -property, except as hereinafter provided, and act -for its interests in any way not inconsistent with -these By-laws. Five members of the Council shall -form a quorum.</p> - -<p>2. The President shall preside at the meetings -of the Club and of the Council, and shall appoint -(with the advice and consent of the Council) the -several standing committees. One of the Vice-Presidents -shall act in the absence or disability of the -President.</p> - -<p>3. The Recording Secretary shall be the Clerk -of the Corporation, and shall have charge of the -muniments of title and of the corporate seal. He -shall keep a record of all the proceedings of the -Club and Council, give notice to the members of the -time and place of meetings, and prepare each year -a report of the Club and Council to be presented at -the annual meeting.</p> - -<p>4. The Corresponding Secretary shall conduct the -correspondence of the Club with kindred organizations -and with Honorary and Corresponding members, -keeping proper files and records of the same, -and shall prepare a report for the previous year -to be presented at the annual meeting.</p> - -<p>5. The Treasurer, under the direction of the -Council, shall collect, take charge of, and disburse<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_133" id="Page_133">[133]</a></span> -all funds belonging to the Club, except such as are -in the hands of the Trustees of Special Funds or by -legal restriction are under separate control. He -shall keep proper accounts, and at the annual meeting, -and at other times when required by the Club -or Council, present a report of its financial condition.</p> - -<p>6. The four Departmental Councillors shall represent -severally the departments of Natural History, -Topography and Exploration, Art, and Improvements. -It shall be their duty to conserve and -foster the interests of their several departments, -and they are authorized to call special meetings of -members interested therein, at which they shall act -as chairmen, and to appoint departmental committees, -subject to the control of the Council. They -shall present at the annual meeting reports of their -respective departments for the year.</p> - -<p>7. There shall be a Board of Trustees of Real -Estate, consisting of a member of the Council, to -be designated by it, and four other members of the -Club, one being elected annually by ballot to serve -four years and until his successor is chosen.—These -Trustees shall elect annually from their own number -a chairman and such other officers as may -be required, and may employ such assistance -as they shall find necessary. They shall administer -and manage any real estate which may be held by -the Club as a public trust; subject, however, to the -general supervision of the Council.—Any real estate -other than public trust reservations to which the -Club holds title shall be managed under the direction -of the Council, but nothing herein shall be construed -to mean that the management of such property -may not be delegated to the said Board of -Trustees or to a standing committee created for the -purpose.—No real estate shall be acquired or title -to the same accepted except by vote of the Council -upon the recommendation of this Board.—The -Trustees of Real Estate shall make to the Club at<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_134" id="Page_134">[134]</a></span> -the annual meeting a report in writing relative to -the property committed to their care, together with -a statement of the finances connected with their -trust.</p> - -<p>8. There shall also be a Board of Trustees of -Special Funds, consisting of three members of the -Club, one being chosen by ballot annually to serve -for three years and until his successor is elected. -They shall choose their own chairman. The Treasurer -of the Club shall not be eligible to election upon -this Board.—All permanent endowments and funds -of a permanent or special nature (unless otherwise -legally restricted), as well as the Reserve Fund -hereinafter provided, shall be entrusted to these -Trustees, and they shall have power to make, change, -and sell investments.—All moneys received for life -membership, and such other sums as may be received -or appropriated for this special purpose, shall -be known and invested separately as the Permanent -Fund, of which the income only shall be expended.—There -shall also be a Reserve Fund to and from -which appropriations may be made by not less than -five affirmative votes at each of two meetings of the -Council, notice of the proposed action having been -given on the call for the second meeting.—At each -annual meeting, and at such other times as the Club -or Council may request, the Trustees of Special -Funds shall make a written statement of the condition -of each of the funds in their hands.</p> - -<p>9. The fiscal year of the Club shall end on December -31. The Council shall at the close of each -year employ an expert accountant to audit the books -and accounts of the Treasurer and of the Boards -of Trustees, and shall present at the annual meeting -the written report of his findings; it may also -cause to be audited in the same manner the accounts -of other agents and committees of the Club.</p> - -<p>10. The following Standing Committees shall be -appointed: on Publications; on Field Meetings and -Excursions; on Legislation; on Active Membership;<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_135" id="Page_135">[135]</a></span> -and on Honorary and Corresponding Membership. -These Committees shall consist of not less than five -members each, and members of the Council shall be -eligible to appointment thereon. They shall be -vested with such powers as the Council sees fit to -delegate to them, and nothing herein shall be construed -as prohibiting that body from appointing -such other committees as may be required.</p> - -<h6><span class="smcap">Article V</span><br /> -ELECTION OF OFFICERS</h6> - -<p>1. The Officers and Trustees shall be chosen by -ballot at the annual meeting, and may be voted for -on one ballot They shall hold their offices until the -next succeeding annual meeting, or until their successors -are chosen in their stead; but any vacancy -may be filled by the Council, subject to confirmation -by the Club at its next regular meeting.—The President -and Vice-Presidents shall not be eligible for -more than two consecutive terms of one year each, -nor the Councillors for more than three consecutive -years; the Honorary Secretary may be elected for -life.</p> - -<p>2. A Nominating Committee of at least five active -members shall be appointed by the President, with -the advice and consent of the Council. No elective -officers of the Club shall be eligible to serve on this -committee. The names of said committee and a list -of the offices to be filled shall be announced in the -call for the October meeting, with a request for -suggestions for nominations from members of the -Club. The list of candidates nominated by the Committee -shall be posted in the Club Room and published -with the notice for the December meeting.—Twenty-five -or more active members desiring to have -a candidate or candidates of their own selection -placed upon the official ballot may at any time prior -to December 20 send their nominations, duly signed -by them, to the Recording Secretary, and the names -of such candidates, in addition to those presented<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_136" id="Page_136">[136]</a></span> -by the Nominating Committee, shall be printed on -the call for the annual meeting and upon the ballots. -No person shall be eligible to office unless nominated -in accordance with the foregoing provisions.</p> - -<h6><span class="smcap">Article VI</span><br /> -MEETINGS</h6> - -<p>The Council, or the officers to whom it may delegate -this power, shall call a regular meeting of the -Club in Boston in each month except between June -and September inclusive, and special and field meetings -at such times and places as may seem advisable. -The January meeting shall be the annual -meeting, and shall be held on the second Wednesday -of that month. Fifty members shall form a quorum.</p> - -<h6><span class="smcap">Article VII</span><br /> -AMENDMENTS</h6> - -<p>These By-laws may be amended by a vote to that -effect of at least three-fourths of the members present -and voting at two consecutive regular meetings -of the Club, notice of the proposed change having -been sent to all active members.</p> - -</div> - -<h4><span class="smcap">Juvenile Clubs</span></h4> - -<p>What has been said of the conduct of clubs -generally will, so far as it is worth the saying, -afford sufficient suggestion to school teachers, -secretaries of young men’s and young women’s -Christian associations, and other welfare workers. -Organization is not the important thing. -The important thing is to direct the minds and -activities of young people into wholesome and -educative channels.</p> - -<p>In dealing with boys and girls the educational -factor in pedestrianism becomes more important.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_137" id="Page_137">[137]</a></span> -Lessons in biology, geology, astronomy, and history -are more adequately taught and more thoroughly -learned, when teacher and pupil come face -to face with the actual physical objects to which -study is directed. And the way opens wide here, -not for natural and social science, merely, but for -seemingly more remote subjects: surveying, for -instance, and cartography; appreciation of architecture -and of other fine arts; sketching and -English composition. Incidentally, powers of -observation, memory, thought are quickened, and -physical well-being promoted.</p> - -<p>Even in such minor matters as clothing and -shoes, a good deal of folly among boys and girls -may be dissipated, to the substantial benefit of -these same girls and boys when older grown.</p> - -<p>The handbook of the Boy Scouts will be found -particularly suggestive and helpful to those in -charge of walking for young people.</p> - -<p>Much wider use is made in Europe than in this -country of excursions as a feature of school life; -here as well as over there, excursions afoot may -be encouraged. But teachers must themselves -become pedestrians, before such advantages and -enjoyment as walking affords will become available -to school children generally.</p> - -<h4><span class="smcap">The League of Walkers</span></h4> - -<p>The plans for the League, as thus far developed, -are:</p> - -<p>To encourage the organization of walking -clubs, and to cooperate with such organizations, -aiding them in making their proposals inviting.</p> - -<p>To maintain a Bureau of Information, where -specific advice about particular walks and particular -regions will be preserved and made available<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_138" id="Page_138">[138]</a></span> -to all applicants. Particular attention will -be given to collecting data concerning scenery, -geology, history, and, generally, matters of interest -on particular walks.</p> - -<p>To publish a “blue book” or guidebook for -pedestrians.</p> - -<p>To give advice regarding clothing, equipment, -training, etc.</p> - -<p>To promote inter-Association and other inter-club -walking tours.</p> - -<p>Certificates will be given to walking clubs -which enroll in the League. The cost of enrolment -is $1.00, simply to pay for the cost of the -certificate.</p> - -<p>Members of constituent walking clubs may -wear bronze buttons or pins bearing the emblem -of the League. These may be procured at a nominal -cost at 347 Madison Avenue, New York.</p> - -<p>A bronze medallion, to be worn as a watch fob, -will be awarded to any one, a member of a constituent -walking club, who walks 30 miles in -twenty-four hours, or 150 miles in two weeks, or -who makes a mountain climb of 3,000 feet in a -day. An applicant for a medallion will furnish -with his application two letters, in addition to -his own, from those best advised, stating the -facts as they know them. The secretary of the -club of which the applicant is a member (it may -be of a Y. M. C. A.) should also write, and his -may be one of the two letters required, as just -said. If possible, the letters should be written -by persons present, one at the start and the other -at the finish of the feat. The applicants will pay -the cost of the medallion.</p> - -<p>A silver medallion will be awarded, at the expense -of the League, one each year, (1) to the -person who sends to the Bureau the best original<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_139" id="Page_139">[139]</a></span> -essay on walking, based upon actual experience; -(2) to the person who sends to the Bureau the -best epitome of a walking tour; and (3) to the -person who sends to the Bureau the best photograph -taken on a walk.</p> - -<p>A silver medallion may be awarded to one who -performs some notable feat in walking, or who -renders some valuable service in the interest of -walking.</p> - -<p>Special recognition will be given each year to -that walking organization which has rendered -the best service to the walking movement.</p> - -<p>The emblem of the League is pictured in the -design appearing in the frontispiece. The design -was modeled by Mr. Royal B. Farnum, Specialist -in Industrial Arts in the New York Department -of Education, at the instance of Dr. -John H. Finley, President of the University of -the State of New York.</p> - -<p>The desire of the League is to inspire and incite -people to get out of doors, to walk regularly -and systematically, to cultivate a love for the -open, and to develop health and vigor and the joy -of well-being.</p> - -<p>All organizations interested are requested, for -the common good, to communicate with the New -York Bureau all data respecting regions under -cultivation, and respecting particular walks and -tours.</p> - -<p>Communications should be addressed to the -League of Walkers, 347, Madison Avenue, New -York City.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_140" id="Page_140">[140]</a></span></p> - -<hr /> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_141" id="Page_141">[141]</a></span></p> - -<h2 id="BIBLIOGRAPHY">BIBLIOGRAPHY</h2> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_142" id="Page_142">[142]</a></span></p> - -<h3>THE LAKE ISLE OF INNISFREE</h3> - -<div class="poetry-container"> -<div class="poetry"> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">I will arise and go now, and go to Innisfree,</div> -<div class="verse indent1">And a small cabin build there, of clay and wattles made;</div> -<div class="verse">Nine bean rows will I have there, a hive for the honeybee,</div> -<div class="verse indent1">And live alone in the bee-loud glade.</div> -</div> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">And I shall have some peace there, for peace comes dropping slow,</div> -<div class="verse indent1">Dropping from the veils of the morning to where the cricket sings;</div> -<div class="verse">There midnight’s all a glimmer, and noon a purple glow,</div> -<div class="verse indent1">And evening full of the linnet’s wings.</div> -</div> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">I will arise and go now, for always night and day</div> -<div class="verse indent1">I hear lake water lapping with low sounds by the shore;</div> -<div class="verse">While I stand on the roadway, or on the pavements gray,</div> -<div class="verse indent1">I hear it in the deep heart’s core.</div> -</div> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse right">William Butler Yeats.</div> -</div> -</div> -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_143" id="Page_143">[143]</a></span></p> - -<div class="bibliography"> - -<h3>BIBLIOGRAPHY</h3> - -<p class="noindent"><span class="smcap">On Walking</span></p> - -<p><i>William Hazlitt</i>—On Going a Journey.</p> - -<p><i>Robert Louis Stevenson</i>—Walking Tours.</p> - -<p><i>Henry David Thoreau</i>—Walking. Journal for Jan. 7, 1857.</p> - -<p><i>Ralph Waldo Emerson</i>—Country Life. Concord Walks.</p> - -<p><i>Bradford Torrey</i>—An Old Road.</p> - -<p><i>John Burroughs</i>—The Exhilarations of the Road.</p> -<p class="book2">—Footpaths.</p> - -<p><i>A. H. Sidgwick</i>—Walking Essays.</p> - -<p class="noindent"><span class="smcap">Art of Walking</span></p> - -<p><i>C. P. Fordyce</i>—Touring Afoot.</p> - -<p><i>Arnold Haultain</i>—Of Walks and Walking Tours; an attempt to find a philosophy and a creed.</p> - -<p class="noindent"><span class="smcap">Mountaineering Journals</span></p> - -<p><i>Alpine Journal</i>, published by the Alpine Club, of London.</p> - -<p><i>Appalachia</i>, published by the Appalachian Mountain Club, of Boston.</p> - -<p><i>Sierra Club Bulletin</i>, published by the Sierra Club of San Francisco.</p> - -<p><i>Mazama</i>, published by the Mazamas, of Portland, Oregon.</p> - -<p><i>Canadian Alpine Journal</i>, published by the Canadian Alpine Club.</p> - -<p class="noindent"><span class="smcap">Camping and Woodcraft</span></p> - -<p>The Boy Scout Handbook.</p> - -<p><i>G. W. Sears</i>—Woodcraft.</p> - -<p><i>Charles S. Hanks</i>—Camp Kits and Camp Life.</p> - -<p class="noindent"><span class="smcap">Mountaineering</span></p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_144" id="Page_144">[144]</a></span>Scribner’s Out-of-Door Library—Mountain Climbing.</p> - -<p><i>C. T. Dent</i> and others—“Mountaineering” (Badminton Library of Sports).</p> - -<p><i>Frederick H. Chapin</i>—Mountaineering in Colorado.</p> - -<p><i>J. S. C. Russell</i>—Mountaineering in Alaska. (Bulletins of the Amer. Geog. Soc.).</p> - -<p><i>Hudson Stuck, D.D.</i>—The Ascent of Denali (Mt. McKinley).</p> - -<p><i>Belmore Browne</i>—The Conquest of Mount McKinley.</p> - -<p><i>Filippo de Filippi</i>, Duke of the Abruzzi—The Ascent of Mont St. Elias (translated by Signora Linda Villari).</p> - -<p><i>A. O. Wheeler</i> and <i>Elizabeth A. Parker</i>—In the Selkirk Mountains.</p> - -<p><i>E. A. Fitz Gerald</i>—The Highest Andes.</p> - -<p><i>Edward Whymper</i>—Scrambles amongst the Alps.</p> - -<p><i>Leslie Stephen</i>—The Playground of Europe.</p> - -<p><i>Professor F. Umlauft</i>—The Alps.</p> - -<p><i>A. F. Mummery</i>—My Climbs in the Alps and Caucasus.</p> - -<p><i>Charles Edward Mathews</i>—The Annals of Mont Blanc.</p> - -<p><i>Guido Rey</i>—Peaks and Precipices: Scrambles in the Dolomites and Savoy.</p> - -<p><i>Leone Sinigaglia</i>—Climbing Reminiscences of the Dolomites (translated by Mary Alice Vials).</p> - -<p><i>Harold Spender</i>—Through the High Pyrenees.</p> - -<p><i>Fanny Bullock Workman</i> and <i>William Hunter Workman</i>—Peaks and Glaciers of Nun Kun.</p> - -<p><i>William Martin Conway</i>—Climbing and Exploration in the Karakoram-Himalayas.</p> - -<p><i>E. A. Fitz Gerald</i>—Climbs in the New Zealand Alps.</p> - -<p class="noindent"><span class="smcap">Across Continents</span></p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_145" id="Page_145">[145]</a></span><i>Harry A. Franck</i>—A Vagabond Journey Around the World.</p> - -<p><i>Charles F. Lummis</i>—A Tramp across the Continent (America).</p> - -<p><i>John Muir</i>—A Thousand Mile Walk to the Gulf.</p> - -<p class="noindent"><span class="smcap">New England</span></p> - -<p><i>Henry D. Thoreau</i>—The Maine Woods.</p> -<p class="book2">—Cape Cod.</p> -<p class="book2">—Excursions.</p> - -<p>In “A Week on the Concord and Merrimack Rivers,” under <i>Tuesday</i>, is an account of Climbing Saddleback Mountain (Greylock) in Massachusetts.</p> - -<p><i>Frank Bolles</i>—Land of the Lingering Snow. At the North of Bearcamp Water.</p> - -<p><i>Bradford Torrey</i>—Footing It in Franconia.</p> -<p class="book2">—Nature’s Invitation.</p> -<p class="book2">—The Foot-Path Way.</p> -<p class="book2">—A Rambler’s Lease.</p> - -<p><i>Allen Chamberlain</i>—Vacation Tramps in New England Highlands.</p> - -<p><i>Thomas Bailey Aldrich</i>—An Old Town by the Sea.</p> - -<p>Guide to Paths and Camps in the White Mountains and Adjacent Regions (published by the Appalachian Mountain Club).</p> - -<p>Walks and Rides about Boston (published by the Appalachian Mountain Club).</p> - -<p class="noindent"><span class="smcap">North Atlantic States</span></p> - -<p><i>Joel T. Headley</i>—The Adirondacks.</p> - -<p><i>John Burroughs</i>—Locusts and Wild Honey (Chap. “A Bed of Boughs”).</p> - -<p><i>T. Morris Longstreth</i>—The Catskills.</p> -<p class="book2">—The Adirondacks.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_146" id="Page_146">[146]</a></span>For walks in the vicinity of New York city, see “Little Trips Near-by,” by Albert Handy, a series of eight articles which appeared in the New York <i>Evening Post</i>, Saturday Supplement, for Nov. 15, Dec. 6, 20, 1913, and Jan. 10, April 18, May 30, July 25, and Aug. 8, 1914.</p> - -<p><i>John Burroughs</i>—Winter Sunshine (Washington, D. C.)</p> - -<p><i>E. P. Weston</i>—The Pedestrian. (Being a correct journal of incidents on a walk from the State House, Boston, Mass., to the U. S. Capitol, at Washington, D. C., performed in ten consecutive days), 1862.</p> - -<p class="noindent"><span class="smcap">Carolina Mountains</span></p> - -<p><i>Horace Kephart</i>—Our Southern Highlanders.</p> - -<p><i>Bradford Torrey</i>—Spring Notes from Tennessee.</p> -<p class="book2">—A World of Green Hills.</p> - -<p><i>Margaret W. Morley</i>—The Carolina Mountains.</p> - -<p class="noindent"><span class="smcap">Florida</span></p> - -<p><i>Bradford Torrey</i>—A Florida Sketch-Book.</p> - -<p class="noindent"><span class="smcap">Colorado</span></p> - -<p><i>Enos A. Mills</i>—The Spell of the Rockies.</p> -<p class="book2">—The Rocky Mountain Wonderland.</p> -<p class="book2">—Wild Life on the Rockies.</p> -<p class="book2">—Your National Parks.</p> - -<p>(See “Mountaineering.”)</p> - -<p class="noindent"><span class="smcap">Wyoming</span></p> - -<p><i>John Muir</i>—Our National Parks.</p> - -<p><i>Enos A. Mills</i>—Your National Parks.</p> - -<p><i>Hiram Martin Chittenden</i>—The Yellowstone National Park.</p> - -<p class="noindent"><span class="smcap">Montana</span></p> - -<p><i>Mathilde Edith Holtz</i> and <i>Katharine Isabel Bemis</i>—Glacier National Park.</p> - -<p><i>Enos A. Mills</i>—Your National Parks.</p> - -<p><i>Walter McClintock</i>—The Old North Trail.</p> - -<p class="noindent"><span class="smcap">Arizona</span></p> - -<p><i>George Wharton James</i>—In and around the Grand Canyon.</p> - -<p><i>John Muir</i>—Steep Trails.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_147" id="Page_147">[147]</a></span><i>Bradford Torrey</i>—Field Days in California (Chap. “A Bird-gazer at the Canyon”).</p> - -<p><i>Enos A. Mills</i>—Your National Parks.</p> - -<p class="noindent"><span class="smcap">Washington and Oregon</span></p> - -<p><i>Enos A. Mills</i>—Your National Parks.</p> - -<p class="noindent"><span class="smcap">California</span></p> - -<p><i>John Muir</i>—Steep Trails.</p> -<p class="book2">—My First Summer in the Sierras.</p> -<p class="book2">—The Mountains of California.</p> -<p class="book2">—Our National Parks.</p> -<p class="book2">—The Yosemite.</p> - -<p><i>J. Smeaton Chase</i>—California Coast Trails.</p> -<p class="book2">—Yosemite Trails.</p> - -<p><i>Bradford Torrey</i>—Field Days in California.</p> - -<p><i>Dallas Lore Sharp</i>—Where Rolls the Oregon.</p> - -<p><i>Enos A. Mills</i>—Your National Parks.</p> - -<p class="noindent"><span class="smcap">Alaska</span></p> - -<p><i>John Muir</i>—Travels in Alaska.</p> - -<p><i>Enos A. Mills</i>—Your National Parks.</p> - -<p>(See “Mountaineering.”)</p> - -<p class="noindent"><span class="smcap">Canada</span></p> - -<p><i>Lawrence J. Burpee</i>, Among the Canadian Alps.</p> - -<p><i>Enos A. Mills</i>, Your National Parks.</p> - -<p>(See “Mountaineering.”)</p> - -<p class="noindent"><span class="smcap">Mexico</span></p> - -<p><i>Harry A. Franck</i>—Tramping through Mexico, Guatemala and Honduras.</p> - -<p><i>William T. Hornaday</i>—Camp Fires on Desert and Lava.</p> - -<p class="noindent"><span class="smcap">Hawaii</span></p> - -<p><i>Enos A. Mills</i>—Your National Parks.</p> - -<p class="noindent"><span class="smcap">South America</span></p> - -<p>(See “Mountaineering.”)</p> - -<p class="noindent"><span class="smcap">Europe</span></p> - -<p><i>Robert Louis Stevenson</i>—Travels with a Donkey.</p> - -<p>Baedeker’s Guidebooks.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_148" id="Page_148">[148]</a></span>(See “Mountaineering.”)</p> - -<p class="noindent"><span class="smcap">France</span></p> - -<p><i>H. H. Bashford</i>—Vagabonds in Perigord.</p> - -<p><i>William Morris Davis</i>—Excursions Around Aix-les-Bains (published for Y. M. C. A. Natl. War Work Council by the Appalachian Mountain Club).</p> - -<p class="noindent"><span class="smcap">The Alps</span></p> - -<p><i>John Tyndall</i>—Hours of Exercise in the Alps.</p> - -<p><i>F. Wolcott Stoddard</i>—Tramps through Tyrol.</p> - -<p>(See “Mountaineering.”)</p> - -<p class="noindent"><span class="smcap">Spain</span></p> - -<p><i>Harry A. Franck</i>—Four Months Afoot in Spain.</p> - -<p class="noindent"><span class="smcap">Greece</span></p> - -<p><i>Denton J. Snider</i>—A Walk in Hellas.</p> - -<p class="noindent"><span class="smcap">Russia</span></p> - -<p><i>Stephen Graham</i>—A Tramp’s Sketches.</p> -<p class="book2">—A Vagabond in the Caucasus.</p> - -<p class="noindent"><span class="smcap">Asia Minor</span></p> - -<p><i>Stephen Graham</i>—With the Russian Pilgrims to Jerusalem.</p> - -<p><i>W. J. Childs</i>—Across Asia Minor on Foot.</p> - -<p class="noindent"><span class="smcap">Turkestan</span></p> - -<p><i>Stephen Graham</i>—Through Russian Central Asia.</p> - -<p class="noindent"><span class="smcap">Palestine</span></p> - -<p><i>John Finley</i>—A Pilgrim in Palestine.</p> - -<p class="noindent"><span class="smcap">Burma, Siam, Cochin China</span></p> - -<p><i>Edmund Candler</i>—A Vagabond in Asia.</p> - -<p class="noindent"><span class="smcap">Japan</span></p> - -<p><i>Lucian Swift Kirtland</i>—Samurai Trails.</p> - -<p class="noindent"><span class="smcap">New Zealand</span></p> - -<p>(See “Mountaineering.”)</p> - -<p class="noindent"><span class="smcap">New South Wales</span></p> - -<p><i>H. J. Tompkins</i>—With Swag and Billy (issued by the Government Tourist Bureau, Sidney).</p> - -</div> - -<hr /> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 700px;"> -<img src="images/end-paper.jpg" width="700" height="660" alt="An illustration from the end papers of the book: party of walkers looking out over a landscape" /> -</div> - -<hr /> - -<div class="footnotes"> - -<h2>FOOTNOTES</h2> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_1_1" id="Footnote_1_1"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_1"><span class="label">[1]</span></a> The <cite>Youth’s Companion</cite>, Aug. 31, 1911.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_2_2" id="Footnote_2_2"></a><a href="#FNanchor_2_2"><span class="label">[2]</span></a> From “Poems and Ballads,” by Robert Louis Stevenson; -copyright 1895, 1913, by Charles Scribner’s Sons.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_3_3" id="Footnote_3_3"></a><a href="#FNanchor_3_3"><span class="label">[3]</span></a> Issue of April 25, 1917.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_4_4" id="Footnote_4_4"></a><a href="#FNanchor_4_4"><span class="label">[4]</span></a> Nathaniel L. Goodrich, “The Attractions of Trail Making,” -in <cite>Appalachia</cite>, Vol. XIV, No. 3, page 247.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_5_5" id="Footnote_5_5"></a><a href="#FNanchor_5_5"><span class="label">[5]</span></a> Nathaniel L. Goodrich, <i lang="la">ubi supra</i>.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_6_6" id="Footnote_6_6"></a><a href="#FNanchor_6_6"><span class="label">[6]</span></a> “Wild Life on the Rockies,” page 209.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_7_7" id="Footnote_7_7"></a><a href="#FNanchor_7_7"><span class="label">[7]</span></a> New York <cite>Evening Post</cite>, July 25, 1914.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_8_8" id="Footnote_8_8"></a><a href="#FNanchor_8_8"><span class="label">[8]</span></a> Leslie Stephen, “The Playground of Europe.”</p> - -</div> - -</div> - - - - - - - - -<pre> - - - - - -End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Going Afoot, by Bayard Henderson Christy - -*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK GOING AFOOT *** - -***** This file should be named 54707-h.htm or 54707-h.zip ***** -This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: - http://www.gutenberg.org/5/4/7/0/54707/ - -Produced by Chris Curnow and the Online Distributed -Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This file was -produced from images generously made available by The -Internet Archive) - -Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will -be renamed. - -Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright -law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, -so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United -States without permission and without paying copyright -royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part -of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm -concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, -and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive -specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this -eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook -for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports, -performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given -away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks -not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the -trademark license, especially commercial redistribution. - -START: FULL LICENSE - -THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE -PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK - -To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free -distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work -(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full -Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at -www.gutenberg.org/license. - -Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works - -1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to -and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property -(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all -the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or -destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your -possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a -Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound -by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the -person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph -1.E.8. - -1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be -used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who -agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few -things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See -paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this -agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below. - -1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the -Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection -of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual -works in the collection are in the public domain in the United -States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the -United States and you are located in the United States, we do not -claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, -displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as -all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope -that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting -free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm -works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the -Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily -comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the -same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when -you share it without charge with others. - -1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern -what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are -in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, -check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this -agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, -distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any -other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no -representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any -country outside the United States. - -1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: - -1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other -immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear -prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work -on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the -phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, -performed, viewed, copied or distributed: - - This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and - most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no - restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it - under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this - eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the - United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you - are located before using this ebook. - -1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is -derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not -contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the -copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in -the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are -redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply -either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or -obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm -trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted -with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution -must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any -additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms -will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works -posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the -beginning of this work. - -1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm -License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this -work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. - -1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this -electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without -prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with -active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project -Gutenberg-tm License. - -1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, -compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including -any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access -to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format -other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official -version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site -(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense -to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means -of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain -Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the -full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. - -1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, -performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works -unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing -access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -provided that - -* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from - the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method - you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed - to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has - agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid - within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are - legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty - payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in - Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg - Literary Archive Foundation." - -* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies - you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he - does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm - License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all - copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue - all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm - works. - -* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of - any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the - electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of - receipt of the work. - -* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free - distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. - -1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than -are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing -from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The -Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm -trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. - -1.F. - -1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable -effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread -works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project -Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may -contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate -or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other -intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or -other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or -cannot be read by your equipment. - -1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right -of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project -Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all -liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal -fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT -LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE -PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE -TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE -LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR -INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH -DAMAGE. - -1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a -defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can -receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a -written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you -received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium -with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you -with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in -lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person -or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second -opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If -the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing -without further opportunities to fix the problem. - -1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth -in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO -OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT -LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. - -1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied -warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of -damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement -violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the -agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or -limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or -unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the -remaining provisions. - -1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the -trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone -providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in -accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the -production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, -including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of -the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this -or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or -additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any -Defect you cause. - -Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm - -Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of -electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of -computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It -exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations -from people in all walks of life. - -Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the -assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's -goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will -remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure -and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future -generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see -Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at -www.gutenberg.org - - - -Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation - -The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit -501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the -state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal -Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification -number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by -U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. - -The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the -mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its -volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous -locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt -Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to -date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and -official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact - -For additional contact information: - - Dr. Gregory B. Newby - Chief Executive and Director - gbnewby@pglaf.org - -Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg -Literary Archive Foundation - -Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide -spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of -increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be -freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest -array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations -($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt -status with the IRS. - -The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating -charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United -States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a -considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up -with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations -where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND -DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular -state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate - -While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we -have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition -against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who -approach us with offers to donate. - -International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make -any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from -outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. - -Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation -methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other -ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To -donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate - -Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. - -Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project -Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be -freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and -distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of -volunteer support. - -Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed -editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in -the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not -necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper -edition. - -Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search -facility: www.gutenberg.org - -This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, -including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to -subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. - - - -</pre> - -</body> -</html> diff --git a/old/54707-h/images/cover.jpg b/old/54707-h/images/cover.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index c43a988..0000000 --- a/old/54707-h/images/cover.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/54707-h/images/diagram1.jpg b/old/54707-h/images/diagram1.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index be62848..0000000 --- a/old/54707-h/images/diagram1.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/54707-h/images/diagram2.jpg b/old/54707-h/images/diagram2.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index fce2d32..0000000 --- a/old/54707-h/images/diagram2.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/54707-h/images/diagram3.jpg b/old/54707-h/images/diagram3.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index a75faa5..0000000 --- a/old/54707-h/images/diagram3.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/54707-h/images/diagram4.jpg b/old/54707-h/images/diagram4.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index b677a1d..0000000 --- a/old/54707-h/images/diagram4.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/54707-h/images/diagram5.jpg b/old/54707-h/images/diagram5.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index dc84de8..0000000 --- a/old/54707-h/images/diagram5.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/54707-h/images/diagram6.jpg b/old/54707-h/images/diagram6.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index c47b086..0000000 --- a/old/54707-h/images/diagram6.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/54707-h/images/diagram7.jpg b/old/54707-h/images/diagram7.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index b135af0..0000000 --- a/old/54707-h/images/diagram7.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/54707-h/images/end-paper.jpg b/old/54707-h/images/end-paper.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index ad40cb5..0000000 --- a/old/54707-h/images/end-paper.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/54707-h/images/frontispiece.jpg b/old/54707-h/images/frontispiece.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index bb2867f..0000000 --- a/old/54707-h/images/frontispiece.jpg +++ /dev/null |
